~©[fi)@(q)~...master of applied science - medical physics bachelor of applied science - associate...

~©[fi)@(Q)~ @v ~~~~o®@ ~©D®ITTJ©® @ITTJ@ [HJ®@~li[h) ~©D®ITTJ©® Applied Geology Biology and Environmental Science Chemistry Mathematics and Computer Science Paramedical Studies Physics

Queensland Institute of Technology George Street P.O. Box 246 Brisbane North Quay phone 2212411 Old. 4000

graphic consultants

BESG Design Access Group

~~~~o®@ ~©D®ITT)©® @ITT)@ [HJ®@~~[ru ~©o®ITT)©® Acting Head of Schools J.R. Saal DMT FAIMT

In July 1976, Council created two Schools from the existing School of Applied Science. The Schools are: School of Applied Science School of Health Science

Pending the appointment of Heads of Schools the Schools operate through one Academic Board and one Acting Head of School. Upon appointment of the Heads of School it is anticipated that the Schools will be separated and new administrative and academic structures will be created.

The School of Applied Science will consist of Department of Applied Geology Department of Biology and Environmental Science Department of Chemistry Department of Mathematics and Computer Science Department of Physics

The School of Health Science will consist of Department of Medical Technology Department of Paramedical Studies

Each of these Departments conducts courses within its area of interest and the details of these courses - structures, course rules, pre-requisites and co-requisites, synopses of subjects are provided in this School Handbook.

In order to facilitate and promote liaison between the Institute, the professions, employers and allied groups on matters pertaining to the Institute' s objectives, Advisory Committees have been es tab I ished within the various departmental areas. These Committees provide the vehicle by which informed opinion may be brought to the attention of the School Academic Board, and exert an advisory influence on the aims and objectives of the Board in respect of the educational environment to be engendered in its sphere of influence. In addition these Committees advise the Board on the relevance of educational programs to the educational requirements of industry and the professions.

1977 Calendar

~ By Laws of the Queensland Institute of Technology 7

1 Interpretation 8

2 Election of Council 9

3 The Common Seal 15

4 Meetings of Council 15 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~--~~~~~~~~~~-

5 Committees Appointed by the Council 17

6 The Director 18

7 The Registrar 19

8 Staff 19

9 Student Discipline 22

10 The Queensland Institute of Technology Union 27 ~~~~~~~~~~-

11 Union Fees 28

~ Rules Relating to Student Matters

Authority to prescribe various rules

Rules for Admission

Rules relating to Special Students

Schedule of Charges affecting Students

1 Union Fees

2 Admission, Enrolment, Examination

3 Laboratory Deposits

Parking Regulations

General Examination Rules

Gross Failure Rules

~ Academic Board and Advisory Committees

31

32

33

35

36

36

36

36 37

38

51

@ Prizes and Awards 61

@ Entrance Requirements, Rules, Departments, Courses 67

2 General Course Rules 75

3 Master of Applied Science - Research and Thesis 79

Department of Applied Geology 87

Bachelor of Applied Science - 89

Department of Biology and Environmental Science 93

Graduate 95

96

Associate Diploma in Applied Biology 100

Certificate in Biological Laboratory Techniques 104

Department of 109

113

Bachelor of Applied Science - Applied Chemistry 114

Bachelor of Applied Science - Chemistry 120

Associate Diploma in Applied Chemistry 129

Certificate in 134

Department of Mathematics and Computer Science 139

Bachelor of Applied Science - Computing 142

Department of Paramedical Studies 159

Graduate in Nutrition and Dietetics 162

Bachelor of Applied Science - Medical Technology 164 Diploma of Applied Science - Optometry 170

Diploma of Applied Science - Chiropody 174

Associate Diploma in Health Surveying 176 Associate Diploma in Clinical Laboratory Techniques 179

Master of Applied Science - Medical Physics

Bachelor of Applied Science -

Associate Diploma in Radiography

Associate Diploma in Applied Physics

188

190

71 Changes in Subject Titles

fB) Synopses

General

2 Medical Physics

203

205

206

lJ 1977 Calendar

.Q cg

11'11'\ ... ua -11-J, (,-,, (C> I llo..d.yL~ 1>4q 1:<:).i~:,J)u..

il ~

~<'\} © iJ@ m il~ il~ il~ il© il® ilU' il@ il®~ ~~~~ ~~~'glj'~ ~

c-~@@

i? 8 9 10 11 ~ il~ 14 1516 17 18 '\®~

21 22 23 24~~ ~ 28

b 1234@®

a 7 8 9 101Jl]il~ il~ b 14 15 16 17 18 il® ?Jg)

a 21 22 23 24 25 '?2® ~ b 28293031

1-31 Summer Recess 3 Closing date for lodgement of

applications for review of Spring Semester 1976 Examination results

7 Closing date for enrolment applications by continuing students

7 Due date for payment of Union Fees by all continuing students and for new students enrolling for Postgraduate or Certificate courses

1 31

1-4 7

25

25

11

Public Holiday - New Year's Day Public Holiday - Australia Day

Orientation Period Autumn Semester commences Final closing date - late enrolments and change of course or subjects Closing date for applications for awards

Final closing date - cancellation of subjects or course without prejudice to Examination results

b 1 ~ ~

a 4@ 6 7 © ®ll© llll ll~ ll~ ll~ ll@ ll® llu

b 18 19 20 21 22 ~ ~

a ~26272829~

m.J:~.Jl\Li .... L f~.A lJ

b ?2 3~ 5 6 (j @

a ~10 1112 13 lJ!o\) ll@

b 16 17 18 19 20 ~ll ~

a 2324252627

b 30 31

b

8-15 5

25

4

9

2

1 2-5

6-20 21-30 24

13

Easter and Mia~semester Recess Classes scheduled for Friday 8 to be held Public Holiday - Anzac Day

Classes scheduled for Monday 2 to be held Autumn Semester timetables placed on noticeboards Public Holiday - Labour Day

Autumn Semester ends E)(<J.tnination preparation - no formal classes

n emester ns ess

Final closing date - application for deferred el<aminations and special consideration of matters affecting el<amination performance - see General El<amination Rule 15 Public Holiday - Queen's Birthday

4i @ @ 7l ® ® iJ@

iJiJ iJ~ iJ© '\17!

il®~~~~~~

a ~26 Zl 28 29~ ~'\I

b ~@7! a a9il 11ffi:; '\I~ b 15 16 17 18 19 ~ ~iJ

a 22 23 24 25~~7! ~ b 29 30 31

b 1 2 ~ ~

a 5 6 7 8 9iJ@ n b 12 13 14 15 16 iJU' iJ®

iJ®~ ~~:%~~~

a 26 27 28 29 30

1-23 Winter Recess 15 Closing date for change of

enrolments resulting from Autumn Semester Examination results

15 Closing date for lodgement of applications for review of Autumn Semester Examination results

15 Closing date for new enrolments - Spring Semester

25 Spring Semester commences 25 Closing date for applications for

Awards

1-5 12 12

26

10

QIT in Action Final Closing date - late Enrolments Final Closing date - change of course or subjects Final Closing date - cancellation of subjects or course without prejudice to Examination results Public Holiday - Exhibition Day

19-23 Mid-Semester Recess

'~ ~

b 3 4 5 6 7 ® ® a 10 11 12 13 14 ~@ ~@

b 17 18 19 20 21 ~ ~

a ~25 26 27 28 ~ b 31

b

a

24 Spring Semester Examination Timetables placed on noticeboards

11 Spring Semester ends 12-16 Examination preparation - no

fonnal classes 17-30 Sorina Semester

8<an11hafi<>ns-

1&2 SorinQ Semester EXamrnations

7 Final closing date - application for deferred examinations and special consideration of matters affecting examination performance - see General Examination Rule 15

4-31 Summer Recess 25 Christmas Day 26 Boxing Day

~By- Laws of the

Queensland Institute of Technology

8

BY-LAWS OF THE O.UEENSLAND INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY

HIS Excellency the Governor, acting by and with the advice of the Executive Council and in pursuance of the provisions of the Education Act 1964-1974 has been pleased to approve of the following By-laws made by the Council of the Queensland Institute of Technology and approved by the Board of Advanced Education.

BY-LAW No. 1

Interpretation

1. Application of By-law. Except where otherwise expressly provided the several provisions of this By-law shall apply to every By-law of the Institute and any Rule made thereunder.

2. Meaning of Certain Words. Unless the context otherwise indicates or requires -

'Academic Year' means an academic year as set out in the calendar;

'Calendar' means the calendar of the Institute in respect of any academic year;

'Chairman' means the Chairman of the Institute Council; 'Institute' means the Queensland Institute of Technology; 'Council' means the Council of the Institute constituted

under the Act; 'Course' means a course of study in the Institute; 'Department' means a department of the Institute; 'Deputy Chairman' means the Deputy Chairman of the

Institute Council; 'Director' means the Director of the Institute; 'Handbook' means a handbook of the Institute; 'Registrar' means the Registrar of the Institute; 'Term' means a term of the Institute as set out in the

calendar.

3. Applicant for Enrolment. A person who has lodged an application for enrolment shall until that application has been accepted, withdrawn or rejected be bound by and observe the By-laws and Rules of the Institute as if he were an enrolled student.

4. Reference to Authority or Officer. Unless the context otherwise indicates or requires reference to an authority, officer or office shall be construed as reference to that authority, officer or office in and of the Institute.

5. Method of Citation. In a By-law, Rule, Order or other instrument of the Institute a By-law may be cited by its number or title and shall be construed as a reference to that By-law as amended from time to time.

9

6. Right of Students where By-law or Rule Amended. If while a student is proceeding to an academic award any provisions of the By-law or Rules relating to that award are repealed or amended the student shall be entitled to complete his course for and receive the award under the original provision upon such terms as to time for completing or otherwise as the Council deems reasonable in the circumstances of the case provided always that if the Council is of opinion that it would impose no hardship upon a 'student to complete his course under the provisions of the By-law or Rule as so amended he may be required so to do.

7. Serving of Notices. Any notice or other document which is authorised or required to be served on any person by any Bylaw or Rule may be served in any one of the following manners:

(a) by delivering it to that person personally; (b) by post.

8. Promulgation of Rules. A Rule made by the Council pursuant to any By-law shall be promulgated by the Registrar affixing a copy of the Rule on a notice board of the Institute and the production of a copy of any such Rule certified as a true copy by the Registrar shal I be sufficient evidence of the making, authenticity and promulgation of the same for all purposes within the Institute. A copy of the Rule shall upon such affixation be forwarded by the Registrar to the Queensland Institute of Technology Union by delivering or posting it to the Queensland Institute of Technology Union or its Director of Administration.

The foregoing By-law was made at a meeting of the Council of the Queensland Institute of Technology held on the tenth day of August, 1972.

BY-LAW No. 2

Election of Council

1. Introductory -

(a) The staff members of the Institute and the enrolled students of the Institute to be appointed members of the Council pursuant to this Act shall be elected in accordance with the By-law.

(b) An election of elective members (other than in respect of a casual vacancy) shall be held at a time to be fixed by the Registrar not less than two months prior to the expiry of the term of such members.

10

(c) For the purpose of this By-law 'staff shall include -

(i) all full-time employees of Council engaged as tutors, senior tutors, lecturers, senior lecturers, Heads of Department, Heads of Schools;

(ii) Deputy Director, Institute Architect, Chief Librarian, Senior Librarian, Principal Librarian, Computer Manager, Senior Student Counsellor, and Student Counsellor;

(iii) all part-time employees of Council engaged to teach an average of six (6) hours or more per week in the semester in which the election is held;

(iv) full-time employees of Council under the Professional and Technical Employees' Award - Colleges of Advanced Education who hold a classification with a minimum salary equal to or greater than the minimum salary prescribed for a Technician Division 11;

(v) full-time employees of Council under the Clerical Staffs - Colleges of Advanced Education Industrial Agreement who hold a classification with a minimum salary equal to or greater than the minimum salary prescribed for an Administration Officer Grade IV.

2. Rolls -

(a) The Registrar shall keep separate rolls of -

(i) the members of the staff of the Institute as defined in clause 1 (c); and

(ii) the enrolled students of the Institute.

(b) Each roll shall contain -

(i) the full name and address of each person enrolled;

(ii) the qualification for enrolment ot each such person;

(iii) the date upon which each person qualified for enrolment.

(c) For each election the roll of persons entitled to vote at that election shall be the roll as at 4 p.m. on the day on which nominations for that election close provided that up to the time fixed for the close of voting the Registrar may add to the roll the name of any person otherwise qualified to vote but whose name was inadvertently omitted from the roll.

(d) The Registrar shall from time to time make any correction to a roll which may be necessary to ensure its accuracy. Subject to any such correction the inclusion of a person's name on a roll shall be conclusive evidence of his right to vote at an election and the absence of a person's name shall be conclusive evidence that he has no right to vote at an election.

11

3. Registrar to Conduct Election.

(a) The Registrar shall b~ the returning officer for every election and he may appoint such presiding officers and other persons to assist him as he shall deem necessary.

(b) The Registrar shall conduct every election in accordance with this By-law and the electoral system set out in the Schedule hereto.

(c) Subject to this By-law and the Rules the Registrar shall have full power and authority to determine all procedural matters relating to an election.

4. Notice. of Election. When an election is to be held the Registrar shall publish on a notice board of the Institute and by such other means if any as he may deem desirable a notice which shall -

(a) state that an election of staff members or of enrolled students to be appointed to the Council as the case may be is to be held on a specified date;

(b) state the number of persons of either category to be elected;

(c) invite nominations of qualified persons for election and specify the form in which nominations shall be made;

(d) fix a date and time by which nominations shall be delivered to the Registrar.

5. Manner of Nomination.

(a) A nomination of a candidate shall be made by delivering the nomination paper in the prescribed form to the Registrar at his office by the appointed time.

(b) A nomination paper shall be signed by the candidate and by -(i) in the case of an election of members by the staff two

persons qualified to vote at the election; (ii) in the case of an election of members by the student

body two persons qualified to vote at the election.

(c) Only one candidate may be nominated on a nomination paper.

(d) After the time fixed for the closing of nominations a nomination may not be withdrawn.

6. Result if Only Number to be Elected Nominated. If the number of nominations received by the Registrar within the time so specified is equal to the number of persons who may be appointed the Registrar shall declare the persons nominated to be elected.

7. Result if Insufficient Nominations. If the number of nominations in respect of either category is fewer than the number of persons who may be appointed the Registrar shall declare the persons nominated to be elected in that category and shall notify the

12

Council that the body concerned has failed to nominate a sufficient number of persons to be a member or members of the Council.

8. Result if More Nominated Than to be Elected. If the number of nominations received exceeds the number of persons who may be appointed in either category an election shall be held in accordance with the electoral system set out in the Schedule hereto.

9. Voting Obligation. Voting shall not be compulsory.

10. Secret Ballot Voting shall be by secret ballot.

11. Times for Voting. The poll shall be conducted continuously from 9 a.m. to 9 p.m. on the nominated day.

12. Secrecy. The Registrar or any scrutineer or other persons concerned with the conduct of an election shall not in any way disclose nor aid in disclosing in what manner any voter voted.

13. Scrutineers. A candidate may appoint not more than two scrutineers.

14. Election not to be invalidated by Informalities. An election shall not be invalidated by reason of -

(a) failure to do any act at or by the required time;

(b) any defect in the appointment of a person who acts as scrutineer; or

(c) any defect of a merely formal nature.

15. Right of Appeal. A candidate shall have the right of appeal to the Chairman within seven days of the declaration of the poll should he feel that the conduct of the election was in any way contrary to this By-law. The Chairman shall have full power to make such enquiry as he deems necessary into the matter complained of and after such enquiry may confirm the election or annul the election and direct that a fresh election be held or give such other direction as he considers necessary. The decision of the Chairman after hearing such appeal shall be final and conclusive.

16. Rules. The Council may make rules for the carrying into effect of all or any of the provisions and objects of this By-law.

The foregoing By-law was made by resolution of the Council of the Queensland Institute of Technology on the fourteenth day of March, 197t

Schedule

1. Times for Preliminary Matters. The Registrar shall allow the intervals specified hereunder between the events severally set out -

13

(a) between the publication of notice of an election and the time specified for the receipt of nominations: not less than fourteen and not more than twenty-eight days; and

(b) between the time specified for the receipt of nominations and the nominated polling day: not more than twentyeight days.

2. Form of Voting Paper. Every voting paper shall contain the names of the candidates in random order determined by the Registrar by lot in the presence of at least two of the candidates or their representatives.

3. Conduct of the Poll. The Registrar shall conduct the poll at a central place on the nominated day. Ballot boxes shall be sealed immediately prior to being set out for the receipt of voting papers and shall remain sealed until counting commences. When a person presents himself at the poll the presiding officer shall verify that the person's name appears on the roll as an eligible elector. The presiding officer shall then issue one voting paper to the elector and initial the elector's name where appearing on the roll. Each voting paper shall be initialled by the presiding officer. A voter shall forthwith place the completed voting paper in the sealed ballot box.

4. Method of Marking Ballot Paper. A voter shall mark a voting paper by placing a cross in the square opposite the names of that number of candidates which are to be elected.

5. Postal Voting. An elector who -

(a) will not throughout the hours of polling on polling day be within fifteen miles by the nearest practicable route of the polling place on that day for the purposes of an election; or

(b) is seriously ill or infirm and by reason of such illness or infirmity will be precluded from attending to vote or, in the case of a woman, will by her approaching maternity be precluded from attending to vote; or

(c) is by reason of his membership of a religious order or his religious beliefs -(i) precluded from attending at the polling place; or (ii) precluded from voting throughout the hours of polling.

(d) in the opinion of the presiding officer presents good and sufficient reason why he will be precluded from attending at the polling place

may after the issue of notification of the election and before five o'clock in the afternoon of the day immediately preceding polling day, apply in the prescribed form to the returning officer for a postal vote certificate.

14

The application shall be signed by the applicant in the presence of and shall be declared before and attested by a person who is an authorised witness.

The following persons are authorised witnesses for the purposes of this clause - returning officer, justice of the peace or elector, or a duly qualified medical practitioner or duly qualified nurse who is in attendance on the applicant.

An application under paragraph (c) shall be accompanied by a certificate from a minister of religion of the religious denomination of which the applicant is a member.

6. Counting of Votes. Forthwith on the closure of the poll the Registrar shall cause the votes to be counted.

7. Informal Votes.

(a) A voting paper shall be rejected as being an informal vote if voting paper -(i) is not initialled by the presiding officer; (ii) contains any means by which the name of the voter

may be identified; (iii) contains votes for more or fewer candidates than the

number to be elected; or (iv) has no vote indicated on it.

(b) A voting paper shall not be informal for any reason other than a reason specified in paragraph (a) hereof but shall be given effect to according to the voter's intention so far as his intention is clear.

(c) The Registrar's decision as to the validity or regularity of any voting paper shall be final.

8. Declaration of Elected Candidates. On completion of the counting of the votes the Registrar shall declare the names of the candidates elected.

9. Equality of Votes. In the event of an equality of votes the election shall be decided by lot conducted by the Registrar.

10. Custody of Election Material. After the end of the counting the Registrar shall fasten and seal in one packet all the ballot papers together with any other papers and documents signed or marked by a voter and a marked copy of the roll signed by the Registrar and the scrutineers and keep the packet safely for twelve months after which time it may be destroyed:

11. Recording of Result of Election. The Registrar shall prepare a statement signed by himself and counter-signed by such of the scrutineers as may wish to do so containing the names of the candidates and the number in words as well as in figures of the votes received by each candidate and a declaration of the names of the candidates who have been elected and place that statement and declaration in the packet referred to in clause 10 of this Schedule.

15

12. Registrar to Report. The Registrar shall report the names of the persons elected to the Chairman of the Board of Advanced Education for transmission to the Minister and to the Chairman of the Council or in his absence some member of the Council nominated by him or by the Council for that purpose and shall publicly notify such names by posting a copy of the statement prepared as aforesaid upon a notice board of the Institute.

BY-LAW No. 3.

The Common Seal.

1. Custody of Common Seal. The Common Seal shall be and remain in the custody of the Registrar and shall not be affixed to any document except pursuant to a resolution of the Council.

2. Use of Common Seal. The Common Seal shall be affixed to such documents as the Council either generally or in any particular case may by resolution determine and shall be affixed by the Registrar or other person authorised by the Council and every such document to which the seal is affixed shall be signed by the Chairman or in his absence the Deputy Chairman and the Registrar or other person duly authorised by the Council for the purpose.


BY-LAW No. 4.

Meetings of Council

1. Council to Meet The Council shall meet as frequently as is necessary to ensure the efficient operation of the Institute but so that not more than three months shall elapse between consecutive meetings.

2. Chairman May Call Special Meetings. The Chairman or in his absence the Deputy Chairman or in the absence of both the Director may call a special meeting for consideration of any urgent business.

3. Request for Meeting. Upon the written request of any seven members the Registrar shall convene a special meeting of the Council to be held within fourteen days after the receipt of the request. The written request shall set forth the objects for which the meeting is required.

16

4. Initiation of Business by Members of Council. Except with the permission of the meeting a member other than the Chairman or the Director shall not initiate any subject for discussion at an ordinary meeting except in pursuance of notice given at the previous ordinary meeting of the Council or conveyed by letter to the Registrar fourteen clear days before the meeting and the Registrar shall enter all such notices in a 'Notice of Motion Book' to be kept by him for the purpose.

5. Notice of and Business at Meetings. Notice of a meeting and copy of the business papers accompanied by supporting state-ments in sufficient detail shall be posted or delivered by the Registrar to each member of the Council at least ten days prior to the meeting; provided that by a further notice so posted or delivered not less than three days prior to the meeting the Registrar may advise of supplementary business to be put before the meeting. Subject to the approval of the meeting the Chairman may allow additional business to be circulated with less notice or to be tabled at the meeting.

6. Lack of Quorum. In the event of a quorum not being present within half an hour after the time appointed for a meeting the Chairman or in his absence the Deputy Chairman or in the absence of both the Chairman and the Deputy Chairman the members present or the majority of them or any one member if only one is present or the Registrar if no member is present may adjourn such meeting to any time not later than fourteen days from the date of such adjournment: Provided that nothing herein shall be construed to prevent the adjournment of any meeting to a later hour of the same day on which such meeting was appointed to be held.

7. Minutes. The minutes of any preceding meeting of the Council whether ordinary or special not previously approved as being a true record shall be circulated to members of the Council prior to the meeting at which they are to be considered. Upon being approved as correct such minutes shall be signed by the Chairman as being a true record.

8. Adjournment. The Council may adjourn any meeting to a later date.

9. Rules. The Council may make Rules -

(a) prescribing the procedures and Rules of debate to be followed at its meetings; and

(b) generally for carrying into effect all or any of the provisions and objects of this By-law.

17


BY-LAW No. 5

Committees Appointed by the Council

1. Council May Appoint Committees. The Council may from time to time -

(a) appoint committees either for general or specific purposes;

(b) delegate to a committee power to do any act or hold any en'quiry;

(c) authorise a committee to take executive action either generally or in specific cases in relation to any matter within its scope;

(d) require a committee to advise the Council in respect of any matter or class of matters concerning the Institute.

2. Duties and Powers of Committees.

(a) Every committee shall after each of its meetings or as otherwise directed by the Council transmit to the Council a submission in writing or a report consisting of minutes of any of its proceedings which involve recommendations to the Council or concern matters to which it desires the attention of the Council.

(b) A recommendation or any decision of a committee shall be of no force or effect unless and until it is approved by the Council.

3. Membership of Committees.

(a) The Council may appoint to a committee such members of the Council or other persons as the Council may from time to time determine. A committee shall consist of not less than three members and a quorum shall consist of a majority of the members of the committee.

(b) The Chairman shall by virtue of his office be a member of each committee of the Council.

(c) A committee may co-opt such persons as it considers appropriate for the efficient conduct of its business. A co-opted member shall be entitled to vote on any matter except one involving the exercise by the committee of a power to take executive action.

4. Chairman of a Committee. The Council may from time to time appoint a member of a committee to be Chairman of that committee. In the absence of such appointment or in the event

18

of the absence of the Chairman of a committee from a meeting of that committee the committee shall elect one of its members to be Chairman.

5. Conduct of Business. Subject to the By-laws and any direction of the Council every committee may regulate its own procedures.

6. Recommendations to Committees. A person or body authorised to make recommendations to the Council involving any matter within the scope of a committee may subject to any direction by the Council instead make such recommendations to that committee.

7. Committee May Consult or Refer. A committee may consult with or refer any matter for consideration and advice to such persons or bodies whether members of the Institute or not as it deems fit in the execution of its powers or the performance of its duties.

8. Committee to Report to Council. After each of its meetings every committee shall submit to the Council a full report of the proceedings.

9. Saving of Other Powers of Council. Nothing in this By-law shall limit the powers conferred upon the Council by the Act or any By-law or Rule and in particular and without limiting the generality of the foregoing every committee shall exercise its function and authority subject to the supreme control and direction of the Council.

10. Rules. The Council may make Rules for the carrying into effect of all or any of the provisions and objects of this By-law.


BY -LAW No. 6.

The Director

1. Duties of Director. The Director shall be the principal officer of the Institute and shall be charged with the duty of promoting the interests and furthering the development of the Institute.

2. Powers of Directors. Under the Council and subject to the Act and the By-laws thereunder and to any resolution of the Council the Director shall -

(a) be responsible for the academic, administrative, financial and other business of the Institute;

(b) exercise a general supervision over all persons in the service of the Institute and over the welfare and discipline of the students of the Institute;

19

(c) exercise such powers as the Council may delegate to him.

3. Director to be Member of Committees. The Director shall be ex officio a member of every board and committee within the Institute.


BY-LAW No. 7.

The Registrar

1. The Registrar shal I be the chief administrative officer of the Institute.

2. Registrar to Assist Director. The Registrar shall assist the Director as the latter may require in the performance of his duties.

3. Duties of Registrar. Under the Director the Registrar shall -

(a) be responsible for the general administration of the Institute;

(b) be Secretary of such sub-committee as may be determined by the Council from time to time;

(c) keep all such registers as may be required;

(d) conduct the correspondence of the Institute; and

(e) be responsible for the management and supervision of the examinations of the Institute.


BY-LAW No. 8

Staff

1. Council May Appoint Staff. The Council may -

(a) appoint staff;

(b) note resignations from members of the staff;

(c) declare the employment of any member of the staff to have been abandoned by such member;

(d) approve the grant of salary progression to any member of staff within the salary scale applicable to such member.

20

2. Discipline of Members of Staff.

(a) The Council may take disciplinary action against any member of the staff who is guilty of a breach of discipline.

(b) In this By-law the expression 'take disciplinary action against' means fine, reprimand, suspend, transfer to other duties, dismiss or reduce in status and the expression 'guilty of a breach of discipline' means guilty of neglect in the discharge of his duties or of misconduct which in either case in the reasonable opinion of the Council is detrimental to the Institute.

3. Suspension of Staff

(a) Where in his reasonable opinion such action is necessary or desirable in the interests of the Institute the Director may suspend a member of the staff and may exclude him from admission to the precincts of the Institute or to any of its buildings.

(b) After suspending a member of the staff in aa::ordance with subsection (a) the Director shall immediately inform the Chairman or Deputy Chairman of such action and shall submit a report on the circumstances thereof to a meeting of the Council to be held within fourteen days of such suspension.

(c) The Council shall consider the report of the Director and shall either determine that the suspension shall be terminated or shal I refer the matter for the immediate consideration of a Staff Disciplinary Advisory Committee. If the suspension of a member of the staff be terminated by the Council and he thereupon resumes his duties all salary and other emoluments which would have become payable to him if he had not been suspended shall become immediately payable to him.

(d) A member of staff whilst under suspension shall not receive pay or any other entitlements of his office accruing after the suspension pending determination of his case by the Council.

4. Staff Disciplinary Advisory Committee.

(a) There shall be constituted from time to time as and when necessary a Staff Disciplinary Advisory Committee consisting of the following members -

The Chairman or in his absence Deputy Chairman; Two members of Council appointed by Council; Two members of the staff appointed by the relevant

Staff Association.

(b) Three members of the Committee shall be a quorum.

21

(c) The functions of the Committee shall be to make enquiry into and report to the Council through the Director on the existence and sufficiency of any alleged ground for disciplinary action against any member of the staff which may be referred to it by the Council the Director or when requested by the member of the staff accused of the breach of discipline.

(d) The Committee shall

(i) furnish forthwith to such member of the staff concerned particulars in writing of the alleged breach of discipline and give him a reasonable time to prepare his defence; and

(ii) when making enquiry into the matter which enquiry shall be held as soon as reasonably possible -(a) consider such submissions material and

evidence as are relevant; and (b) give the member of the staff concerned

reasonable opportunity to be heard and to make such submissions and present such materials and evidence as are relevant.

(e) The Chairman shall have a primary vote only.

(f) In the case of equality of votes the member of the staff concerned shall be found not guilty.

5. A member of the staff in respect of whom the Committee has made an adverse report shall be entitled to make written and with the approval of the Council verbal representations to the Council before any decision by the Council. The Council shall meet for the purpose of hearing such representations within fourteen days of the making of the adverse report and a copy of the proceedings of the Committee shall be made available to such member of the staff prior to his making his representations.

6. A member of the staff shall be entitled to be represented by Counsel or solicitor or by such other person being willing to act as he may appoint. In the event of any such representation of a member of the staff the Chairman or Deputy Chairman may appoint to the Committee for the particular hearing a barrister or solicitor of the Supreme Court of Queensland and the Chairman for the time being of the Committee may adjourn the hearing to enable and effect such further appointment to the Committee. Such barrister or solicitor shall advise the Committee from time to time as the Committee or any member of the Committee may request but such barrister or solicitor shall not have nor exercise any vote.

7. Rules. The Council may make Rules for carrying into effect all or any of the provisions and objects of this By-law.

22

The foregoing By-law was made at a meeting of the Council of the _Queensland Institute of Technology held on the tenth day of August, 1972.

BY-LAW No. 9

Student Discipline

1. Application of By-law. Except where otherwise herein expressly provided this By-law applies to all breaches of discipline as herein defined committed by a student within any boundary or the precincts of the Institute.

2. Breach of Discipline. A student who contravenes or fails to comply with any By-law or Rule of the Institute or any lawful order of any of its employees is guilty of a simple breach of discipline.

3. Misconduct. 'Misconduct' means conduct on the part of a student which impairs or interferes with the freedom or ability of other persons to pursue their studies, researches, duties or lawful activities in the Institute or upon premises of the Institute or to participate in the life of the Institute or is otherwise detrimental to the proper conduct or good order of the Institute or which while or as a member of an accredited or representative body of students and whether or not occurring or taking place upon premises of the Institute is such as to prejudice or to adversely affect the studies, researches or duties of any student of the Institute.

Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing the expression includes -

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

(g)

disrupting or obstructing any teaching activity, examination or official meeting or proceeding of or within the Institute;

refusing to leave any building or part of a building of the Institute upon being reasonably directed by a senior officer of the Institute to leave it;

knowingly entering any place within the premises of the Institute which the student is forbidden by a senior officer of the Institute or by a statute or rule to enter;

knowlingly divulging confidential information relating to any Institute matter which is clearly of a confidential nature and which he has no right to divulge;

obstructing or attempting to interfere with the lawful performance of his duties by any officer or employee of the Institute;

intentionally damaging or wrongfully dealing with any property in or upon Institute premises;

unlawfully assaulting a person on Institute premises;

23

(h) failing to comply with any action taken under this By-law other than non-payment of a fine;

(i) committing a breach of any By-law or Rule of the Institute the breach of which by that By-law or Rule is declared to be misconduct for the purposes of this By-law;

(j) making a false representation as to a matter affecting him as a student of the Institute.

'Senior Officer of the Institute' means the Director the Registrar the Bursar the Head of a Department any member of the teaching staff; the Librarian the Manager of the Book Shop the Director of Administration of the Queensland Institute of Technology Union and any other person designated as such in writing by the Director.

'The premises of the Institute' means any land, building or improvements owned or occupied by or which are or may be in the possession or under the control or management of the Institute.

'An accredited or representative body' shall be and be deemed to be one which the Director certifies to be concerned or engaged or having been concerned or engaged in or on an educational activity of the Institute.

4. Powers of Staff. A member of the teaching staff a librarian in charge of the library the Bursar the Registrar or the person for the time being acting as or carrying out the duties of Bursar or Registrar may in respect of any simple breach of discipline by a student committed in a class, laboratory, library or facility or premises under his management or control suspend the student from attendance at such class or from use of such laboratory, library, facility or premises for a period not exceeding twenty-four hours as he may determine and shall forthwith advise the Head of the Department or if there be no appropriate such Head of the Department the Registrar or the person for the time being acting as Registrar of the action taken. The Head of a Department or the Registrar or person acting as Registrar as the case may be shall forthwith advise the Director. In the event that there be doubt or lack of definition as to who has such management or control of any part of parts of the Institute the Registrar or the person for the time being acting as Registrar shall be deemed to have such management or control.

5. Powers of Heads of Departments and Persons in Charge of Facilities or Services. Heads of Departments and persons in charge of facilities and services may in respect of any simple breach of di sci pl ine by the student committed in the department or area of the Institute under the control of the Head of Department or such person so in charge suspend the student from entering into that part of the Institute for a period not exceeding twenty-four hours. The Head of the Department or such person as aforesaid shall forthwith advise the Director of the action taken.

24

6. Powers of the Director. The Director whether following receipt of advice as referred to in the preceding sections 4 and 5 of this By-law or otherwise may after the student has been given reasonable opportunity to be heard in respect of any simple breach of discipline fine a student an amount not exceeding $25 or alternatively or in addition may take any one or more of the following courses of action -

(a) Reprimand and warn the student against repetition of the simple breach of discipline;

(b) Suspend the student for a period not exceeding one week which shall include any period of suspension imposed under sections 4 or 5 of this By-law;

(c) Suspend the student from examinations either prior to or during the currency thereof provided that a student may not be so suspended during the currency of an examination unless the Director is of the opinion that such action is necessary to enable other candidates to concentrate or to preserve peace, order or decorum in the examination centre.

7. (a) Where any misconduct is alleged to have been committed the following provisions shall apply -

(i) Notice of the charge shall be stated in writing with reasonable particularity by the Di rector and a copy thereof together with no less than seven days' notice of the date and place of hearing shall be given to the student and to the Director of Administration Queensland Institute of Technology Union.

(ii) The guilt or otherwise of the student shall be determined by a committee of which the Chairman and two other members shall be appointed by the Council and to which the Queensland Institute of Technology Union shall have the right to appoint up to three members but no appointment by the Queensland Institute of Technology Union shall be ...valid and effective unless written accreditation has been lodged with the Director before the hearing begins. Any of the committee members may be appointed for a stated or any undetermined period.

(iii) A student shall be entitled to be represented by Counsel or solicitor or by such other person being willing to act as he. may appoint. In the event of any such representation of a student the Chairman or Deputy Chairman may appoint to the committee for the particular hearing a barrister or solicitor of the Supreme Court of Queensland and the Chairman for the time being of the committee may adjourn the hearing to enable and effect such further appointment to the committee. Such barrister or solicitor shall advise the committee

25

from time to time as the committee or any member of the committee may request but such barrister or solicitor shall not have nor exercise any vote.

(iv) Three members of the committee shall constitute a quorum and the decision of the majority of the members taking part in the hearing shall be the decision of the committee.

(v) The Chairman shall have a primary vote only.

(vi) In the case of an equality of votes the student sh all be found not guilty.

(b) Where a student is found guilty of misconduct the committee -

(i) may fine him an amount not exceeding $100, and (ii) may order him to pay restitution or compensation to

the Institute and may assess the amount thereof, and (iii) may recommend to the Council that he be suspended

or excluded from the Institute for a specified period or be expelled therefrom.

8. Procedure. Any proceedings under this By-law including an appeal shall be heard and finalised without delay. A student shall be given a reasonable opportunity of answering any allegation against him of misconduct.

The Chairman of the committee shall keep or direct to be kept a reasonably comprehensive record of the proceedings for use of the Council in the event of an appeal and a copy of such record shall be made available to the student upon request.

9. Appeal. A student convicted of any breach of discipline shall be entitled to have the matter reviewed by the Council but subject to the condition that within fourteen days of his conviction he gives written notice in that behalf to the Director and sets out therein the grounds of his appeal and such other relevant matters and contentions as he desires to have considered by the Council,

Unless the Council otherwise directs the matter shall be considered in the first instance by an Appeals Committee (none of whom shall have sat upon the committee referred to in section 7 hereof) of which the Chairman and two other members shall be appointed by the Council and the Queensland Institute of Technology Union shall have the right to appoint three members but any appointment by the Queensland Institute of Technology Union shall not be valid and effective unless written accreditation has been lodged with the Director before the hearing begins and the provisions of section 7 hereof mutatis mutandis shall apply to such committee. The review shall be decided upon a consideration of the record kept pursuant to section 8 hereof (or in the case of a simple breach of discipline of a report of the Director) and of any notice given by the student as abovementioned unless the Council or the committee (as the

26

case may be) considers that there should be further enquiry and in that event further evidence may be heard.

The student shall have the same rights in relation to the taking of this evidence as he had in relation to the evidence taken at the hearing and any written submission by him in relation thereto shall be taken into consideration provided that such submission is given to the Director within fourteen days from the conclusion of such evidence.

The Appeals Committee shall report to the Council which may confirm or set aside a conviction and may confirm, set aside or vary in whole or in part any fine and any order for restitution or compensation and where the conviction has been confirmed it may order that the student be suspended or excluded from the Institute for a specified period or be expelled therefrom.

10. Interim Order of Suspension. In circumstances where the Director considers that the good order or discipline of the Institute so requires he may order that a student charged with misconduct shall be suspended from such Institute activities as the Director shall determine pending the determination of the charge. Provided that a student shall not be so suspended during the currency of any examination unless the Director is of opinion that such action is necessary to enable other candidates to concentrate or to preserve peace, order or decorum in the examination centre.

The Institution of an appeal shall not operate so as to stay or suspend any such order made by the Director unless the Director otherwise directs.

11. Enforcement of Sent.ences. The imposition of any fine and any order made under or pursuant to this By-law shall become operative immediately it is pronounced and a record of all such fines and orders shall be kept by the Registrar.

A student in respect of whom there is operative an order of suspension or exclusion or explusion shall be a trespasser .if he enters upon the premises of the Institute or any part thereof in breach of such order and shall as such be liable to the due processes of the law; and he may be lawfully removed therefrom by any person or persons so authorised by the Director who may lawfully use any reasonable force to effect such removal.

So long as a fine imposed on him or any compensation or restitution ordered to be paid by him remains unpaid a student may by order of the Director be suspended from such Institute activities as he may determine.

12. In the absence of the Director his powers, functions and discretions under this By-law may be exercised by such person and for such period as the Council may determine.

27

13. The committee referred to in section 7 hereof and the Appeals Committee referred to in section 9 hereof shall make enquiry in such manner as it deems appropriate to the circumstances of the case; and shall proceed in all respects according to the justice of the case and decide the issue according to equity and good conscience without being bound by legal technicalities or the laws of evidence: Provided always that the student shall be given reasonable notice of the matters alleged against him and a reasonable opportunity to answer them.

No proceeding of such committee or Appeals Committee shall be rendered invalid by reason of any informality in its proceedings or in the absence of any member from a meeting provided that a quorum is otherwise present.

14. Effect of Suspension of Student. Unless the context otherwise indicates or requires or the Director in any particular case otherwise directs any student who is suspended or excluded by any By-law or Rule or under the authority of any By-law or Rule -

(a) shall not thereby become entitled to be repaid any fees paid by him or to be relieved of the payment of any fees already payable by him; and

(b) while the suspension or exclusion continues shall not attend at the Institute or at any premises where the Institute is offering lectures, tutorials or training or use any of the facilities of the Institute or take any part in any student activities or be entitled to sit for any examination or reenrol for any course or subject:

Provided that the Director shall grant to any student charged with misconduct reasonable access to such Institute premises and facilities as in the opinion of the Director is reasonably necessary to enable the student to prepare his defence.

15. Rules. The Council may make Rules for the carrying into effect of all or any of the provisions and objects of this By-law.


BY-LAW No. 10

The Queensland Institute of Technology Union

1. The Union. The Queensland Institute of Technology Union (in this By-law called 'the Union') shall be the recognised means of communication between -

(a) the students or any section of them and the Institute; (b) the students of this and other colleges or other tertiary

institutions;

28

(c) student societies within the Institute and outside persons or bodies.

2. Constitution. Subject to this By-law and to any rules made hereunder, the Union shall have such powers and authorities and be subject to such obligations as are set out in the Constitution of the Union as approved from time to time by the Council.

3. Annual Reports. The Union shall in each year submit to the Council, through the Registrar, a copy of its annual general report, a copy of its balance sheet, and a statement of its income and expenditure duly audited.

4. Appeal against disciplinary action. Any student or body against whom any disciplinary action has been taken by the Union may within thirty days of the taking of such action appeal to the Council against any such disciplinary action and the Council shall have full power to deal with such appeal and to make any determination it considers necessary in the matter.

5. The Council may make rules. The Council may make rules for carrying into effect all or any of the provisions and objects of this By-law.

The foregoing By-law was made at a meeting of the Council of the Queensland Institute of Technology held on the nineteenth day of December, 1974.

BY-LAW No. 11

Union Fees

1. Union Fees Payable. Each person whose application for enrolment as a student of the Institute is accepted shall pay fees (hereinafter called'the Union Fees') for membership of the Queensland Institute of Technology Union (hereinafter called 'the Union'). The Union Fees shall be received on behalf of the Union by the Registrar or such other officer of the Institute as the Council may appoint or by the Union as the Council may from time to time direct.

2. Union Fees. The Union Fees shall be:

Part-time External Students Part-time Internal Students .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Full-time Students .. .. .. .. All Other Members of the Union .. .. .. ..

Per Annum $2.00

$11.00 $25.00 $11.00

3. Refund of Fees. Subject to such Rules as the Council may make from time to time the Union Fees paid by a student whose application for enrolment is cancelled or withdrawn at any time shall be refunded in whole or in part as the Union may determine.

29

4. Exclusion. The Council may cancel the enrolment of any student who has not paid by such date or dates as the Council may prescribe by Rule all Union Fees due and payable by such student.

5. Rules. The Council may make Rules and amend such Rules from time to time for the carrying into effect of all or any of the provisions and objects of this By-law.

The foregoing By-law was made at a meeting of the Council of the Queensland Institute of Technology held on the sixteenth day of October, 1975.

~Rules Relating to

Student Matters

32

RULES RELATING TO STUDENT MATTERS

Admission to Courses

The Council may -

(1) prescribe the conditions for normal entry to each course offered.

(2) limit the number of students who shall be permitted to enrol or continue in any course.

(3) appoint an Admissions Committee and approve of rules providing for -

(i) its membership including the appointment of a Chairman; (ii) its method of operation; (iii) the admission of students who do not comply with normal

entry; (iv) the selection of students to be admitted where quotas or

restrictions have been imposed upon admissions and enrolments;

(v) a quorum.

Academic Structure and Content of Courses

The Cou nci I may -

(4) prescribe the academic structure and content of any courses and amend these at any time provided the reasonable rights of students already enrolled in the course are not prejudiced or are sufficiently safeguarded;

(5) prescribe rules for student progression within a course;

(6) delegate any or all of its powers under this section.

Assessment of Students

The Council may -

(7) approve rules relating to the examination and assessment of students and the award of grades of passes;

(8) delegate any or al I of its powers under this section.

Exclusion of Students

The Council may -

(9) prescribe rules relating to gross failure;

(10) exclude any student who is classified as having achieved gross failure in subjects or courses;

(11) delegate any or all of its powers under this section provided that any student shall have a right of appeal to Council against any decision or exclusion.

33

Appeals

Council shall establish an Appeal Committee to hear student appeals to the Council against exclusion and approve rules not inconsistent with By-law No. 5 or rules thereof in respect of the duties powers membership and management of the business of such Committees.

RULES FOR ADMISSION

1. Meaning of certain words. Unless the context otherwise indicates or requires -

Admissions Committee means a committee appointed by Council to consider applications for admission to Institute courses.

Head of School means a member of the academic staff appointed by Council and so designated. In the case of a Department not attached to a School the Director shall act as Head of School.

Senior Student Counsellor means the Senior Student Counsellor of the Institute.

Academic Staff Association means the Academic Staff Association of the Institute.

Ordered Course means a course in which a student is required to gain credit in a number of subjects in a particular sequence to acquire an award.

Head of Department means a member of the academic staff appointed by Council and so designated as the senior academic member of staff in a particular Department.

Sub-tertiary course means a course of study leading to the award of a Certificate.

Tertiary course means a course of study leading to the award of a Degree Diploma or an Associate Diploma.

Assistant Registrar means the Assistant Registrar of the Institute.

'Registered Student' shall mean a person whose application for study of an ordered course has been accepted by the Registrar.

'Special Student' shall mean any person so accepted other than as a registered student.

2. The membership of the Admissions Committee shall be -Registrar (who shall act as Chairman) Heads of Schools Senior Student Counsellor One representative appointed by the Academic Staff Association.

A member of Committee may be permitted to appoint another person who is not a member to attend and vote on his behalf.

3. The Admissions Committee shall -

(i) advise the Director and the Education Committee of Council

34

on all matters relating to the admission of students including -

(a) the standards of entry to all courses after consideration of recommendation prepared by the Academic Boards;

(b) the assessment of prospective future enrolments following periodic reviews of statistical trends;

(c) the recommendation of policies for determining those who should be given priorities for admission or enrolment where quotas or restrictions on admissions or enrolments are in the opinion of the Council necessary.

(ii) determine eligibility for admission in those cases where the applicant does not possess normal entry standards.

4. A person desirous of entering a course shall make application to the Registrar for admission on an enrolment form provided for this purpose, and shall lodge such form fully and correctly completed not later than the closing date prescribed by the Council.

With such application, the person shall produce to the Registrar for verification, sufficient documentary evidence of passes in prerequisite examinations.

The documentary evldence produced for verification shall be -

(i) the original documents or facsimile copies thereof; (ii) such other evidence as the Admissions Committee may

require.

5. A person who does not have the normal entry qualifications may make application for special consideration for entry on a form provided by the Registrar.

6. Concurrently with an application for special consideration for entry a person shall lodge with the Registrar an application for enrolment on the form provided for the purpose, and shall lodge such form fully and correctly completed not later than the closing date prescribed.

7. The Registrar shall notify all applicants for admission of the acceptance or rejection of their applications.

8. An application for erirolment may be amended by the Head of Department because of -

(i) timetable incompatibility; (ii) non-compliance with the rules applicable to the course of

study; (iii) selection by the applicant of subjects which in the opinion

of the Head of Department are more than his capacity or circumstances allow him to study adequately.

35

Any applicant whose application for enrolment has been amended shall have a right of appeal to the Head of the School. Such an appeal shall be lodged with the Registrar within fourteen (14) days from date of notification of such amended enrolment. The Registrar shall notify the applicant of the result of the appeal as soon as is reasonably possible.

9. Late enrolments may be accepted only if a vacancy exists in classes established on the basis of closing date enrolments, and with the approval of the Head of School.

10. A Head of School may cancel any class in any subject where the number, of enrolments in that class is considered to be insufficient.

Class groups shall be determined on enrolments as at closing date prescribed by Council. In the event of the cancellation of any class the enrolment of a student shall be deemed to be cancelled in respect of such subject provided that such cancellation shall be without prejudice to the right of the student to again apply for admission for enrolment in such subject, subject to the conditions prescribed for entry to such subject at the time of his application.

RULES RELATING TO SPECIAL STUDENTS

1. A student enrolled to do miscellaneous subjects, as distinct from registering for a complete course, wi II be named a 'special' student, will be required to pay the Union fee, and will be subject to the rules of the Institute.

2. The requirement for admission to do a miscellaneous subject will be the normal pre-requisite and co-requisite to that subject, including those subjects of the entrance requirements regarded as pre-requisites to the subject. The Admissions Committee, on the advice of the Head of the Department controlling the subject has the authority to waive entry requirement pre-requisites.

3. A student will not normally be permitted to take simultaneously subjects from more than two courses either as a special student in both courses or as a special student in one course and a registered student in another course except at the discretion of the appropriate Head(s) of School(s).

4. Where permission is granted to undertake subjects from more than one course, only one Union fee will apply.

5. The maximum number of hours per week which may be attempted is at the discretion of the appropriate Head(s) of School (s).

6. A special student will not be permitted to accumulate credits for more than 20% of the total course hours within a course.

36

7. Where quotas or other restrictions apply to a subject, a student applying for registration in a course will have precedence over special students.

8. Where a registered student is undertaking miscellaneous subjects as a special student, the application of the Gross Failure Rules in the course for which the student is registered will not be affected in any way by the results obtained in the miscellaneous subjects.

9. When a registered student is excluded from his course due to gross failure, he shall not subsequently be eligible for enrolment as a special student in any subject of that course except at the discretion of the appropriate Head(s) of School (s).

SCHEDULE OF CHARGES AFFECTING STUDENTS

1. Union Fees - By-law No. 11 specifies the following Schedule of Union Fees.

$25.00 p.a. for full-time students $11.00 p.a. for part-time internal students $ 2.00 p.a. for part-time external students $11.00 p.a. for all other members.

2. Admission, Enrolment, and Examination; - Council has approved the following Schedule of Charges.

Late lodgement of Application for Enrolment

Refundable Deposit for review of Special Consideration decision

Review of Examination Results

Statement of Results

$ 5.00

$10.00 $ 2.00 per paper with a maximum of $4 per subject. $ 1.00.

3. Deposit System for Use of Laboratory Facilities.

(a) A student enrolled in a day program tertiary course in the School of Applied Science shall deposit $20 for year 1, $30 for year 2 and $30 for year 3, for the use of laboratory facilities except that $20 shall be deposited by a student enrolled in the Department of Mathematics in the year or years in which he elects to include Chemistry 1 in his course.

(b) A student enrolled in an evening program tertiary course in the School of Applied Science shall deposit $20 in each year of his enrolment for the use of laboratory facilities. A student enrolled in the Department of Mathematics shall deposit $20 in the year or years in which he elects to include Chemistry I in his course.

37

(c) A student enrolled in a certificate course in the School of Applied Science shall deposit $10 in each year of his enrolment for the use of laboratory facilities.

(d) A student enrolled for Chemistry subjects other than those enrolled in a day program tertiary course or an evening program tertiary course or a certificate course in the School of Applied Science shall deposit $10 in each year of their enrolment for the use of Institute facilities. The fol lowing subjects of the Certificate in Industrial Metallurgy and the Certificate in Engineering are relevant -

Chemistry II Organic Chemistry and Materials Analytical Chemistry I Analytical Chemistry 11 Analytical Chemistry 111 Analytical Chemistry IV

(e) A student enrolled in the Department of Physics shall deposit $10 in year 2 and in year 3 for use of tools.

(f) At the end of the year the deposit shall be refunded to the student less the cost of any breakages which have not been made good.

PARKING REGULATIONS

Council has approved regulations relating to the parking of motor vehicles on campus.

(a) A member of staff or a student shall not be permitted to park a vehicle within the grounds of the Institute unless such person has previously made application for a parking permit and this permit has been granted.

(b) The privilege of parking within the grounds shall be subject to such conditions as may be imposed at the time the permit is issued to the applicant.

(c) An application for permission to park a vehicle within the grounds of the Institute shall be made on a form prescribed and available at the Institute office.

(d) For a breach in the parking of a vehicle the Director may revoke the permit for a specified period or for the remainder of the academic year.

(e) For a breach by a person not possessing a parking permit in the parking of a vehicle, the Director may arrange for the vehicle to be removed from the grounds of the Institute and the person shall be required to pay the cost of such removal.

38

GENERAL EXAMINATION RULES

Part 1. DEFINITIONS

Academic Board means a Board constituted by Council to exercise certain academic functions in relation to a particular School.

Committee of the Academic Board means a group of members of the Academic Board constituted by the Academic Board to exercise those particular academic functions prescribed by the Academic Board.

Unit Course means a course of study in which a student may gain credit for subjects passed and is required to repeat failed subjects only.

Fixed year course means a course of study in which a student is required to gain credit for all subjects of any year of the course before proceeding to the subjects of the following year.

Award means a Degree, Diploma, Associate Diploma or Certificate by the Council.

Chief Examiner means an officer appointed and so designated by a Head of Department in relation to an examination in a particular subject for a particular period.

Examiner means an officer appointed by the Head of Department to set and mark examination papers in a particular subject for a particular period.

Supervisor means an officer appointed by the Registrar to supervise the conduct of a particular examination.

Central Examination means any examination administered by the office of the Registrar.

Departmental Examination means any examination administered by a Department.

Supplementary Examination means an examination given to a student who has failed to pass either a central or departmental examination.

Deferred Examination means an examination given to a student in place of a central or departmental examination in cases where the student has failed to sit and the reasons for such failure have been accepted by the Head of School.

Assignment means written exercises where these are specified as mandatory in a particular subject.

Practical Work means Laboratory and Workshop exercises where these are specified as mandatory in a particular subject.

Reports mean opinions expressed after investigation or consideration where such report is mandatory in a particular subject.

Part II. AUTHORITY TO PRESCRIBE EXAMINATIONS

1. Academic Boards to Prescribe Examination Requirements -

(a) An approved system may include Central Examinations, Departmental Examinations, Assignments, Practical Work, Reports and any methods of continuous assessment.

39

(b) The system of assessment to be used in each subject will be prescribed by the Department responsible for the subject concerned and approved by the Academic Board responsible for the subject.

(c) An Academic Board shall have the power of delegation subject to any conditions as it thinks fit to a Committee of the Board but the Board shall resolve any dispute.

2. Periods for Central Examinations

The periods within the academic year to be set aside for Central Examinations, Supplementary Examinations and Deferred Examinations will be determined by Council.

3. Periods for Departmental Examinations

The periods within the academic year to be set aside for Departmental Examinations will be as determined by the Department concerned after agreement with other Departments which might be affected by any determination, and where appropriate, by agreement with the Registrar. The Head of School will resolve any disagreements of an intra-School nature, whereas those of an inter-School nature will be referred to the Director for decision.

Part Ill. CENTRAL EXAMINATIONS

4. Appointment of Examiners

(a) The relevant Head of Department will appoint examiners and, where appropriate, chief examiners each year for each subject in that year.

(b) The names of all examiners shall be forwarded by the Head of School to the Registrar by a date to be prescribed by the Registrar in consultation with the Head of School concerned.

5. Responsibility for Conduct of Examinations

(a) The Registrar will be responsible for the conduct of all Central Examinations in accordance with Parts V and VI of these rules.

(b) In consultation with the Heads of School, Heads of Department, and if appointed, the Chief Examiners, the Registrar may prescribe the date upon which all examination papers required to be set by examiners are to be received by this office and the form in which such papers will be received.

(c) The Registrar will be responsible for the preparation of a timetable for all Central Examinations and for the publication of this timetable as required by these rules.

40

Part IV. DEPARTMENTAL EXAMINATIONS

6. Appointment of Examiners

The relevant Head of Department will appoint examiners and, where appropriate, chief examiners. He will also be responsible"' for the conduct of the Departmental examinations.

Part V. NOMINATION FOR EXAMINATIONS

7. Nomination for Central Examinations

The Registrar may prescribe a form required to be lodged by students presenting themselves for any Central Examination and may prescribe the date by which such form shall be lodged with him.

8. Nomination for Departmental Examination

The Head of Department may prescribe a form required to be lodged by students intending to sit for a Departmental Examination and prescribe the date by which such form shall be lodged with him.

9. Charges

Any form capable of being lodged under these rules need not be accepted if any charges due from the person lodging it have not been paid. In the event of any non-acceptance the person presenting the form shall not be permitted to sit for that examination.

10. Late Lodgement

At the discretion of the Registrar or Head of Department, as the case may be, a form required to be lodged under these rules may be accepted after the date prescribed for lodgement subject to the payment of any charge prescribed for late lodgement.

11. Withdrawal of Entry Examination

A student who has entered for an examination may withdraw his entry by written notice to the Registrar or the Head of Department, as the case may be, by the prescribed date.

12. Timetables

(a) The timetable for Departmental Examination shall be prepared by the Head of Department and shall be posted on appropriate notice boards.

(b) A preliminary timetable for Central Examinations shall be prepared by the Registrar and posted on appropriate notice boards.

(c) Should any timetable show a clash between subjects for which the student has nominated, it is the responsibility of the student to notify either the Registrar or the Head

41

of Department as the case may be by the date prescribed for such notification.

(d) The final examination timetables for Central Examinations shall be so posted not less than three weeks prior to the commencement of the examination.

13. Eligibility to Sit for Examinations

(a) A student may be declared ineligible by the Head of the Department responsible for the course to sit for an examination if he has failed to fulfil all the conditions as set out in the rules pertaining to the course for which he has enrolled.

(b) 'The Registrar may prescribe the date by which Heads of Department must advise him of the names of students who are declared to be ineligible under this rule and upon receipt of advice from the relevant departments will so advise the studentsin writing of their ineligibility inviting them to show cause by a prescribed date why ineligibility should not be confirmed.

(c) Where a student shows cause why he should not be declared ineligible his case shall be referred to the Head of School for review and determination.

(d) A student declared by the Head of School to be so ineligible shall have the right of appeal to the Director.

14. Student Examination Form

(a) The Registrar shall forward to each student at least two weeks prior to the commencement of all Central Examinations an examination form showing the subjects for which the student is eligible to sit and the date and time of the examination in that subject.

(b) The student is required to keep this form in his possession at all times during the period of the examination.

15. Failure to Attend for Examination at the Prescribed Date & Time

(a) A student who fails to attend an examination for which he has nominated and which in the case of a Central Examination is shown on his examination form will be deemed to have sat for and failed the examination concerned except in cases where he has notified the Registrar before the examination commences or immediately afterwards that he has failed to attend for reasons of incapacity, ill health or other circumstances beyond his control, and subsequently produces an acceptable medical or other certificate to this effect.

(b) Should the medical or other certificate be acceptable to the Head of School, the student shall be granted a deferred examination.

42

Part VI. CONDUCT TO EXAMINATIONS

16. Entry to Examination Room

A person other than a candidate, supervisor, examiner or his nominee, chief examiner or his nominee, may not enter an examination room during an examination session or during the period of forth-five minutes immediately preceding such session except with the permission of a supervisor.

17. Time for Departure

A candidate may not leave an examination room before the end of the examination session without the permission of a supervisor.

18. Conditions of Entry and Departure

A person whether a candidate or not, who is given permission to enter or leave an examination room shall comply with all conditions ori which the permission is given.

19. Unauthorised Material not to be Brought into the Examination Room

A candidate shall not bring into an examination room anything whatsoever which conveys or is capable of conveying information concerning or otherwise has reference to any subject or is such that it may reasonably give rise to suspicion that it is capable of conveying information concerning or of having reference to any subject or that it was intended by the candidate to do so. It is immaterial that the subject is not a subject to which the examination relates.

It shall be sufficient answer to any alleged breach of this rule if the candidate establishes that anything brought by him into an examination room was -

(a) declared as permissible by the examiner and is so indicated on the examination paper, or

(b) brought in with the permis$ion of the supervisor, or (c) deposited by the candidate within the room forthwith after

entering it at a place designated by the supervisor as a place where such a thing may be deposited.

20. Candidate not to Communicate with Others

A candidate shall not during an examination session communicate by word or otherwise with any other person except a supervisor, examiner or his nominee, or assist any other person to communicate with another person, or willingly receive a communication from any person other than a supervisor, examiner or his nominees.

21. Cheating

A candidate shall not cheat or attempt to cheat in an examination. A person whether a candidate or not shall not do anything to assist any other examinee in his examination.

43

22. Supervisor's Power of Inspection

A supervisor may require a candidate to show by such means as the supervisor may specify and as the supervisor considers appropriate to the circumstances that the candidate has not in his possession or in any way available any such things as is specified under Rule 19 or that he is not committing or has not committed a breach of Rules 20 or 21 and the Candidate shall comply without delay with such requirement.

23. Identification

A candidate shall bring to the examination room his student examination form and shall produce or keep displayed such form in acc-0rdance with any directions given to him by notice displayed in the examination room, by directions on an examination book, by a supervisor or otherwise.

24. Places

A candidate for an examination shall upon entering an examination room proceed without delay to such place as he is or has been directed to occupy for that examination by a supervisor or by notice or other means, and shall not leave that place except with the permission or by the direction of a supervisor.

A supervisor may at any time direct a candidate to leave any such place and to occupy another place specified by the supervisor, and a candidate shall without delay comply with any such director.

25. Candidates to Comply with Directions

(a) A candidate shall comply with all directions to candidates set forth on the examination book or such other examination material supplied to him or set out on any notice displayed in the examination room and shall without delay comply with any reasonable direction given to him by the supervisor.

(b) A candidate's behaviour shall not be such as to disturb or distract or adversely affect any other candidate.

(c) In the event of breach or default by a candidate under or in respect of 25(a) or 25(b) the supervisor may require the offending candidate to leave the examination room and failure by the candidate to do so shall be deemed to be a breach of discipline and he may be dealt with under the By-law 9(2).

(d) All such exclusions shall be reported immediately to the Registrar or in his absence the Assistant Registrar or officer designated by the Registrar to conduct the examination and the Registrar, Assistant Registrar or other officer after hearing the supervisor the candidate and any relevant evidence may either confirm or rescind the exclusion.

44

26. Candidates not to Remove Papers

A candidate shall not remove from the examination room any worked script or paper provided for use by him during the course of the examination (other than the question paper supplied to him) or other material the property of the Institute.

27. Penalties for Breach of Examination Rules

(a) If a candidate commits a breach of any rule contained in this pc.rt of these rules, he shall be deemed to be guilty of a simple breach of discipline and may be dealt with under By-Law 9(2).

(b) A candidate who commits a breach of a rule contained in this part of these rules shall be liable in addition to any other penalty to have his examination cancelled, and in particular a candidate in breach of Rule 25 of this part of these rules shall be liable to the following penalties.

For a first breach -(i) denial of credit for the subject concerned, or (ii) denial of credit for all subjects taken in the same

academic year.

(c) The Registrar, Assistant Registrar or other officer shall forthwith advise the Director of any such alleged breach and after due investigation by the Director, the Director may in writing require the candidate to show cause within not less than seven days from the date of such requirement why a penalty should not be imposed under this rule. In the event of the candidate failing to show cause the Director may impose any penalty provided for under this rule.

(d) Penalties for a further breach shall be -

(i) exclusion from the Institute for a period, or (ii) permanent exclusion from the Institute.

A candidate incurring either of these penalties shall have a right of appeal to the Appeals Committee.

Part VII. ASSESSMENT OF RESULTS

28. Registrar or Head of Department to Supply List of Candidates

For Central Examinations the Registrar shall supply to each examiner a list of candidates for whom a result is required in each subject.

For Departmental Examinations the Head of Department shall supply to each examiner a list of candidates for whom a result is required in each subject.

29. Duties of Examiners

The Examiners shall furnish to the Head of Department or the

45

Chief Examiner where such is appointed -

(a) A list of the candidates in respect of whom results for the subject are required on which the examiner shall show -

(i) such details of each candidate's performance as may be required by the Head of Department or Chief Examiner;

(ii) a statement of those from whom no script was received;

(iii) the name of any candidate who submitted a script and whose name was not included in the list supplied by the Registrar.

(b) the examiner's recommended grade lines; ·

(c) the result which the examiner recommends in respect of each candidate; and

(d) an analysis of the examiner's recommendations showing the numbers of each grade of pass or failure recommended.

30. Powers and Duties of Head of Department

The Head of Department or where appointed the Chief Examiner may approve or vary the grading of results recommended for each candidate, provided always that, before making such a variation, the Head of Department or Chief Examiner shall advise the examiner concerned of the variation he proposes and consider any representation that the examiner may wish to make.

31. Power and Duties of the Academic Board

(a) In Relation to the Subject being Examined

The Head of Department or Chief Examiner shall forward to the Academic Board responsible for the course the results recommended by him together with any comments concerning these results made by the examiner concerned, in respect of each candidate. That Academic Board shall thereupon consider the results recommended for each candidate and shall determine the final award in each subject provided always that -

(i) the Academic Board determining such final awards may refer the recommended awards to a meeting of such examiners as the Chairman of the Academic Board may determine for advice, and

(ii) the Academic Board shall not determine an award different from that recommended by a Head of Department or Chief Examiner except after advice to that Head of Department or Chief Examiner of the intended variation and consideration of any matters which that Head of Department or Chief Examiner may wish to place before the Board.

46

The Academic Board shall classify each result in terms of the grading of pass as set out in Part VII of these rules.

(b) In Relation to the Course in which the Student is Enrolled

The Head of Department responsible shall forward to the relevant Academic Board a listing of the final results of each candidate enrolled in that course who has nominated for the examination.

Where relevant the Academic Board shall consider these results in terms of the approved progression rules for each course and determine -

(i) whether the candidate has fulfilled all of the requirements for progression to the next stage of the course;

(ii) whether the candidate shall be granted conceded passes in subjects in which he has not been granted a pass;

(iii) whether the candidate shall be granted supplementary examinations or shall be required to submit himself for such other additional means of assessment as the Academic Board shall determine.

32. Application of Academic Board Policy

Where an Academic Board has prescribed a policy which requires an adjustment of results the Head of School, before submitting results recommended for each candidate to the Academic Board, shall adjust the recommended grades in any subject in accordance with that policy, and shall report any adjustment so made to the Academic Board.

33. Powers of Alteration

An examination result determined by the Academic Board, and a decision concerning the granting of supplementary examination to a candidate may be altered by the Head of the School controlling the course with the concurrence of the Head of Department or Chief Examiner concerned -

(a) to correct a patent error, or

(b) to make the result or decision accord with the result or decision which the Head of School and the.J-lead of Department, Chief Examiner and where possible the examiner, are satisfied would have been confirmed or made by the Academic Board if it had considered relevant circumstances which were not considered by the Board.

Any such alteration and the reasons therefore shall be reported to the Academic Board at its next meeting.

34. Grading of Results

(a) A pass in each subject may be credited as an Honour (H), Credit (C), or Pass (P).

47

(b) Where the Academic Board responsible for the course so determines in accordance with Rule 31 a pass conceded (Q) may be awarded in a subject.

(c) Where a student has been granted a supplementary examination in any subject he may not be subsequently credited in that subject with a grade higher than pass (P).

(d) Where a student has been granted a deferred examination he may be awarded a pass in terms of an Honour (H), Credit (C), Pass (P), or Pass Conceded (0).

35. Withholding of Results

Where, a candidate has failed to comply with the whole of the rules pertaining to a particular subject or course, irrespective of whether he has been permitted to sit for the examination or not, his results in either a particular subject or the whole of the subjects may be withheld at the discretion of the Academic Board responsible for the course, until he has fulfilled these requirements to the satisfaction of the Academic Board.

In such cases the Head of School wi II notify the Registrar of the reasons for withholding the results and the Registrar will advise the candidate in writing of these reasons and the candidate shall be given the opportunity to show cause to the Registrar why the result should not be withheld.

36. Approval of Results

Departmental Examinations

(a) The results of all Departmental Examinations shall be subject to approval by the relevant Academic Board.

(b) Upon approval by the Board the results shall be forwarded to the Registrar who shall maintain a register for use in the final compilation of results.

37. Certification of Final Results

Central Examinations

The Head of School shall certify to the Registrar -

(a) the final results in respect of each candidate in his School, after all authorities have carried out their functions and exercised any powers given them under these rules;

(b) in the case of fixed year courses, a statement that the candidate has passed or failed the year or been granted supplementary examinations.

38. Release of Results

(a) Departmental Examinations

Upon approval of the Academic Board controlling the course, or a Committee of the Board where the authority has been

48

delegated under Section 40, the results may be released by the Head of Department offering the subject.

(b) Central Examinations

Following certification of results provided for in Section 37 these will be released at the direction of the Registrar.

39. Application for Review of Results

The papers submitted by a candidate in any subject shall be reviewed on request lodged by him with the Registrar not later than the date prescribed in the calendar and on payment of a fee prescribed by the Council.

If, on review, a higher grade of pass, or a pass in place of a failure, is awarded to the candidate, the fee so paid shall be refunded.

40. Delegation of Authority by Academic Board

Where an Academic Board responsible for a course has determined a policy in relation to the assessment of examination results, it may delegate to a Committee of the Board, the authority to exercise its powers under these rules.

Al I such authority exercised on behalf of the Board must be consistent with the policy laid down by the Board and all decisions made by the Committee must be reported at the next meeting of the Board.

Part VIII. GROSS FAILURE

41. Candidate to be Classified as Having Achieved a Gross Failure

A candidate in any one year may be classified as having achieved a gross failure under the following circumstances.

(a) In Unit Courses

(i) Where a candidate has failed twice in the same subject or unit even though he did not nominate for that subject at successive examinations, or

(ii) where a candidate has not maintained over two successive years a rate of progress at least equal to fifty per cent of that set out in the relevant course rules for normal progression.

(b) In Fixed Year Courses

(i) Where a candidate has failed twice in the same year of the course, or

(ii) In those cases where a candidate has been granted special permission to repeat only some of the subjects of a particular year and he has failed in any of those subjects.

49

42. Procedures to be Adopted

(a) Following the certification of final results as required under Rule 37, the Academic Board responsible for the course will forward to the Registrar a list showing those candidates who are considered by the Academic Board to have achieved gross failure at the examinations.

(b) The Registrar shall notify all such students that they have been so classified and shall give them the opportunity to show cause by a prescribed date which is not more than four weeks from the date of posting the notification, why they should not be dealt with as provided for in these rules.

(c) ' A student who wishes to show cause why he should not be dealt with under the rules may do so in writing to the Registrar.

(d) When the date prescribed for showing cause has elapsed the Registrar will forward to the Head of School all submissions received and these will be considered by the Academic Board responsible for the course and the penalties to be imposed, if any, will be determined.

43. Penalties for Gross Failure

Where it is confirmed under Rule 41 above that a student has achieved gross failure and the student has failed under Rule 42 to show cause the following penalties may be imposed by the Academic Board responsible for the course -

(a) The student may be refused enrolment in any course offered by the Institute.

(b) The student may be refused enrolment in the course in which he has achieved a gross failure.

(c) The student may be refused enrolment in a particular subject in which he has achieved gross failure but allowed to proceed with the course provided that subject is not mandatory in the course.

(d) The student may be permitted to repeat a particular subject or, in the case of a fixed year course, a particular year, or may be required to undertake a program determined by the Academic Board.

44. Right of Appeal

Where a penalty is imposed under Rule 43, a student shall have the right of appeal to the Appeals Committee. All appeals against the imposition of penalties under the provisions of Rule 43 -Penalties for Gross Failure - shall be lodged in writing with the Registrar. Each letter of appeal must state the grounds and reasons for appeal and must be delivered or posted so as to reach the Registrar within fourteen ( 14) calendar days of the date appearing on the Registrar's letter advising the student of the penalties imposed.

50

45. Appointment of Committee of Academic Board

An Academic Board may appoint a Committee of the Academic Board to make recommendations to the Academic Board.

Academic Boards andAdvisory Committees

52

APPLIED SCIENCE ACADEMIC BOARD AND ADVISORY COMMITTEES

Chairman: Mr. J.R. Saal

Members: Dr. A. Bailey, Dr. R. Cane, Dr. J. Coulson, Mr. R. Dunlop, Dr. H. Ellis, Dr. R. Everson, Dr. R. Gould, Dr. C. Graham, Mr. K. Herlihy, Dr. A. Joyce, Mr. A. Macintosh, Dr. G. Mohay, Mr. D. O'Connell, Miss R. Parslow, Mr. W. Ridley, Dr. H. Staples, Dr. J. Staples, Miss A. Sullivan, Dr. B. Thomas, Mr. V. Verney, Dr. R. Williams.

Ex-Officio: Dr. 0. Wordsworth (Deputy Director) Mr. E. Codd (Built Environment) Mr. W. Hoskins (Business Studies) Dr. J. Wilby (Engineering)

ADVISORY COMMITTEE - APPLIED GEOLOGY

Dr. A Joyce (Chairman)

Dr. V. Bofinger

Mr. A.K. Denmead

Mr. P. Ellis

Mr. R. Fleming

Mr. P. Grenning

Mr. B. Haines

Mr. J.C. Kable

Mr. K. Martin

Mr. J. McLean-Hodgson

Mr. N. RoffeyMitchell

Mr. W. Smith

Dr. N. Street

Mr. D. Welburn

Mr. B.J. Whelan

Head, Department of Applied Geology, OIT.

Senior Lecturer, Department of Applied Geology, OIT.

Private Consultant, Retired Chief Government Geologist, Brisbane.

Director, Environmental Control, Co-ordinator General's Department, Brisbane.

Lecturer, Department of Physics, OIT.

Mineral Deposits Ltd., Southport.

Lecturer, Department of Applied Geology, OIT.

Head, Department of Management, OIT.


Geologist, Shell Development (Aust.) Pty. Ltd.

Lecturer, Department of Communication and General Studies, OIT.

Manager, Exploration Service, MIM Holdings, Brisbane.

Senior Lecturer, Department of Chemistry, OIT.

Lecturer, Department of Mathematics and Computer Science, OIT.

Church of England Grammar School, East Brisbane.

53

ADVISORY COMMITTEE - APPLIED PHYSICS

Dr. B. Thomas

Mr. H. Rose

Dr. H.D. Ellis

Dr. B. Garfoot

Mr. L. Boughen

Mr. D. Rangott

Mr. G. Affleck

Mr. L. Herbert

Mr. G. Stacey

Mr. J. Kelly

Mr. P. Boddington

Head, Department of Physics, OIT.

Senior Lecturer, Department of Physics, OIT.



General Manager, L.E. Boughen & Co.

Divisional Manager, Scientific and Industrial Equipment Division, Philips Industries Holdings Ltd.

State Manager, Townson & Mercer (Distributors) Pty. Ltd.

Leader, Process Investigation Section, Meat Research Laboratory, CSI RO.

Computer Services Coordinator, MIM Holdings Limited.

Lecturer, Department of Mechanical Engineering, OIT.

Senior Lecturer, Department of Electrical Engineering, OIT.

ADVISORY COMMITTEE - BIOLOGY

Dr. R.G. Everson (Chairman)

Dr. A. Bailey

Mr. J.E. Coaldrake

Mr. R. Dunlop

Mr. M. Gaggiano

Dr. H. Lavery

Mr. C. McDonald

Mr. R.G. Nimmo

Mr. W. Ridley

Mr. B. Rigden

Mr. D. Tulip

Dr. B. Venzke

Head, Department of Biology and Environmental Science, OIT.

Senior Lecturer, Department of Biology and Environmental Science, OIT.

Director, Environmental Division, A.A. Heath and Partners, Brisbane.


Graduate Representative.

Director, Research and Planning, National Park and Wildlife Service, DPI, Brisbane.

Senior Lecturer, Department of Paramedical Studies, OIT.

Personnel Officer, DPI, Brisbane.


Senior Lecturer, Department of Civil Engineering, OIT.

Kelvin Grove College of Advanced Education.

Lecturer, Department of Chemistry, OIT.

54

Mr. D. Welburn

Dr. D. Yates

Lecturer, Department of Mathematics and Computer Science, GIT.

Lecturer in Bio-meteorology, Department of Botany, University of Queensland.

ADVISORY COMMITTEE - CHEMISTRY

Dr. R.F. Cane (Chairman)

Mr. L. Amos

Mr. G. Baker

Mr. E. Bennett

Mr. I. Charles

Dr. W.A. Dodd

Dr. G. Douglas

Mr. D. Mathers

Mr. D. O'Connell

Mr. E. O'Reilly

Dr. R. Park

Mr. P. Parodi

Mr. H. Rose

Mr. P. Searle

Mr. D. Welburn

Dr. E. White

Mr. C. Williams

Head, Department of Chemistry, GIT.

Senior Lecturer, Department of Chemistry, GIT.

Deputy Director (Technical). Department of Commerical & Industrial Development, Brisbane.

Senior Lecturer, Department of Paramedical Studies, GIT.

Area Superintendent, Consolidated Fertilizers Ltd., Gibson Island.

Senior Lecturer, Department of Biology and Environmental Science, GIT.

Lecturer, Department of Chemistry, GIT.

Director, Government Chemical Laboratories, Brisbane.

Lecturer, Department of Applied Geology, GIT.

Senior Lecturer, Department of Chemistry, GIT.

Senior Research Scientist, Food Research Division, CSI RO.

Chief Research Chemist, Butter Marketing Board, Hamilton.

Senior Lecturer, Department of Physics, GIT.

Chief Chemist, Golden Circle Cannery, Northgate.

Lecturer, Department of Mathematics and Computer Science, GIT.

Department of Chemical Engineering, University of Queensland, St. Lucia

Research Manager, MIM Holdings, Brisbane.

ADVISORY COMMITTEE - CHIROPODY

Mr. J.R. Saal (Chairman)

Dr. M. Cheong

Mr. L.K. Claxton

Head, Department of Paramedical Studies, GIT.

Director of Geriatrics, State Department of Health, Brisbane.

Chiropodist, Private Practitioner.

Dr. J.F. Coulson

Mr. R. Glanville

Mr. C.W. Graves

Mr. D. Kells

Dr. L.J. Kelly

Dr. R.A. Packer

Mr. N. Roffey-Mitchell

Mrs. B.J. Tuffley

Mr. V.N. Verney

Mr. D.F. Welburn

Mr. J.F. Whiting

Lecturer, Department of Paramedical Studies, QIT.



Lecturer, Department of Biology and Environmental Science, OIT.

Dermatologist, Private Practitioner.

Orthopaedic Surgeon, Private Practitioner.

Lecturer, Department of Communications and General Studies, OJT.

Lecturer, Department of Paramedical Studies, OIT.




55

ADVISORY COMMITTEE - HEALTH SURVEYING

Mr. C.R. McDonald (Chairman)

Mr. J.R. Barclay

Mr. J. Barkley

Mr. E.A. Bennett

Mr. J. Bray

Mr. P. Crowe

Cr. A. Drynan

Dr. R.G. Everson

Dr. N.G. Johnston

Mr. B.M. Keefe

Mr. P. Lambert

Mr. T.G. Lewis

Mr. J.R. Saal

Mr. K. Stuckey


Lecturer, Department of Surveying, OIT.

Chief Health Inspector, Ipswich City Council.


Chief Health Surveyor, Brisbane City Council.

Senior Lecturer, Department of Communication and General Studies, OIT.

Chairman, Beaudesert Shire Council, Chairman of Local Government Association.

Head, Department of Biology and Environmental Science, OIT.

Senior Health Officer, Department of Health, Brisbane.

Lecturer, Department of Paramedical Studies, OJT.

Lecturer, School of Built Environment, QJT.


Head, Department of Paramedical Studies, OIT.

Institute of Municipal Administration.

56

Mr. A.J. Webber

Mr. D.F. Welburn

Senior Lecturer, Department of Paramedical Studies, QIT.

Lecturer, Department of Mathematics and Computer Science, QIT.

ADVISORY COMMITTEE -

MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCE

Dr. R.N. Gould (Chairman)

Mr. C.M. Bothwell

Mr. J.T. Briggs

Dr. J.L. Byrne

Mr. A.W. Coulter

Mr. J.A. Davies

Mr. E.P. Dawson

Mr. L. Edwards

Mr. E. Fell

Head, Department of Mathematics and Computer Science, OIT.

Senior Lecturer, Department of Mathematics and Computer Science, QIT.

Senior Lecturer in Mathematics, Mr. Gravatt College of Advanced Education.

Senior Lecturer, Department of Mathematics and Computer Science, OIT.

Director, Computer Centre, University of Queensland.

Lecturer, Department of Communication and General Studies, OIT.

Lecturer, Department of Mathematics and Computer Science, QIT.

Senior Lecturer, Department of Accountancy, OIT.

Assistant Chief Inspector, Public Service Board, Brisbane.

Mr. W. Fisher Manager, Computer Centre, QIT.

Mr. A.W. Goldsworthy Manager, Information

Dr. K. Gough

Dr. V.G.M. Hart

Mr. J.C. Kable

Dr. R. Lane

Mr. T. Woodford

Processing Centre, SGIO, Brisbane.

Senior Lecturer, Department of Mathematics and Computer Science, QIT.

Reader in Applied Mathematics, University of Queensland.

Head, Department of Management, OIT.

Lecturer, Department of Business Administration, University of Queensland.

Student Representative.

ADVISORY COMMITTEE - MEDICAL PHYSICS

Dr. B.W. Thomas (Chairman)

Mr. C.J. Craven

Head, Department of Physics, QIT.


Mr. J.A. Davies

Dr. P. Livingstone

Mr. J.P. McGilvray

Dr. A. Morton

Mr. B. Perrett

Mr. K. Stevens

Mr. J.F. Whiting

Dr. 0. Wordsworth

57

Lecturer, Department of Physics, GIT.

Deputy Director, Health and Medical Services, Department of Health, Brisbane.

Senior Lecturer, Department of Physics, QIT.

Specialist Critical Care Medicine, Repatriation General Hospital, Greenslopes.

Chief Physicist, ORI.

Radiation Health Physicist, Department of Health, Brisbane.


Deputy Director, OIT.

ADVISORY COMMITTEE - MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY

Mr. A.J. Webber (Chairman)

Mr. E.A. Bennett

Mr. D. Dalzell

Mr. A.B. Findlay

Dr. W.R. Forgan-Smith

Dr. T. Gaffney

Dr. W.J.W. Hanna

Colonel A. Groessler

Mr. C.R. McDonald

Mr. J.P. McGilvray

Dr. H. McKenna

Mr. B. McMahon

Dr. N.J. Nicolaides

Mr. G. Pinna

Dr. R.L. Quinn

Mr. N. Roffey-Mitchell

Mr. J. Saal

Mr. S. Walsh Mr. D.F. Welburn



Senior Training Officer, Australian Department of Health, Brisbane.

Haematologist, State Health Department, Brisbane.

Assistant Bacteriologist, Royal Brisbane Hospital.

Pathologist, Specialist Practitioner.

Lecturer, Department of Chemistry, QIT.

Director, Medical Services, Victoria Barracks, Brisbane.


Senior Lecturer, Department of Physics, GIT.


Lecturer, Department of Biology and Environmental Science, GIT.



Histopathologist, Princess Alexandra Hospital.

Lecturer, Department of Communication and General Studies, QIT.

Head, Department of Paramedical Studies, OIT.

Graduate Representative, Mater Hospital. Lecturer, Department of

Mathematics and Computer Science, QIT.

58

ADVISORY COMMITTEE - NUTRITION AND DIETETICS

Mr. J.R. Saal (Chairman)


Mr. J.R.M. Armstrong Lecturer in Catering Management,

Mr. E.A. Bennett

Prof. E. Chamberlain

Mr. R.Y. Chan

Ms. B. Chester

Mr. P.H. Crowe

Ms. A. Curran

Mr. C.R. McDonald

Dr. R. Gordon

Mr. A. Gray

Ms. J.M. Horwood

Dr. P.G. Livingstone

Ms. M. Maguire

Mr. H. Osieki

Mr. B.T. Overell

Dr. E.G. Saint

Dr. J. Ternouth

Ms. Y. Webb

Ms. B. Wright

Queensland Agricultural College, Gatton.

Senior Lecturer in Biochemistry, Department of Paramedical Studies, QIT.

Professor of Social Work, University of Queensland.

Dietitian.

Dietitian, Royal Brisbane Hospital.

Senior Lecturer, Department of Management, School of Business Studies, GIT.

Lecturer, College of Nursing Australia, Queensland Branch.


Reader in Medicine, University of Queensland.

Deputy Commissioner, Department of Repatriation and Compensation.

Dietitian, Aboriginal Health Programme, Department of Health.

Deputy Director-General of Health and Medical Services, Department of Health.

Dietitian, Princess Alexandra Hospital.


General Manager, Queensland United Foods.

Dean, Faculty of Medicine, University of Queensland.

Senior Lecturer, Department of Animal Husbandry, Veterinary School, University of Queensland.


Dietitian, Princess Alexandra Hospital.

ADVISORY COMMITTEE - OPTOMETRY

Mr. V.N. Verney (Chairman)

Dr. A. Bailey


Senior Lecturer, Department of Biology and Environmental Science, QIT.

Mr. B. Blumberg

Dr. L.F. Garner

Optometrist.

Lecturer, Department of Paramedical Studies, GIT.

59

Mr. L. Little

Dr. G. May

Senior Lecturer, Department of Management, OIT.

Director, School of Health Services, Chairman

Mr. W. Middleton

Mr. P. Horgan

Mrs. A.M. Reed

Mr. R.J. Robinson

Mr. J.R. Saal

Mr. P.G. Swann

Mrs. B.J.M. Tuffley

of Optometrist's Board of Queensland.


Student Representative

Optometrist.

Optometrist.


Lecturer, Department of Paramedical Studies, GIT.

Lecturer, Department of Paramedical Studies, OIT.

ADVISORY COMMITTEE - PHYSICS

Dr. B. Thomas Head, Department of Physics, OIT. (Chairman)

Mr. F.T. Barrell Regional Inspector of Secondary Schools, Department of Education.

Mr. R.H. Challen Engineering Development Manager, MIM Holdings Ltd.

Dr. R.J. Coleman Lecturer, Department of Applied Geology, OIT.

Dr. W.A. Dodd Senior Lecturer, Department of Biology and Environmental Science, OIT.

Mr. R.E. Dunlop Senior Lecturer, Department of Physics, OIT.

Dr. B.P. Garfoot Lecturer, Department of Mathematics and Computer Science, QIT.

Mr. B. Gordon Department of Science, Bureau of Meteorology, Brisbane.

Mr. K.P. Herlihy Lecturer, Department of Chemistry, OIT.

Mr. L.A. Meara Lecturer, Department of Physics, OIT.

Mr. W.C. Middleton Lecturer, Department of Physics, OIT.

Mr. B.M. O'Leary Lecturer, Department of Physics, OIT.

Mr. W.F. Ridley Lecturer, Department of Applied Geology, OIT.

ADVISORY COMMITTEE - RADIOGRAPHY

Dr. B. Thomas (Chairman)

Mrs. C.A. Barber

Head, Department of Physics, OIT.

Representative of Australasian Institute of Radiography.

60

Mr. D. Greaves Tutor Radiographer, ORI.

Miss H. Heindorff Therapy Radiographer, ORI.

Dr. E. Jay Private Radiologist.

Dr. J. Masel Representative of College of Radiologists of Australasia.

Dr. L. Masel Representative of Conjoint Committee.

Mr. J.P. McGilvray Senior Lecturer, Department of Physics, OIT.

Miss B. Moore Tutor Radiographer, X-ray Department, Royal Brisbane Hospital.

Dr. S. Roberts Senior Radiotherapist, ORI.

Mr. B. Stevens Lecturer, Department of Paramedical Studies, OIT.

Mr. K.A. Stevens Radiation Health Physicist, Department of Health, Brisbane.

Mr. D.K. Wilson Lecturer, Department of Physics, OIT.

Dr. O.J. Wordsworth Deputy Director, OIT.

GRADUATE STUDIES STANDING COMMITTEE

Dr. J.L. Byrne

Dr. M.R. Chambers

Dr. G.K. Douglas

Dr. H.D. Ellis

Dr. K.J. Gough

Mr. C.R. McDonald (Interim Chairman)

Dr. J.M. Monro

Mr. P.L. Ellis

Dr. D.J. Walker

Mr. C.D. Williams

Mathematics and Computer Science

Chemistry

Chemistry

Physics

Mathematics and Computer Science

Paramedical Studies

Biology and Environmental Science

Director (Environmental Control). Co-ordinator General's Department.

Officer-in-Charge, Meat Research Laboratory, CSI RO.

Research Manager, MIM Holdings Ltd.

I5J Prizes and Awards

62

PRIZES AND AWARDS

Allergan Prize

Donated by Allergan Pharmaceuticals Pty. Ltd. and awarded to the final year Optometry student gaining most distinction in the subject 'Contact Lens Studies'.

Australian Institute of Medical Technologists Prize

Awarded to a student displaying qualities of initiative and leadership who attains a high level of proficiency throughout the Course leading to the Bachelor of Applied Science - Medical Technology.

Castlemaine Perkins Scholarship in Industrial Chemistry

This scholarship will be awarded annually for the period of one academic year. Any male student who is eligible to complete the third year syllabus of the full-time course leading to the Bachelor of Applied Science - Applied Chemistry is eligible to make application for this scholarship.

Such application must be submitted on or before the 15th January of each year. Particulars regarding the nature of this scholarship and the necessary application forms can be obtained from Castlemaine Perkins Limited.

Chas Sankey Fraser Memorial Prize

Awarded to the student gaining the greatest distinction in the final year examinations of the Diploma of Applied Science - Optometry course.

Clare Falconer Memorial Prize

Donated through the Queensland Branch of the Australasian Institute of Radiography and awarded to the student in first year therapeutic radiography gaining the highest aggregate marks for that year.

l.M. & M.J. Mackerras Prize

Donated by the Australian Institute of Medical Technologists and awarded to the student gaining the highest pass with distinction in subject area of 'medical parasitology' within the unit PSB754 Microbiology VI.

International Optical Corporation Bursaries

(i) A bursary shall be awarded to a student who has completed successfully the first year of the Optometry course leading to the Diploma of Applied Science - Optometry, provided that the student intends to proceed with the remainder of the course. The student must not hold a scholarship or bursary, and he will be assured of long vacation employment by International Optical Corporation.

63

(ii) A bursary shall be awarded to a student completing successfully the second year of the Diploma of Applied Science - Optometry course, and intending to proceed with the remainder of the course. The student must not hold a scholarship or bursary, and he will be assured of long vacation employment by International Optical Corporation.

Applications for Bursaries should be addressed to:

The Secretary, Australian Optometrical Association, (Queensland Division), P.O. Box 59, St. Lucia. 4067.

James Vini:ent Duhig Prize

Donated by the Australian Institute of Medical Technologists and awarded to the student gaining the highest pass with distinction in the unit 'PSB791 Histochemistry' in the Bachelor of Applied Science - Medical Technology course.

J.L. Forsyth Prize

Donated by Provincial Traders Pty. Ltd. and awarded to the student who has shown the greatest proficiency in the subjects of the fifth and sixth years of the part-time course for the Bachelor of Applied Science - Applied Chemistry at the Queensland Institute of Technology.

Kodak Prize

Awarded to the student in diagnostic radiography gaining the highest aggregate marks for the course completed in that year.

M.D. Innis Prize

Donated by Dr. M.D. Innis and awarded to the student gaining the highest pass with distinction in the units PSB726 Haematology V and PSB727 Haematology VI in the Bachelor of Applied Science -Medical Technology course.

Noel Middleton Gutteridge Prize

Donated by Dr. N.M. Gutteridge and awarded to the student obtaining with distinction the highest pass over the ninth to twelfth semesters of the part-time course leading to the Bachelor of Applied Science -Medical Technology degree.

Oscar Oueitzsch Memorial Prize

Donated through the Queensland Branch of the Australasian Institute of Radiography and awarded to the student in first year diagnostic radiography gaining the highest aggregate marks for that year.

Oil and Colour Chemists' Association Prize

Awarded to a final year student enrolled in a course within the Department of Chemistry. To be eligible a student must be employed in the surface coating industry.

64

Philips Electrical Prize

Awarded to the most outstanding student in the third year of the fulltime course leading to the Bachelor of Applied Science - Physics.

Rochedale Hatchery Prize

Awarded to the most proficient final year student assessed on overall achievement in the area of Genetics.

Royal Australian Chemical Institute Prize

Awarded to -

(i) The student showing, at the first attempt, the greatest proficiency in the second year of the full-time course leading to the Bachelor of Applied Science - Applied Chemistry.

(ii) The student showing the greatest proficiency in subjects of the third and fourth years of the part-time course leading to the Bachelor of Applied Science - Applied Chemistry.

Royal College of Pathologists of Australia Prize

Awarded to the student who obtains the highest pass in the units PSB753 Microbiology V and PSB754 Microbiology VI in the Bachelor of Applied Science - Medical Technology course.

GEC (Automation and Control Division) Prize

This prize is donated by GEC Automation and Control Division for the student who gains the highest aggregate of marks in the second year of the Associate Diploma in Diagnostic Radiography course.

SUBJECT NUMBERING SYSTEM

The subject code is of the format XXX999.

The first two characters indicate the Department administering the subject:

ES Applied Geology BE Biology and Environmental Science CH Chemistry MA Mathematics and Computer Science PS Paramedical Studies PH Physics AR Architecture BG Building AC Accountancy CM Communication and General Studies MN Management CE Civil Engineering EE Electrical Engineering ME Mechanical Engineering SV Surveying LB Librarianship

The third character indicates the level of the course in which the subject is taught - Certificate C, Associate Diploma A, Diploma D, Bachelor's Degree B, Master's Degree N, Post Graduate Diploma P, Special S.

The remaining characters identify the subject within a course.

65

Entrance Requirements, Rules, Departments, Courses

69

Entrance Requirements

70

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS

Tertiary and Suh-Tertiary Courses

A. Normal Entry

Full-time Senior or Junior students. Specific details are set out on Pages

Candidates who have gained their entrance qualifications by full-time or part-time study will be considered for enrolment in accordance with the regulations applying to normal requirements.

B. Adult Entry

See details for each course in the 'Tertiary Entry Requirements' section of this handbook.

C. Entry to Second or Later Year of a Course

Provision exists to permit a candidate to enrol in the second or later year of a course if he has already completed part of a comparable tertiary course at another educational establishment and if he can meet certain prescribed conditions.

D. Special Entry

A candidate whose educational qualifications do not correspond precisely with the entrance requirements prescribed for the course in which he wishes to enrol, but who can present documentary evidence of his academic attainment which he believes should satisfy these requirements, may submit his qualifications to the Registrar for special consideration.

TERTIARY REQUIREMENTS -

For enrolment in the following course -

Graduate Diploma in Nutrition and Dietetics

Normal Entry:

To be eligible for enrolment in the Graduate Diploma in Nutrition and Dietetics the applicant shall have completed an acceptable tertiary course at professional level which includes physiology and biochemistry, one of which has been studied for at least two years.

Special Entry:

Applicants not completely satisfying the subject requirements may obtain enrolment upon completion of bridging courses prescribed by the Head of Department.

Graduate Standing:

Where an equivalent course of study or examination cannot be readily

71

established, an applicant.at the discretion of the Head of School, may be permitted to undertake a qualifying examination, satisfactory completion of which will entitle him to the status of Graduate or Diplomate for the purpose of admission.


Graduate Diploma in Chemical Analysis

Normal Entry:

Applicants for admission shall have completed a tertiary course at professional level, and hold a degree with chemistry or biochemistry as a major field of study or a suitable equivalent qualification.

Special Entry:

Students who do not meet the requirements for normal entry may apply for special consideration. Such applications will be considered by the Admissions Committee.

Graduate Standing:

Where an equivalent course of study or examination cannot be readily established, an applicant, at the discretion of the Head of School, may be permitted to undertake a qualifying examination, satisfactory completion of which will entitle him to the status of Graduate or Diplomate for the purpose of admission.


Graduate Diploma in Environmental Studies

Normal Entry:

To be eligible for enrolment in the Graduate Diploma in Environmental Studies an applicant must possess a UG1 category qualification or, in some cases, a UG2 diploma with or without additional work, or some equivalent qualification.

Graduate Standing:

Where an equivalent course of study or examination cannot be readily established, an applicant, at the discretion of the Head of School, may be permitted to undertake a qualifying examination, satisfactory completion of which will entitle him to the status of Graduate or Diplomate for the purpose of admission.

For enrolment in the following courses -

Bachelor of Applied Science - Applied Chemistry Applied Geology Biology Chemistry Medical Technology Physics

72

Diploma of Applied Science - Optometry Chiropody

Normal Entry:

An applicant for enrolment shall have reached a Tertiary Entrance score of 810 or better and in addition shall have studied for at least three semesters the Board of Secondary School Studies subjects Mathematics I (or equivalent), Physics and Chemistry at upper-secondary level.

Students who have sat for the external Senior examination and have not been awarded a TE score must obtain a minimum score of twenty (20) points over five subjects including Mathematics I (or equivalent), Physics and Chemistry.

Adult Entry:

To qualify for adult entry an applicant must obtain a minimum score of sixteen ( 16) points in four Senior examination subjects including Mathematics I (or equivalent), Physics and Chemistry. All credits must be obtained after the candidate has reached the age of 21 years.


Bachelor of Applied Science - Mathematics Computing

Normal Entry:

An applicant for enrolment shall have reached a Tertiary entrance score of 810 or better and in addition shall have gained a total of at least thirty-two (32) semester points over four semesters in Mathematics I and Mathematics II (or equivalent Mathematics subjects).

Students who have sat for the external Senior examination and who have not been awarded a TE score must obtain a minimum score of twenty (20) points over five subjects including Mathematics I and Mathematics II (or equivalent Mathematics subjects).

Adult Entry:

To qualify for adult entry an applicant must obtain a minimum score of sixteen (16) points in four Senior examination subjects including Mathematics I and Mathematics II (or equivalent Mathematics subjects), with a minimum total of eight (8) points obtained in the two Mathematics subjects together. All credits must be obtained after the candidate has reached the age of 21 years.


Associate Diploma in Diagnostic Radiography Therapeutic Radiography

Normal Entry:

For students who have completed a course of study leading to the award of a Senior Certificate of the Board of Secondary School Studies

73

in 1974 and subsequent years, the requirements shall be a TE score of 745 and study over three semesters of the Board of Secondary School Studies subjects Mathematics I (or equivalent), Physics;.and English.

Students who have sat for the external Senior examination and who do not have a TE score must obtain a minimum score of sixteen (16) points over five subjects including Mathematics I (or equivalent), Physics, and English.

Adult Entry:

To quality for adult entry an applicant must obtain a minimum score of thirteen (13) points in four Senior examination subjects including Mathematics I (or equivalent), Physics. and English. All credits must be obtained after the candidate has reached the age of 21 years.


Associate Diploma in Applied Biology Applied Chemistry Applied Physics

Normal Entry:

Clinical Laboratory Techniques Health Surveying

For students who have completed a course of study leading to the award of a Senior Certificate of the Board of Secondary School Studies in 1974 and subsequent years, the requirements shall be a TE score of 745 and study over three semesters of the Board subjects Mathematics I (or equivalent), Physics.and Chemistry.

Students who have sat for the external Senior examination and who do not have a TE score must obtain a minimum score of sixteen ( 16) points over five subjects including Mathematics I (or equivalent), Physics. and Chemistry.

Adult Entry:

To qualify for adult entry an applicant must obtain a minimum score of thirteen (13) points in four Senior examination subjects including Mathematics I (or equivalent), Physics.and Chemistry. All credits must be obtained after the candidate has reached the age of 21 years.

75

General Course Rules

76

GENERAL COURSE RULES

(a) A registered student may enrol either as a day program or an evening program student.

(b) A day program student is one who normally attends day classes associated with his study program. He may, however, elect or be required to attend some evening classes.

An evening program student is one who normally attends evening classes associated with his study program. He may, however, elect or be required to attend some day classes.

(c) The method of assessment to be used in the case of each subject will be as approved by the Academic Board and may comprise one or more of -

written and/or oral tests; general assignments; laboratory exercises and reports; projects, field testing, etc.

(d) Students of a day program or an evening program gain credits for passed units and are required to repeat failed units only.

(e) Students who pass all units in one semester of a particular day or evening program as set out in the relevant course rules will be expected to enrol in the units set out for the following semester of the relevant program in those Rules. Timetables are organised on the basis of this normal progression.

(f) Students who fail units shall be allowed to proceed with the study of some or all of the units from the next semester of the program provided that -

(i) they have successfully completed all pre-requisite units and, where applicable, have also enrolled in the co-requisite units; and

(ii) the hours associated with the selected program fall between the maximum and minimum hours defined in Rules (g). (h) and (i); and

(iii) the established timetable permits the selected units to be studied concurrently. When timetable clashes make it necessary, day program students may be permitted or required to attend evening classes and evening program students may be permitted or required to attend day classes,

except that, in certain circumstances, students who fail one unit which is a pre-requisite for a second unit may nevertheless be deemed eligible to enrol in the second unit, such eligibility being determined by the Head of the Department administering the subject.

77

(g) Except with the approval of the Head of Department, the total of hours associated with units selected for study by day program students should not exceed the number of hours allocated to the semester of the normal program in the relevant course rules and from which the majority of units have been selected.

(h) Except with the approval of the Head of Department, the maximum number of hours allowable for study by evening program students are as specified in any one year in the relevant course rules.

(i) Except with the approval of the Head of Department, the total hours associated with the units selected for study shall not be less than 50% of the number of hours allocated to the semester of the program from which the majority of the units have been selected.

(j) When quotas for units in the day program have been filled with students who have enrolled for the first time, but quotas in units in the evening program have not been filled, students repeating units will be enrolled for such units in the evening program.

(k) Where quotas for units in both day and evening programs would be exceeded by acceptance of new applicants -(i) normally, students applying to repeat one unit will have

precedence over new applicants; (ii) students applying to repeat two or more units may be

excluded from those units at the discretion of the Head of School on the advice of the Head of Department.

(I) No formal supplementary examinations will be offered following the semester examinations. However, if an examiner considers such action justified, a student may be recalled for further informal assessment before the release of the examination results. This may take the form of oral questioning or a short written test, and may cover only the areas of the unit previously shown to be below standard_ On the basis of this additional testing, a pass may be granted.

(m) Pre-requisite and co-requisite subjects are shown in the relevant course rules.

(n) If a student before enrolling for the course has, at this Institute or elsewhere completed a program considered by the Head of Department as being an adequate and relevant substitute for a subject or subjects prescribed in the relevant course rules then he may be granted either credit for that subject or subjects or exemption from whole or part of the program of that subject or subjects.

(o) A student may under Rule (n) be granted credit or exemption for any number of subjects prescribed in an undergraduate program except that all students must satisfactorily complete the equivalent of at least two academic semesters of day program of such course by study within the Institute.

79

Master of Applied Science

80

ASN184 MASTER OF APPLIED SCIENCE BY RESEARCH & THESIS

The programme is administered by the Academic Board of the School of Applied Science through its Graduate Studies Standing Committee.

OBJECTIVES:

(a) to provide post-graduate educational opportunities in specialised fields of applied science where course work is not applicable;

(b) to provide further education in research methods for postgraduate students under conditions of close supervision;

(c) to enable graduates employed in industry to undertake further education by research and thesis;

(d) to enable industrial organisations and other external agencies to sponsor a student research programme under the control and supervision of the School of Applied Science of the Institute;

(e) to further the relationships that exist between the Institute and industry or other external agencies engaged in applied science, to their mutual advantage.

APPROVAL OF PROJECTS:

All projects should be sponsored either by outside agencies such as industry, Government authorities, or professional organisations, or by the Institute itself. The enforcement of this provision is necessary to prevent students entering into a program of research which might be irrelevant to the aims of this Institute and the community. It is important that research be firmly directed towards some useful purpose in order to avoid a proliferation of students entering upon an aimless pursuit of research with consequent misuse of Institute facilities and staff supervision time.

RULES:

1. APPLICATION

1.1 Applications shall be accepted subject to the availability of facilities and supervision.

1.2 Application shall be lodged with the Registrar by the dates set by Council for closure of enrolments for this course from year to year.

1.3 To qualify for admission to the program leading to MAppSc by Research and Thesis, applicants shall -

(a) possess a bachelor's degree in Applied Science from the Queensland Institute of Technology, or

81

(b) possess an equivalent qualification, or

(c) submit such other evidence of qualifications as will satisfy the Academic Board in Applied Science that the applicant possesses the capacity to pursue the course of study.

1.4 Additional requirements for admission to a particular program may be laid down by the Academic Board.

1.5 An applicant shall seek admission as -

(a) a full-time student, who will carry out his research on a full-time basis in a department of the School of Applied Science or in his place of employment or in a sponsoring jnstitution, or

(b) a part-time student, who will normally be employed in some other capacity during the day and carry out his research on a part-time basis in a department of the School of Applied Science or in his place of employment or in a sponsoring institution.

1.6 Students may be internal or external.

An external student will carry out his programme of work at the place of his employment or in his sponsoring institution. In the case of an external student the Academic Board shall appoint an Associate Supervisor from the student's place of employment or his sponsoring institution.

2. REGISTRATION

2.1 An applicant shall be registered initially as

(a) a graduate student (provisional), 0 R

(b) a graduate student.

A graduate student (provisional) becomes a graduate student when his registration is confirmed (see 2.5).

2.2 At the time of registration, the Academic Board shall have before it -

(a) full details of the applicant's previous tertiary awards or other submissions, as in 1.3, and

(b) a synopsis of the proposed research to be undertaken by the applicant.

2.3 The Academic Board shall not recommend an applicant for registration unless it has received -

(a) in the case of a student whose program wil I be carried out within the Institute, a statement from the Head of Department in which the study is proposed that, in his opinion, the applicant is a fit person to undertake a

82

research program leading to the Master's degree, that he supports the program, and that the Department is willing to undertake the responsibility of supervising the work of the applicant.

(b) in the case of a student whose program will be carried out in his place of employment or in a sponsoring institution -

(i) a statement from his employer or the director of the sponsoring institution that the applicant will be provided with facilities to undertake the research project and that he is willing to accept the responsibility for supervision of the work of the applicant, and

(ii) a statement from the Head of Department in which the study is proposed, that, in his opinion the applicant is a fit person to undertake a research program leading to the Master's degree, that he supports the program, and that after examination of the proposed external facilities and supervision available, the Department is willing to accept the responsibility for supervision of the work of the applicant.

2.4 In considering an applicant for registration, the Academic Board shall, in addition to assessing the applicant's suitability, consider the proposed program and its relevance to the aims and objectives of the Institute.

2.5 An applicant shall receive confirmed registration as a graduate student when he

(a) (i) has satisfied the requirements for admission and has achieved by work and study, a standard recognised by the Academic Board, or

(ii) has been accepted for provisional registration in the School of Applied Science and has achieved, by subsequent work and study, a standard recognised by the Academic Board, and

(b) has satisfied the Academic Board that he is a fit person to undertake the program, and

(c) has satisfied the Academic Board that he can devote sufficient time to his research and study.

3_ DURATION OF THE PROGRAM

3.1 A graduate student shall be eligible for admission to the award of a Master's degree by research and thesis if -

(a) he completed the approved program involving original investigation under the supervision prescribed by the Academic Board, and

(b) he submits and the Academic Board accepts a thesis prepared under the supervision of the supervisor, and

83

(c) he completed such other work as may be prescribed by the Academic Board.

3.2 Minimum Time

(a) A graduate student (provisional) shall not be eligible for registration as a graduate student -

(i) in the case of a full-time student until a period of at least one full semester has elapsed from initial registration, or

. (ii) in the case of a part-time student until a period of at least two full semesters has elapsed from initial registration.

(b) A graduate student shall not be eligible for the award of a degree -

(i) in the case of a full-time student until a period of at least two semester has elapsed from the time of his confirmed registration, or

(ii) in the case of a part-time student until a period of at least four semesters has elapsed from the time of his confirmed registration.

(c) Notwithstanding clauses 3.2(a) and 3.2(b) a student undertaking a Master's degree, immediately following completion of a first degree or diploma of three year's duration, whether on a full-time basis or its part-time equivalent, shall not be eligible for an award before a minimum of four semesters has elapsed from the time of initial registration for the Master's degree.

3.3 Maximum Time

A Graduate student shall present his thesis for examination

(a) in the case of a full-time student, not later than four semesters from the date of his confirmed registration, or

(b) in the case of a part-time student, not later than eight semesters from the date of his confirmed registration

unless special permission for an extension of time has been granted by the Academic Board.

4. SUPERVISION

4.1 The Academic Board shall appoint one or more supervisors in respect of each student, provided that, where more than one supervisor is appointed, one shall be nominated as the Principal Supervisor and others as Associate Supervisors.

8"

4.2 The Principal Supervisor shall normally be from the academic staff of the department where the student carries out his work.

4.3 In the case of an external student, the Principal Supervisor shall normally be from the academic staff of the department supporting the student's work and at least one Associate Supervisor shall be from the student's sponsoring organisation.

4.4 At the end of each semester

(a) a student shall submit a report on his work to his Principal Supervisor, and

(b) the Principal Supervisor shall submit a report to the Academic Board on his student's work and this report shall be seen by the student before submission to the Academic Board.

4.5 A graduate student may be required by the Academic Board to undertake an appropriate course of study concurrently with his research project.

4.6 A graduate student shall be required to participate in and present seminars as considered appropriate by his Principal Supervisor.

5. THESIS

5.1 Not later than one semester after confirmed registration, the student shall submit the title of his thesis for approval by the Academic Board, and after approval has been granted, no change shall be made except with the permission of the Academic Board.

5.2 The student shall give two months' written notice of his intention to submit his thesis and such notice shall be accompanied by the appropriate fee, if any.

5.3 The thesis shall comply with the following requirements:

(a) the significant proportion of the work described must have been completed subsequent to initial registration for the Master's degree, and

(b) it must be an original contribution to the knowledge of the subject, and

(c) it must be written in English or in a language approved by the Academic Board and reach a satisfactory standard of literary presentation, and

(d) it shall be the candidate's own account of his work. Where work is carried out conjointly with other persons, the Ac ad em ic Board shal I be advised as to the extent of the candidate's contribution to the joint work, and

85

(e) the thesis shall not contain as its main content any work or material which the student has previously submitted for another degree or similar award, and

(f) supporting documents, such as published papers, may be submitted with the thesis if they have a bearing on the subject of the thesis, and

(g) the thesis shal I contain a short abstract of not more than 300 words.

5.4 In form of presentation, the thesis shall comply with the following requirements:

(a) an original and two copies shall be presented and retained ·by the Institute;

(b) all three copies shall be in double-spaced typescript on A4 size paper, and

(c) the original, for deposit in the library, shall be bound in an approved manner. The other two copies shall be bound in a manner to allow their transmission to examiners without possibility of disarrangement.

5.5 The library copy will be available for consultation, loan or photocopy within the terms of the Copyright Act, 1968, unless the Academic Board on the application of the candidate determines that it shall not be available until the expiry of a period, which period shall not normally exceed two years.

5.6 Examination of Thesis

(a) The Academic Board shall appoint at least two examiners of whom at least one shal I be from outside the Institute.

(b) The candidate may be required to make an oral defence of his thesis.

(c) On receipt of the reports from the examiners, the Academic Board shall -

(i) recommend to Council that the student be awarded a Master's degree in Applied Science, or

(ii) permit the student to resubmit his thesis within two semesters, for re-examination, or

(iii) cancel the student's registration.

87

Department of Applied Geology

88

DEPARTMENT OF APPLIED GEOLOGY

Head of Department: A.S. Joyce, BSc(Hons)(NE), PhD(ANU), AMAuslMM.

Senior Lecturer: V.M. Bofinger, BSc(Hons)(NE), PhD(ANU).

Lecturers:

Support Staff: (Technical Division II and above)

K.R. Martin, MSc(Hons)(Auck).

D.C. O'Connell, BSc(Old). DipEd, FGS(Lond), AMAuslMM.

W.F. Ridley, MSc(Old).

R.J. Coleman, BSc(Hons)(Tas). FGS(Lond). AMIMM, AMAuslMM.

B.M. Haines, MSc(Syd). AMAuslMM.

B. Kwiecien, Laboratory Technician Division 11.

M. Snell, Laboratory Technician Division II.

89

ESJ132 BACHELOR OF APPLIED SCIENCE -APPLIED GEOLOGY

1. Entrance Requirements - see page

2. General Course Rules - see page

3. A registered student may only enrol in a day program.

4. For a registered student the subjects and other work comprising the curriculum of the six semesters of study are as follows -

Semester 1 - Autumn

ESB113 CHB141 PHB101 PHB106 MAB251 CMB101

Earth Science I Chemistry I Physics IS Experimental Physics I Mathematics I Professional Communication A

Semester 2 - Spring

ESB213 CHB241 PHB201 PHB206 MAB160 CMB102

Earth Science 11 Chemistry 11 Physics llS Experimental Physics 11 Mathematics 11

Professional Communication B

Semester 3 - Autumn

ESB313 Mineralogy ESB393 Field Techniques ESB333 Geochemistry 111 ESB343 Surveying ESB353 St ructural Geology 111

ESB363 Economic Geology 111

ESB373 Economic Analysis for Geologists CHB343 Chemistry for Geologists 111

ESB383 Field Excursions 111

Semester 4 - Spring

ESB413 Petrology IV ESB493 Stratigraphy & Sedimentation ESB433 Geophysics IV ESB443 Hydrology IV ESB453 Geochemistry IV ESB473 Law for Geologists MAB257 Statistics CHB443 Chemistry for Geologists IV ESB483 Field Excursions IV

Approx. Formal Hrs/Wk.

6 6 3 3 4 2

6 6 3 3 4 2

4 3 2 3 2 5 2 4

4 6 2 3 1

2 4 3

90

Approx. Formal Semester 5 - Autumn Hrs/Wk.

ESB513 Economic Geology V 4 ESB523 Hydrology V 4 ESB533 Exploration Geochemistry V 4 ESB543 Petrology V 3 ESB593 Sedimentary Petrology 3 ESB563 Project V 1 ESB573 Field Excursions V 3 ESB583 Administration for Geologists 3

Semester 6- Spring

ESB613 Mineragraphy and Mining Geology 3 ESB623 Petroleum Geology 4 ESB633 Exploration Geophysics VI 3 ESB643 Structural Geology VI 3 ESB653 Engineering Geology VI 3 ESB663 Project VI 4 ESB673 Field Excursions VI 3 ESB683 Property Evaluation for Geologists 2

5. Pre-requisites and Co-requisites

Subject Pre-requisite Co-requisite

CHB241 Chemistry 11 CHB141 Chemistry I CHB343 Chemistry for CHB241 Chemistry II

Geologists 111 CHB443 Chemistry for CHB343 Chemistry for

Geologists IV Geo I ogists 111 ESB363 Economic ESB113 Earth Science I

Geology 111 ESB213 Earth Science 11 ESB513 Economic ESB363 Economic

Geology V Geology 111 ESB653 Engineering ESB413 Petrology IV

Geology ESB493 Stratigraphy & Sedimentation

ESB463 Structural Geology IV

PHB106 Experimental PHB101 Physics IS Physics I

PHB206 Experimental PHB106 Experimental PHB201 Physics I IS Physics 11 Physics I

ESB533 Exploration ESB453 Geochemistry IV Geochemistry V

ESB633 Exploration ESB433 Geophysics IV Geophysics VI

ESB385 Field ESB113 Earth Science I ESB343 Surveying Excursions 111 ESB213 Earth Science 11

ESB483 Field ESB383 Field Excursions IV Excursions 111

91


ESB573 Field ESB483 Field Excursions V Excursions IV

ESB673 Field ESB573 Field Excursions VI Excursions V

ESB393 Field Techniques ESB343 Surveying ESB463 Structural Geology 111

ESB333 Geochemistry 111 CHB141 Chemistry I CHB241 Chemistry 11

ESB453 Geochemistry IV ESB333 Geochemistry 111 ESB433 Geophysics IV PHB201 Physics I IS ESB523 Hydrology V ESB443 Hydrology IV MAB160 M~thematics II MAB251 Mathematics I ESB613 Mineragraphy & ESA363 Economic

Mining Geology Geology Ill ESB313 Mineralogy ESB113 Earth Science I ESB623 Petroleum ESB523 Hydrology V

Geology ESB493 Stratigraphy & Sedimentation

ESB413 Petrology IV ESB313 Mineralogy ESB543 Petrology V ESB413 Petrology IV PHB101 Physics IS PHB106 Experimental

Physics I PHB201 Physics I IS PHB206 Experimental

Physics 11 ESB563 Project V ESB413 Petrology IV ESB533 Exploration

ESB493 Stratigraphy & Geochemistry Sedimentation ESB553 Field

ESB463 Structural Techniques Geology Ill

ESB393 Field Techniques ESB343 Surveying

ESB663 Project VI ESB563 Project V

ESB683 Property ESB373 Economic Evaluation for Analysis for Geologists Geologists

ESB593 Sedimentary ESB493 Stratigraphy & Petrology Sedimentation

ESB313 Mineralogy MAB257 Statistics MAB160 Mathematics II

ES8493 Stratigraphy & ESB213 Earth Science 11 Sedimentation

ES8643 Structural ESB353 Structural Geology VI Geology 111

Subjects not listed have no pre-requisites other than normal course entry requirements.

93

Department of Biology and Environmental Science

94

DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY & ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE

Head of Department: R.G. Everson, BSc(Hons)(Syd), PhD(Melb), MIBiol, AAIFST, MAIH.

Senior Lecturers: A. Bailey, BSc(Hons)(L'pool), PhD(Adel},

Lecturers:

Senior Tutor:

Support Staff: (Technician Division II and above)

MIBiol, MAIH.

W.A. Dodd, MSc(Adel), PhD(Alberta).

J.M. Monro, BSc(Hons)(Syd}, PhD(Adel).

D.H. Barry, BSc(Hons)(Lond), FLS.

G.L. Hammer, BScFor(Hons)(Melb).

D.S. Kells, BAgrSc(Melb), DipEd(Melb).

C.R. King, BSc(Lond), MSc(Salford).

B.J. McMahon, BSc(Qld).

M.K. Ross, BAgrSc(Hons)(Qld}, MSc(Calgary).

R.T. Williams, BSc(Hons)(Durham}, PhD(Notts).

H. Yezdani, MSc(Sind), PhD(Monash).

R.B. Lee, BA(Maine).

A.A.J. Cillekens, Senior Laboratory Technician, DipTropAg, DipSugTech(Holland).

G.W. Ayre, CBL T(QIT), Laboratory Technician.

V. Campbell, BSc(Monash), Laboratory Technician.

E. Guindy, Laboratory Technician.

K. I lievsk i, Laboratory Technician, BSc(Hons) (Skopje).

BEM186 GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES



95

3. For a registered student the duration of the course will normally be four semesters of part-time study with a total of 540 hours of classes and supervised exercises. The subjects to be studied are as follows -

Approx. Formal Semester 1 - Autumn

BEP560 BEP564 BEP568

Introduction to Environmental Science Ecology of Man Environmental Quality

Semester 2 - Spring

BEP668 BEP667 BEP660

Ecosystem Management Economics of Resources Environmental Politics

Semester 3 - Autumn

BEP760 BEP766

BEP767

Administration of Environmental Protection Legislation and the Environment Technology Assessment and Forecasting

Semester 4 - Spring

BEP868 BEP968

Environmental Impact Studies I Environmental Impact Studies II

HrsM!k.

3 3 3

3 3 3

3 3 3

3 6

4. To qualify for the award of a Graduate Diploma candidates will be required to have satisfactorily completed four semesters of prescribed study. Grades of passes will not be awarded. 'W' awards may be made where a candidate must raise the standard of his work in order to achieve a passing grade.

5. Portions of the practical and tutorial content of the course may be presented in summer schools of up to two weeks duration (i.e. 90 hours), and in weekend seminars and field work sessions as convenient and appropriate.

6. Students adjudged by the Head of Department to be of adequate standard in any unit of the course prior to the offer of that unit, may be asked to enrol in an alternative relevant unit from programs in other courses offered by the Institute.

7. The subjectsBEP868 Environmental Impact Studies I and BEP968 Environmental Impact Studies 11 are co-requisites and can only be studied after all other units specified in the course have been attempted.

96

BEJ131 BACHELOR OF APPLIED SCIENCE - BIOLOGY



3. For a registered student in a day program, the subjects and other work comprising the curriculum of the six semesters of study are as follows -

Semester 1 - Autumn

MAB251 CMB101 CHB141 PHB101 PHB106 BEB109

Mathematics I Professional Communication A Chemistry I Physics IS Experimental Physics I General Biology

Semester 2 - Spring

MAB252 MAB260 CMB102 CHB241 PHB201 PHB206 BEB101 BEB230

Statistics Introduction to Programming Professional Communication B Chemistry 11 Physics I IS Experimental Physics II Cell Biology Genetics and Evolution

Semester 3 - Autumn

BEB300 Biological Diversity

BEB301 Fundamentals of Physiology

BEB307 Biological Systems

ESB306 Environment of Organisms

MAB258 Experimental Design

Elective:

ESB311 Earth Processes OR

PSB405 Biochemistry 111 OR

PHB307 Experimental Electronics OR

an equivalent elective

Semester 4 - Spring

BEB452 Ecology and Evolution of Populations

BEB462 Ecosystems

BEB460 Environmental Monitoring

Elective:

ESB411 Earth Resources OR

ESB421 Soil Science OR

PSB407 Biochemistry IVB OR

BEB491 Environmental Physiology OR an equivalent elective

Approx. Formal

Hrs/Wk.

4 2 6 3 3 6

2 2 2 6 3 3 3 3

6 6 3 3 2 4

6 6 4 4

Semester 5 - Autumn

Population Genetics Population Dynamics

97

Approx. Formal Hrs/wk.

BEB535 BEB553 BEB590 BEB659

Projects in Terrestrial and Aquatic Ecology Productivity and Trophic Levels

6 6 6 3 4

PSB450 Elective: Microbiology Ill OR an equivalent elective

Semester 6 - Spring

Ecosystems Biosphere & Conservation

BEB651 BEB656 BEB590 BEB529

Projects in Terrestrial and Aquatic Ecology Vegetation Mapping

6 6 6 3 4

PSB454 Elective: Microbiology IVC OR an equivalent elective.

N.B.: Elective subjects and recovery programs must be chosen in consultation with the Head of Department or his delegate.

4. For a registered student in an evening program, the subjects and other work of the twelve semesters of study are as above.

In the academic year 1977 the following units are available for evening study -

Autumn Semester -

PHB101 PHB106 MAB251 CMB102

Physics IS Experimental Physics I Mathematics I Professional Communication B

Spring Semester -

PHB201 PHB206 CMB102 MAB252 MAB260

Physics llS Experimental Physics 11 Professional Communication fl Statistics Introduction to Programming


3 3 4

3 3 1 2 2

Evening classes in further units will be provided if there is sufficient demand. In all cases, intending students must seek the advice of the Head of Department. Further units for 1977 include -

Autumn Semester -

BEB306 BEB301 BEB535

Biological Diversity Fundamentals of Physiology Population Genetics Electives as available.


6 6 6

98

Spring Semester -

BEB307 ESB306 MAB258 BEB651 BEB656

ESB311 BEB230 PSB405

Biological Systems Environment of Organisms Experimental Design Ecosystems Biosphere and Conservation Elective: Earth Processes OR Genetics and Evolution OR Biochemistry 111 OR an equivalent elective.


3 3 2 6 6 4

5. Students may be required to attend intensive segments of course work in OIT recess periods (normally to fulfill field work requirements of the course).

6. Pre-requisites and Co-requisites.


PSB405 Biochemistry 111 CHB241 Chemistry II PSB407 Biochemistry IVB PSB405 Biochemistry 111

BEB307 Biological Systems MAB251 Mathematics I MAB252 Statistics MAB260 Introduction to

Programming CHB241 Chemistry II CHB141 Chemistry I BEB452 Ecology & BEB307 Biological Systems

Evolution BEB230 Genetics and of Populations Evolution

BEB651 Ecosystems BEB452 Ecology & Evolution of Populations

MAB258 Experimental MAB252 Statistics Design

PHB106 Experimental PHB101 Physics IS Physics I

PHB206 Experimental PHB106 E xpe ri mental PHB201 Physics I IS Physics 11 Physics I

BEB301 Fundamentals BEB101 Cell Biology of Physiology BEB109 Genera! Biology

PSB450 Microbiology 111 PS8405 Biochemistry 111

PSB454 Microbiology IVC PS8450 Microbial ogy 111 PSB407 Biochemistry IVB

CHB482 Physical & CH8241 Chemistry 11

Inorganic Chemistry IV

PHB101 Physics IS PH8106 Experimental Physics I

Subject

PHB201 Physics I IS

BEB553 Population Dynamics

BEB535 Population Genetics

BEB659 Productivity & Trophic Levels

BEB590 Projects in Terrestrial and Aquatic Ecology

BEB529 Vegetation Mapping

Pre-requisite

MAB257 Statistics

MAB257 Statistics

BEB390 Field Methodology I

BEB553 Population

BEB101 BEB109

BEB390

BEB490

Dynamics Cell Biology Experimental

Biology Field Methodology I

Field Methodology II

99

Co-requisite

PHB206 Experimental Physics II

Subjects (other than electives) not listed have no pre-requisites other than normal course entry requirements.

100

BEL 180 ASSOCIATE DIPLOMA IN APPLIED BIOLOGY



3. For a registered student in a day program, the subjects and other work of the four semesters of study are as follows -

Semester 1 - Autumn

BEA107 MAA251 BEA199 PSA 111

BEA189

Biological Systems Statistics and Data Processing Techniques A Biological Chemistry I Elective Visits and Excursions

Semester 2 - Spring

Approx. Formal

Hrs/wk.

3 2 6 5 3

BEA201 BEA297 BEA299

Cell Biology 4 Biological Data Handling & Experimental Design 2 Techniques B 6 Electives 6

BEA289 Visits and Excursions 2

Semester 3 - Autumn

BEA305 Population Biology 3

BEA399 Techniques C 9

Electives 6 BEA389 Visits and Excursions 2

Semester 4 - Spring

BEA403 Environmental Biology 3 BEA499 Techniques D 9

Electives 6 BEA489 Visits and Excursions 2

4. For a registered student in an evening program, the subjects and other work of the eight semesters of study are as follows -

Semester 1 - Autumn

BEA107 PSA 111 MAA251

Biological Systems Biological Chemistry I Statistics and Data Processing

Approx. Formal

Hrs/wk.

3 4 2

101

Semester 2 - Spring Approx. Formal

Hrs/wk.

BEA199 Techniques A Elective

Semester 3 - Autumn

6 3

BEA201 BEA297

Cell Biology 4 Biological Data Handling & Experimental Design 2 Elective 3

Semester 4 - Spring

BEA299 Techniques B Elective

Semester 5 - Autumn

BEA305 Population Biology Electives

Semester 6 - Spring

BEA399 Techniques C

Semester 7 - Autumn

BEA403 Environmental Biology Electives

Semester 8 - Spring

BEA499 Techniques D

6 3

3 6

9

3 6

9

5. A wide range of electives is available for this course, including many units presented in other U G3 courses at the Institute. A list of units that may be available is attached to these rules. Other electives may be approved by the Head of Department.

6. Enrolment for units from other UG3 courses will be totally subject to the rules governing the course within which the unit is offered. Students will be expected to complete any necessary pre-requisite requirements, or to obtain exemption from such requirements from the Head of Department responsible for the unit concerned.

7. In all cases, students will be expected to select their elective program in consultation with the Head of Department of Biology and Environmental Science or his nominee.

8. Provision of electives will depend on numbers of applicants.

9. Students with relevant technical experience may seek total or partial exemption from one or more of the elective units of the course.

102

10 Students may undertake to have their current employment arranged and assessed in lieu of one or more electives. In such cases, the employer, in consultation with the Head of Department will nominate an honorary supervisor at the students workplace. Students work experience will be assessed by the honorary supervisor in collaboration with a departmental tutor. Under such an arrangement, students will be required to maintain a work log and complete such exercises and assignments as required.



BEA107 Biological Systems PSA111 Biological Chemistry I

BEA201 Cell Biology BEA107 Biological Systems

PSA 111 Biological Chemistry I

BEA297 Biological Data MAA251 Statistics and Handling and Data Processing Experimental Design

BEA305 Population BEA219 Cell Biology Biology MAA251 Statistics and

Data Processing BEA403 Environmental BEA319 Population Biology

Biology


12. Units Available for Study in the Elective Area

N.B. Students undertaking elective units in other courses must conform to the rules of those courses.

CHA210 PSA481 BEA011 CHA410

PHA461 MAA163 BEA042 BEA044 PHA156 ESA310 PSA141 BEA060

Subject

Analytical Chemistry 11 Animal Care Techniques 11 Animal Physiology Application of Computers in Industry

Biophysical Measurement Computing Entomology I Entomology 11 Experimental Skills Geology Human Anatomy and Physiology I Hydrobiological Techniques

103

Subject

PSA121 Instrumentation II A PSA122 Instrumentation 118 PHA211 I nstru mentati on II C BEA012 Invertebrate Biology PHA460 Ionizing Radiation Technology CHA440 Laboratory Management CHA110 Laboratory Techniques MNA066 Management Methods PSA151 Microbiology I PSA152 Microbiology 11 BEA022 Plant Anatomy BEA024 Plant Diversity BEA020 Plant Histology BEA021 Plant Physiology I BEA022 Plant Physiology 11 BEA061 Principles of Ecology I BEA062 Principles of Ecology II CMB102 Professional Communication B PHA463 Science, Technology and Society BEA014 Taxonomy CMA133 Communication Techniques CMB139 Technical Literature PHA459 Vacuum Technology BEA025 Vegetation Mapping BEA014 Vertebrate Morphology

104

BEC109 CERTIFICATE IN BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY TECHNIQUES



3. A registered student may enrol either as a day and evening program student or an evening program student.

A day and evening program student will normally attend day classes for the first four semesters of the program and complete his program of study by evening attendance for two semesters.

4. For a registered student in a day and evening program the subjects and other work comprising the curriculum are as follows -

Normal Course Program -

Four semesters day and two semesters evening.

Day Program Approx. Formal

Hrs/wk.

Semesters 1 and 2 of this course will not be offered in 1977 nor subsequent years. Students wishing to recover units in these semesters should contact the Head of Department. Semester 3 Autumn

CHC351 MAC451 PHC451 PSC410 PSC430 BEC321 PSC451

Biological Chemistry 111 Mathematics 11 A Certificate Physics I Biological Instrumentation 111 Physiology Ill OR Plant Physiology 111 Microbiology Ill

Semester 4 - Spring

CHC451 MAC452 PHC452 PSC411 PSC431 BEC421 PSC452

Biological Chemistry IV Mathematics 11 B Certificate Physics 11 Biological Instrumentation IV Physiology IV OR Plant Physiology IV Microbiology IV

Evening Program:

Semester 5 - Autumn

PSC406 PSC601 BEC590

Biochemistry V Histological Techniques V Biological Techniques V

4 4 4 4 4 4 4

4 4 4 4 4 4 4

3 3 3

Semester 6 - Spring

PSC407 BEC621 BEC690

Biochemistry VI Histological Techniques VI Biological Techniques VI

105


3 3 3

5. For a registered student in an evening program, the subjects and other work are as follows -

Normal Course Program -ten semesters evening program -

Semesters 1 and 2 of this course will not be offered in


1977 nor subsequent years. Students wishing to recover units in these semesters should contact the Head of Department. Semester 3 - Autumn

BEC100 CHC151

Biology I Organic Chemistry I

Semester 4 - Spring

BEC200 CHC251

Biology II Organic Chemistry II

Semester 5 - Autumn

PSC430 BEC321 MAC452 PHC451

Physiology 111 OR Plant Physiology II I Mathematics 11 B Certificate Physics I

Semester 6 - Spring

PSC431 BEC421 MAC451 PHC452

Physiology IV OR Plant Physiology IV Mathematics II A Certificate Physics II

Semester 7 - Autumn

PSC410 CHC351 PSC451

Biological Instrumentation 111 Biological Chemistry II I Microbiology Ill

Semester 8 - Spring

PSC411 CHC451 PSC452

Biological Instrumentation JV Biological Chemistry JV Microbiology IV

6 3

6 3

3 3 3 3

3 3 3 3

3 3 3

3 3 3

106

Approx. Formal Semester 9 - Autumn Hrs/wk.

PSC406 Biochemistry V 3 PSC601 Histological Techniques V 3 BEC590 Biological Techniques V 3

Semester 10 - Spring

PSC407 Biochemistry VI 3 BEC621 Histological Techniques VI 3 BEC690 Biological Techniques VI 3



BEC590 Biological BEC100 Biology I Techniques V BEC200 Biology II

BEC690 Biological BEC100 Biology I Techniques VI BEC200 Biology 11

PSC410 Biological I nstru- CHC351 Biological mentation 111 Chemistry Ill

PSC411 Biological lnstru- PSC410 Biological lnstru-mentation IV mentation 111

PSC601 Histological BEC100 Biology I Techniques V BEC200 Biology II

BEC621 His to I ogi cal BEC100 Biology I Techniques VI BEC200 Biology 11

BEC321 Plant BEC100 Biology I Physiology 111 BEC200 Biology II

BEC421 Plant BEC100 Biology I Physiology IV BEC200 Biology 11

CHC210 Analytical CHC110 Analytical Chemistry 11 Chemistry I

CHC230 Inorganic CHC130 Inorganic Chemistry 11 Chemistry I

MAC451 Mathematics 11 A MAC151 Mathematics I A CHC251 Organic CHC151 Organic

Chemistry 11 Chemistry I CHC351 Biological CHC251 Organic

CHemistry 111 Chemistry II PSC430 Physiology Ill BEC100 Biology I

CHC151 Organic Chemistry I

P SC451 Microbiology 111 BEC100 Biology I CHC351 Biological Chemistry Ill

CHC451 Biological CHC351 Biological

Chemistry IV Chemistry 111

MAC452 Mathematics llB MAC152 Mathematics I B

PSC431 Physiology IV PSC430 Physiology 111

Subject

PSC452 Microbiology IV PSC406 Biochemistry V

PSC407 Biochemistry VI

Pre-requisite

PSC451 Microbiology 111 CHC451 Biological

Chemistry IV PSC411 Biological

Instrumentation IV

PSC406 Biochemistry V

107

Co-requisite


109

Department of Chemistry

111

DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY

Head of Department: R.F. Cane, DSc(Tas), CEng, FIChemE, CChem, FRIC, FRACI.

Senior Lecturers: L.G. Amos, BSc, BEdSt(Old), ARACI, MACE.

Lecturers:

W. Draper, BSc(Tech)(Manch), MS(Mass), PhD (U of Va), ARIC, CChem.

C.L. Graham, BSc(Hons) (Dunelm), PhD(N'cle, UK), ARAIC, ARIC, AAI FST, CChem.

P.S. Hallman, MSc(Syd), PhD(Syd), ARACI.

P.J. Hetherington, BSc(App)(Hons)(Tas), PhD(Tas), ARACI.

E.J. O'Reilly, BSc(Hons)(Qld), DipEd, ARACI.

N. Street, BSc(Melb), PhD(Melb), FRACI.

N.D. Bofinger, BSc(NE), ARACl.

L. Burwell, BSc(Old), ARACI.

M.R. Chambers, PhD(Lond), ARIC, CChem.

G.K. Douglas, BSc(Hons)(NE), PhD(Tas), ARACI.

R.L.W. Frost, MSc(Qld), BEd(Qld), ARACI.

W.J.W. Hanna, BSc(Hons)(Belf), PhD(Belf).

M.P. Henry, BSc(Hons)(ANU), MSc(ANU), PhD(Essex), ARACI.

K.P. Herlihy, BSc(Hons)(Qld), DiplndChem, ARACI.

G.M. Kimber, MSc(Old), BEd(Qld), ARACI.

S. Kokot, BSc(Hons)(NSW), PhD(NSW).

D.S. Litster, BSc(Hons)(Qld), BEd(Qld), ARACI.

R.J. Noakes, DipSugarChem, Dipl ndChem, ARACI.

E.T. Pallister, MSc(NSW), PhD(NSW), ARIC, ARACI, ASTC.

D.P. Schweinsberg, ASTC, BSc(NSW), MSc(Qld), ARACI, AMAuslMM.

G. Smith, BSc(Old), Dipl ndChem, ARACI.

B.N. Venzke, MSc(Qld), PhD(Old).

Senior Tutors: J.P. Bartley, MSc(Hons)(Auck), PhD(Auck), FCS, AAIFST.

L.R. Holman, BSc(Hons)(Adel), PhD(Adel).

112

Technologist:


N. Barr, BSc(Hons)(Belf), CertEd(Tech)(Manchester).

P. Comino, Laboratory Technician Division II

T.L. Hamilton, Laboratory Technician Division I, Dip Sug Chem, DOIT(BusAdmin). AAST, AAIM, AAIPM.

P. Johnston, Laboratory Technician Division 11.

A.H. Newland, Laboratory Technician Division 11.

A. Schwede, Laboratory Technician Division 11.

N.A. Seils, Senior Laboratory Technician Division I, DiplndChem, ARACI.

W. Skeaf, Laboratory Technician Division 11

P. Stevens, Laboratory Technician Division 11.

113

CHM185 GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN CHEMICAL ANALYSIS

Semesters 1 & 2 of the course will be offered in years of odd numbers. ie. 1977, etc.



3. The course will be offered as an evening program only.

4. For a registered student the subjects and other work comprising the curriculum are as follows -

Normal Course Program - two years evening only

Semester 1 - Autumn

MAP255 PHP150 CHP110

Statistics Optics Chemical Analysis I

Semester 2 - Spring

MAP254 PHP250 CHP210

Computing Electronics 11 Chemical Analysis 11

Semester 3 - Autumn

CHP340 PHP350 CHP310

Computers in Chemistry Electronics 111 Chemical Analysis 111

Semester 4 - Spring

CHP440 CHP410

Laboratory Organization Chemical Analysis IV


2 2 6

2 2 6

2 2 6

2 8

5. A student may under rule 2(o) be granted credit or exemption for any number of subjects prescribed in this program except that all students must satisfactorily complete the equivalent of at least two academic semesters of the program.


Subject

PHP350 CHP340 CHP210 CHP310 CHP410

Electronics 111 Computers in Chemistry Chemical Analysis 11 Chemical Analysis 111 Chemical Analysis IV

Pre-requisite Electronics 11 Computing Chemical Analysis I Chemical Analysis 11 Chemical Analysis 111 Statistics Computing Optics

Co-requisite


114

CHJ129 BACHELOR OF APPLIED SCIENCE -APPLIED CHEMISTRY



3. For a registered student in a day program, the subjects and other work comprising the curriculum of the six semesters study are as follows -

Normal Course Program -six semesters day program

Semester 1 - Autumn

CHB110 CHB130 CHB150 CHB170 MAB251 PHB120

Analytical Chemistry I Inorganic Chemistry I Organic Chemistry I Physical Chemistry I Mathematics I Physics IT

Semester 2 - Spring

CHB210 CHB250 CHB270 MAB160 PHB121

ESB210 BEB100

Analytical Chemistry 11 Organic Chemistry 11 Physical Chemistry 11 Mathematics 11 Physics llT Either Geology OR Biology

Semester 3 - Autumn

CHB310 CHB330 CHB350 CHB370 MAB262 CHB320

PSB405 ESB310

Analytical Chemistry 111 Inorganic Chemistry 111 Organic Chemistry 111 Physical Chemistry 111 Computing Chemical Process Principles Either: Biochemistry Ill OR Mineralogy 111


3 2 4 4 4 6

3 4 4 4 6

6

4

5 5 2 4

3

Semester 4 - Spring

CHB410 Analytical Chemistry IV CHB430 Inorganic Chemistry IV CHB450 Organic Chemistry IV CHB470 Physical Chemistry IV CMB101 Professional Communication A MAB257 Statistics MNA041 Introduction to Business

Either PSB406 Biochemistry IVA OR ESB410 Mineralogy IV

Semester 5 - Autumn

CHB530 Inorganic Chemistry V CHB550 Organic Chemistry V CHB570 Physical Chemistry V

Either CHB510 Analytical Chemistry V OR CHB520 Chemical Technology V

+ Either ESB510 Economic Geology V OR PSB450 Microbiology 111

Semester 6 - Spring

CHB630 Inorganic Chemistry VI CHB650 Organic Chemistry VI CHB670 Physical Chemistry VI CHB660 Industrial Visits CHB600 Research Project

Either CHB610 Analytical Chemistry VI OR CHB620 Chemical Technology VI

+ Either ESB610 Economic Geology VI OR PSB453 Microbiology IVB

115


4

5 5 2 4 2

3

4 6 6

6

3

2 2 2

13

2

3

4. For a registered student in an evening program the subjects and other work of the twelve semesters are as follows -

Normal Course Program -twelve semesters evening program

Semester 1 - Autumn

CHB110 CHB170

ESB210 BEB100

Analytical Chemistry I Physical Chemistry I Either Geology OR Biology


3 3

6

116

Semester 2 - Spring

CHB150 CHB210 MAB251

Organic Chemistry I Analytical Chemistry 11 Mathematics I

Semester 3 - Autumn

CHB250 PHB120 MAB160

Organic Chemistry 11 Physics IT Mathematics 11

Semester 4 - Spring

CHB130 CHB270 PHB121

Inorganic Chemistry I Physical Chemistry 11 Physics llT

Semester 5 - Autumn

CHB310 CHB330 MAB262 CMB101 MNA041

Analytical Chemistry 111 Inorganic Chemistry 111 Computing Professional Communication A Introduction to Business

Semester 6 - Spring

CHB350 CHB370

PSB405 ESB310

Organic Chem is try 111 Physical Chemistry 111 Either Biochemistry Ill OR Mineralogy 111

Semester 7 - Autumn

CHB450 CHB470

PSB406 ESB410

Organic Chemistry IV Physical Chemistry IV Either Biochemistry IVA OR Mineralogy IV

Semester 8 - Spring

CHB410 CHB430 MAB257 CHB320

Analytical Chemistry IV Inorganic Chemistry IV Statistics Chemical Process Principles

Semester 9 - Autumn

CHB570

CHB510 CHB520

Physical Chemistry V Either Analytical Chemistry V OR Chemical Technology V


3 3 4

3 6 4

2 3 6

4 1 2 2 2

5 5

3

5 5

3

4

3 4

6

6


CHB530 CHB550

ESB510 PSB450

Inorganic Chemistry V Organic Chemistry V Either Economic Geology V OR Microbiology 111

Semester 11 - Autumn

CHB630 CHB650 CHB600

Inorganic Chemistry VI Organic Chemistry VI

* Research Project Either

ESB610 PSB453

Economic Geology VI OR Microbiology IVB


CHB670 Physical Chemistry VI CHB600 * Research Project CHB660 Industrial Visits

Either CHB610 Analytical Chemistry VI OR CHB620 Chemical Technology VI

117


4 6

3

2 2 5

3

2 8

2

* CH8600 Research Project is a two semester unit in the evening program. This unit must be studied in consecutive semesters.

5. Before entering the fourth and subsequent years as defined in Rule 4, an evening program student must be employed in an approved I aboratory.

118



CHB210 Analytical CHB110 Analytical Chemistry 11 Chemistry I

CHB310 Analytical CHB210 Analytical Chemistry 111 Chemistry II

CHB130 Inorganic Chemistry I

CHB170 Physical Chemistry I

CHB410 Analytical CHB310 Analytical Chemistry IV Chemistry 111

CHB510 Analytical CHB410 Analytical Chemistry V Chemistry IV

CHB610 Analytical CHB510 Analytical Chemistry VI Chemistry V

PSB405 Biochemistry 111 CHB210 Analytical Chemistry 11


CHB250 Organic Chemistry 11


CHB270 Physical Chemistry 11

PSB405 Biochemistry IVA PSB405 Biochemistry 111 CHB320 Chemical CHB270 Physical

Process Chemistry 11 Principles

CHB520 Chemical CHB470 Physical Technology V Chemistry IV

PHB320 Chemical Process Principles

CHB620 Chemical CHB520 Chemical Technology VI Technology V

CHB330 Inorganic CHB130 Inorganic Chemistry 111 Chemistry I

CHB430 Inorganic CHB130 Inorganic Chemistry IV Chemistry I

CHB530 Inorganic CHB330 Inorganic Chemistry V Chemistry Ill

CHB630 Inorganic CHB430 Inorganic Chemistry VI Chemistry IV

CHB530 Inorganic Chemistry V

ESB510 Economic ESB310 Mineralogy 111 Geology V ESB410 Mineralogy IV

ESB610 Economic ESB310 Mineralogy 111 Geology VI ESB410 Mineralogy IV

MAB160 Mathematics 11 MAB251 Mathematics I PSB450 Microbiology 111 PSB405 Biochemistry

111

119


PSB453 Microbiology IVB PSB450 Microbiology II I PSB406 Biochemistry I VA

ESB310 Mineralogy II I ESB210 Geology ESB410 Mineralogy IV ESB210 Geology CHB250 Organic CHB150 Organic

Chemistry 11 Chemistry I CHB350 Organic CHB250 Organic

Chemistry 111 Chemistry 11 CHB450 Organic CHB350 Organic

Chemistry IV Chemistry 111 CHB550 Organic CHB450 Organic

Chemistry V Chemistry IV CHB650 Organic CHB450 Organic

Chemistry VI Chemistry IV CHB370 Physical CHB170 Physical

Chemistry 111 Chemistry I CHB470 Physical CHB170 Physical

Chemistry IV Chemistry I CHB270 Physical

Chemistry 11 CHB570 Physical CHB270 Physical

Chemistry V Chemistry 11 CHB370 Physical

Chemistry II I CHB670 Physical CHB370 Physical

Chemistry VI Chemistry 111 CHB470 Physical

Chemistry IV CHB600 Research Project CHB510 Analytical

Chemistry V OR CHB520 Chemical

Technology V AND two of


CHB550 Organic Chemistry V

CHB570 Physical Chemistry V

MAB257 Statistics MAB160 Mathematics 11


120

CHJ130 BACHELOR OF APPLIED SCIENCE - CHEMISTRY



3. For a registered student in a. day program the subjects and other work comprising the curriculum of the six semesters of study are as follows -

Semester 1 - Autumn

PHB101 PHB106 MAB251 CHB141 CMB101

BEB109

ESB113

Physics IS Experimental Physics I Mathematics I Chemistry I Professional Communication A Either General Biology OR Earth Science I OR

any equivalent subject.

Semester 2 Spring

PHB201 PHB206 MAB160 CHB241 CMB102

BEB101 BEB230

ESB213

Physics llS Experimental Physics 11 Mathematics 11 Chemistry 11 Professional Communication B Either Cell Biology AND Genetics and Evolution OR Earth Science 11 OR any equivalent subject

Semester 3 - Autumn

CHB310 Analytical Chemistry 111 CHB330 Inorganic Chemistry 111 CHB351 Organic Chemistry 111 CHB371 Physical Chemistry 111

Electives: See Note 3.3 PSB436 Human Physiology A

PSB435 Human Physiology PSB405 Biochemistry 111 PSB427 General Anatomy


3 3 4 6 2

6

6

3 3 4 6 2

3 3

6

4

3% 3%

3% 7 3 5

Semester 3- (Cont.)

Electives (Cont.) BEB350 Principles of Ecology I MAB305 Introduction to Computing A ESB311 Earth Processes OR ESB313 Mineralogy OR ESB310 Mineralogy Ill CHB320 Chemical Processes Principles PHB304 Physics Ill PHB307 Experimental Electronics

or any equivalent subject.

Semester 4 - Spring

CHB410 CHB430 CHB451 CHB471

PSB406 PSB450 PSB437 PHB403 MAB306 MAB309 MAB257 BEB450 ESB411 ESB421 ESB413 ESB410 CHB320 PHB401

PHB402

Analytical Chemistry IV Inorganic Chemistry IV Organic Chemistry IV Physical Chemistry IV Electives: See Note 3.3 Biochemistry IV A Microbiology 111 Human Physiology B Physics IVC Introduction to Computing B Modern Algebra Statistics Principles of Ecology II Earth Resources OR Soil Science OR Petrology IV OR Mineralogy IV Chemical Process Principles Physics IV A OR Physics IVB

or any equivalent subject

Semester 5 - Autumn

Chemistry Units: CHB530 Inorganic Chemistry V CHB550 Organic Chemistry V CHB570 Physical Chemistry V

Electives: See Note 3.3 CHB510 Analytical Chemistry V OR CHB520 Chemical Technology V PSB450 Microbiology 111 PHB502 Physics VB PHB504 BEB330 BEB301 BEB590 PSB737

Electronics Biological Diversity Fundamentals of Physiology Projects in Terrestrial and Aquatic Ecology Basic Immunology

121


4 4 4 4 3 4 4 3

4

3% 3%

3 3 3% 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 3 4 3 3

4 6 6

6 6 3 3 6 6 6 6 4

122

Semester 5 (Cont.) -

MAB306 MAB309 ESB511 ESB510

Electives: (Cont.) Introduction to Computing B Modern Algebra Earth Science V OR Economic Geology V

or any equivalent subject

Semester 6 - Spring

Chemistry Units: (See Note 3.1)

CHB630 Inorganic Chemistry VI CHB651 Organic Chemistry VI CHB671 Physical Chemistry VI

Electives: (See Note 3.1, 3.3) CHB611 Analytical Chemistry VI OR CHB621 Chemical Technology VI PSB452 Microbiology IVA PSB453 Microbiology IVB PHB609 Radiation Physics A PHB607 Materials PHB611 Astronomy BEB651 Ecosystems BEB656 Biosphere & Conservation MAB606 Computers & Programming MAB635 Classical Theoretical Mechanics ESB610 Economic Geology VI OR ESB611 Earth Science VI

or any equivalent subject.

Notes:


4 4 4 3

2 6 6

6 6 3 3 3 3 3 6 6 4 4 3 4

3.1 Students who elect to study four chemistry units in this semester will undertake a project as outlined for the BAppSc (AppChem) course, with no formal laboratory work in any of the chemistry units. Students who elect to study the minimum requirement of three chemistry units will undertake the formal laboratory work associated with those units.

3.2 The units PHB607, PHB609, and PHB611 will not in general all be offered. These are three of seven elective units in the final semester of the BAppSc (Physics) course. In any year, only two of these units may be offered, the choice depending mainly on student demand.

3.3 Students are required to study elective units totalling between 35 and 46 hours during semesters 3, 4, 5 and 6. Students should aim to organise their semester program so as to average no more than 25 hrs. per semester. The above program gives suggested electives for each semester, but students may study any suitable elective, subject to pre-requisites, availability and time-tabling.

123

3.4 Students should refer to the 'Course Structure Diagram' (item5) for guidance in selection of their study program. Before commencing Semester 3, students must consult a staff member nominated by the Head of Chemistry Department to discuss their study program for the remainder of the course.

3.5 In Semesters 1 and 2, a 1 hour tutorial will be available in Chemistry.

4. For a registered student in an evening program, the subjects and other work of the twelve semesters of study are as follows -

Semester 1 - Autumn (1978)

CHB141 BEB109

Chemistry I General Biology

Semester 2 - Spring (1978)

CHB241 BEB101 BEB230

Chemistry 11 Cell Biology Genetics and Evolution

Semester 3- Autumn (1917)


Physics IS Experimental Physics I Mathematics I Professional Communication A



Physics llS Experimental Physics 11 Mathematics 11 Professional Communication B


6 6

6 3 3

3 3 4 2

3 3 4 2

Conduct of the fifth and subsequent semesters of this course on an evening basis will depend upon the number of enrolments received.

5. INSERT: see pages

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

124

5. COURSE STRUCTURE DIAGRAM

CHB141 Chemistry I

CHB241 Chemistry II

CHB330 Inorganic

Chemistry Ill

CHB430 Inorganic Chemistry IV

CH~530

Inorganic Chemistry V

CHB630 Inorganic Chemistry VI

CORE

PHB101 CMB101 MAB251 Physics IS Professional

Maths I PHB106 Cornmunic· Exp. Phys. I ation A

PHB201 CMB102 MAB160 Physics 115 Professional

Maths II PHB206 Communic· Exp. Phys. II ation B

-- --


CHB451 Organic Chemistry IV


CHB651 Organic Chemistry VI

---


CHB471 Physical Chemistry IV


CHB671 Physical Chemistry VI

CHB310 Analytical Chemistry Ill

CHB410 Analytical Chemistry IV

Students may elect to do FOUR of the Chemistry units if they so wish.

CHB510 Anal. Chemistry V OR CHB520 Chemical Technology V

CHB611 Anal. Chemistry VI OR CHA621 Chemical Technology VI

Phvsical Sciences ESB113 Earth Science I

ESB213 Earth Science II

ELECTIVES Biolooical Sciences

BEB109 General Biology

BEB101 Cell Biology BE 6206 Intro. Ecology

125

Students may choose the relevant number of electives for ouch semester from any of the following units, subject to appropriate pre-requisites and timetable availability. Some suggested groupings of electives are given below but the~ should not be read as rigid combinations.

PHB304 Physics Ill PHD307 Expt. Electronics

PHB401 Physics IV A PHB402 Physics IVB PHB403 Physics IVC

PHB502 Physics VB PllP' El,,, inics

PflB609 Radiation Physics A

PHB607 Materials PHB611 Astronomy

MAB305 Intro. to Computing A

MAB306 Intro. to Computing B MAB309 Mod. Algebra MAB257 Statistics

MAB306 Intro. to Computing B MAB309 Mod. Algebra

MAB606 Computers and Programming

MAB635 Classical Theoretical Mechanics

ESB311 Earth Processes OR ESB313 Mineralogy OR ESB310 Mineralogy Ill

ESB411 Earth Resources OR ESB413 Petrology IV OR ESB410 Mineralogy IVor ESB421 Soil Sc.

ESB511 Earth Science V OR ESB510 Economic Geology

ESBGl 1 Earth Science VI OR ESB610 Economic Geology VI

PSB435 Human Physiology PSB436 Human Physiology A PSB405 Biochem. Ill PSB427 General Anatomy

PSB450 Microbial. Ill PS8406 Biochem. IV A PSB437 Human Physiology B

PSB450 Microbial. Ill PSB737 Basic Immunology

PSB453 Microbiol.IVB OR PSB452 Microblol. IV A

BEB350 Principles of Ecology I

BEB450 Principles of Ecology II

BEB330 Biol. OiversitY BEB301 Fund of Psychology

BEB590 Projects in Terrestrial & Equatic Ecology

BEB651 Ecosystems

BEB656 Bio,Phere & Consarvation

126



CHB310 Analytical CHB241 Chemistry 11 Chemistry 111

CHB410 Analytical CHB310 Analytical Chemistry IV Chemistry 111

CHB510 Analytical CHB410 Analytical Chemistry V Chemistry IV

CHB611 Analytical CHB410 Analytical Chemistry VI Chemistry IV

BEB411 Animal BEB101 Cell Biology Physiology BEB109 Experimental

Biology PHB611 Astronomy PHB101 Physics IS

PHB106 Experimental Physics I

PHB201 Physics llS PHB206 Experimental

Physics 11 PSB737 Basic PSB450 Microbiology Ill

Immunology PSB405 Biochemistry 111 PSB435 Human

Physiology OR PSB436 Human

Physiology A PSB437 Human

Physiology B PSB405 Biochemistry 111 CHB241 Chemistry 11 PSB406 Biochemistry IVA PSB405 Biochemistry 111 CHB320 Chemical Process CHB241 Chemistry 11

Principles CHB520 Chemical CHB471 Physical

Technology V Chemistry IV CHB320 Chemical Process

Principles CHB621 Chemical CHB520 Chemical

Technology VI Technology V CHB241 Chemistry 11 CHB141 Chemistry I MAB606 Computers & MAB305 Introduction to

Programming Computing A ESB511 Earth Science V ESB311 Earth Processes ESB611 Earth Science VI ESB411 Earth Resources ESB510 Economic ESB310 Mineralogy Ill OR

Geology V ESB410 Mineralogy IV ESB610 Economic ESB310 Mineralogy Ill OR

Geology VI ESB410 Mineralogy IV PHB504 Electronics PHB301 Physics 111 A

PHB304 Physics 111 PHB106 Experimental PHB101 Physics IS

Physics I PHB206 Experimental PHB106 Experimental PHB201 Physics I IS

Physics 11 Physics I

PSB427 General Anatomy BEB101 Cell Biology

127


PSB436 Human PSB427 General Anatomy Physiology A CHB241 Chemistry 11

PSB437 Human PSB436 Human Physiology B Physiology A

CHB330 Inorganic CHB241 Chemistry II Chemistry Ill

CHB430 Inorganic CHB241 Chemistry II Chemistry IV

CHB530 Inorganic CHB330 Inorganic Chemistry V Chemistry 111

CHB630 Inorganic CHB430 Inorganic Chemistry VI Chemistry IV


PHB607 Materials PHB401 Physics IVA OR PHB403 Physics IVC MAB460 Maths IVP

MAB160 Mathematics 11 MAB251 Mathematics I PSB450 Microbiology Ill PSB405 Biochemistry Ill PSB453 Microbiology IVB PSB450 Microbiology Ill

PSB406 Biochemistry IV A ESB313 Mineralogy ESB113 Earth Science I CHB351 Organic CHB241 Chemistry 11

Chemistry 111 CHB451 Organic CHB351 Organic

Chemistry IV Chemistry 111 CHB550 Organic CHB451 Organic

Chemistry V Chemistry IV CHB651 Organic CHB451 Organic

Chemistry VI Chemistry IV ESB413 Petrology IV ESB313 Mineralogy CHB371 Physical CHB241 Chemistry 11

Chemistry 111 CHB471 Physical CHB241 Chemistry 11

Chemistry IV CHB570 Physical CHB241 Chemistry II

Chemistry V CHB371 Physical Chemistry 111

CHB671 Physical CHB371 Physical Chemistry VI Chemistry 111


PHB101 Physics IS PHB106 Experimental Physics I

PHB201 Physics llS PHB 101 Physics IS PHB206 Experimental Physics 11

128


PHB304 Physics 111 PHB101 Physics IS PHB201 Physics I IS MAB160 Maths II OR MAB251 Mathematics I PHB206 Experimental

Physics 11 PHB401 Physics IVA PHB101 Physics IS


Physics II MAB251 Mathematics I OR MAB160 Mathematics 11

PHB402 Physics IVB PHB 101 Physics IS PHB201 Physics I IS PHB206 Experimental

Physics 11 MAB251 Mathematics I OR MAB160 Mathematics 11

PHB403 Physics IVC PHB101 Physics IS PHB201 Physics llS PHB206 Experimental

Physics 11 MAB160 Mathematics 11 OR MAB251 Mathematics I

PHB502 Physics VB PHB304 Physics 111 OR PHB303 Physics 111 C

BEB530 Projects in BEB109 Experimental Terrestrial and Biology Aquatic Ecology BEB101 Cell Biology

BEB390* Field Methodology PHB609 Radiation PHB304 Physics Ill OR

Physics A PHB303 Physics 111 C MAB257 Statistics MAB160 Mathematics 11

* BEB390 - this pre-requisite may be waived.


CHL 181 ASSOCIATE DIPLOMA IN APPLIED CHEMISTRY





Normal Course Program -three semesters day and three semesters evening

129

Approx. Formal Semester 1 - Autumn

CHA 110 Laboratory Techniques CHA140 Chemistry I CMA 133 Communication Techniques MAA251 Statistics and Data Processing MAA163 Computing PHA 151 Physics IA PHA152 Physics IB Semester 2 - Spring

CHA210 CHA230 CHA250 CHA270 ARS106

Analytical Chemistry 11 Chemistry of Inorganic Materials Organic Chemistry II Physical Chemistry 11 Plan and Site Appreciation

Semester 3 - Autumn

CHA310 CHA360 CHA340

CHA410

Analytical Chemistry 111 Industrial Chemistry Instrumental Techniques of Chemistry Application of Computers in Industry

Semester 4 - Spring

CHA440 CHA460

Laboratory Management Laboratory and Factory Visits

* Elective: Geology OR

Hrs/wk.

5 4 2 2 2 2 2

7 2 3 3 3

7 6 5 4

4 ESA310 PSA151 CHA350 CHA320

Microbiology I OR 4 Biological Chemistry OR 4 Process Measurements OR 4 any other equivalent elective which may be offered4

* See following page.

130

Semester 5 - Autumn

CHA550

ESA510 PSA152 CHA580

Organic Chemistry V * Elective:

Mineralogy Techniques OR Microbiology 11 OR Food Chemistry I OR


3

3 3 3

CHA520 Principles of Process Control OR 3 any other equivalent elective which may be offered 3

t Liberal Studies 3

Semester 6 - Spring •

CHA670 CHA610

Physical Chemistry VI Industrial Analysis

* Elective:

3 3

ESA610 Industrial Mineralogy OR 3 PSA451 Industrial Microbiological Techniques OR 3 CHA680 Food Chemistry II OR 3 CHA620 Factory Instrumentation OR 3

any other equivalent elective which may be offered3

Employer report required at the end of this semester.

* The electives to be offered may vary from year to year depending on enrolments, time-tabling etc. Students should consult with the Head of the Chemistry Department when deciding their elective subjects.

t For the subject listed as Liberal Studies, a student may select any subject within the OIT to which he can gain admission, provided it is of at least 3 hours duration per week and approved by the Head of the Chemistry Department.

• Approved employment necessary before progression in the course will be allowed.

5. For a registered student in an evening program, the subjects and other work are as follows:

Normal Course Program -eight semesters evening program.

Semester 1 - Autumn

CHA110 CHA140 CMA133 MAA251

Laboratory Techniques Chemistry I Communication Techniques Statistics and Data Processing

Semester 2 - Spring PHA 151 Physics I A PHA152 Physics IB MAA 163 Computing ARS106 Plan and Site Appreciation


3 3 2 2

2 2 2 3

131

Semester 3 - Autumn Approx. Formal

Hrs/wk.


Analytical Chemistry 11 A Organic Chemistry 11 Physical Chemistry 11

Semester 4 - Spring

CHA219 CHA230 CHA440 CHA410

Analytical Chemistry 11 B Chemistry of Inorganic Materials Laboratory Management Application of Computers in Industry

Semester 5 - Autumn


Analytical Chemistry 111 A Industrial Chemistry A Instrumental Techniques of Chemistry

Semester 6 - Spring

CHA319 CHA369

ESA310 PSA151 CHA350 CHA320

Analytical Chemistry 111 B Industrial Chemistry B

* Elective: Geology OR Microbiology I OR Biological Chemistry OR Process Measurements OR

3% 3 3

2%

1% 3 3

3 3 4

3 3

3 3 3 3

any other equivalent elective which may be offered3

Semester 7 - Autumn

CHA550 Organic Chemistry V * Elective:

ESA510 Mineralogy Techniques OR PSA152 Microbiology 11 OR CHA580 Food Chemistry I OR

3

3 3 3

CHA520 Principles of Process Control OR 3 any other equivalent elective which may be offered 3

t Liberal Studies 3

Semester 8 - Spring •

CHA670 CHA610

Physical Chemistry VI Industrial Analysis

* Elective

3 3

ESA610 Industrial Mineralogy OR 3 PSA451 Industrial Microbiological Techniques OR 3 CHA680 Food Chemistry II OR 3 CHA620 Factory Instrumentation OR 3

any other equivalent elective which may be offered 3

Employer report required at the end of this semester.

• * t See following page.

132

* The electives to be offered may vary from year to year depending on enrolments, time-tabling etc. Students should consult with the Head of the Chemistry Department when deciding their elective subjects.

t For the subject listed as Liberal Studies, a student may select any sub pct within the OIT to which he can gain admission, provided it is of at least 3 hours duration per week and approved by the Head of the Chemistry Department.

o Approved employment necessary before progression in the course will be allowed.



CHA210 Analytical CHA110 Laboratory Chemistry 11 Techniques

CHA218 Analytical CHA110 Laboratory Chemistry 11 A Techniques

CHA219 Analytical CHA110 Laboratory Chemistry 11 B Techniques

CHA230 Chemistry of CHA140 Chemistry I Inorganic Materials

CHA270 Physical Chem. II CHA140 Chemistry I CHA250 Organic Chem. II CHA140 Chemistry I CHA310 Analytical CHA210 Analytical

Chemistry 111 Chemistry 11 CHA318 Analytical CHA210 Analytical

Chemistry lllA Chemistry 11

CHA319 Analytical CHA210 Analytical Chemistry 111 B Chemistry 11

CHA360 Industrial CHA230 Chemistry of

Chemistry Inorganic Materials

CHA250 Organic Chem. II CHA270 Physical Chem. 11


Chemistry A Inorganic Materials

CHA250 Organic Chem. 11 CHA270 Physical Chem. 11


Chemistry B Inorganic Materials

CHA250 Organic Chem. II CHA270 Physical Chem. II

CHA340 Instrumental CHA270 Physical Chem. 11 Techniques of PHA158 Applied Physics I

Chemistry CHA210 Analytical Chem. II

133


CHA350 Biological Chem. CHA250 Organic Chem. 11 ESA510 Mineralogy ESA310 Geology

Techniques PSA152 Microbiology 11 PSA 151 Microbiology I CHA580 Food Chemistry I CHA350 Biological Chem. CHA550 Organic Chem. V CHA360 Industrial Chem. CHA670 Physical Chem. VI CHA360 Industrial Chem. CHA610 Industrial CHA310 Analytical

Analysis Chemistry 111 ESA610 Industrial ESA510 Mineralogy

Mineralogy Techniques PSA451 Industrial PSA152 Microbiology II

Microbiological Techniques

CHA680 Food Chemistry 11 CHA580 Food Chemistry I CHA620 Factory CHA320 Process

Instrumentation Measurements CHA520 Principles of

Control


134

CHC108 CERTIFICATE IN CHEMISTRY





Normal Course Program -four semesters day and two semesters evening.

Day Program Approx. Formal

Hrs/wk.

Semesters 1 and 2 of th is course will not be offered in 1977 nor subsequent years. Students wishing to recover units in these semesters should contact the Head of Department. Semester 3 - Autumn

CHC310 CHC350 CHC380 PHC451 MAC451

BEC302 ESC310

Analytical Chemistry 111 Organic Chemistry 111 Physical & Inorganic Chemistry Ill Certificate Physics I Mathematics II A Elective: Biology Ill OR Geology Ill

Semester 4 - Spring

CHC410 CHC450 CHC480 PHC452 MAC452

BEC402 ESC410

Analytical Chemistry IV Organic Chemistry IV Physical & Inorganic Chemistry IV Certificate Physics 11 Mathematics 11 B Elective: Biology IV OR Geology IV

Evening Program

Semester 5 - Autumn

CHC550 CHC580

PSC451 ESC510

Organic Chemistry V Physical & Inorganic Chemistry V

Elective: Microbiology 111 OR Mineralogy V

7 4 4 4 4

5

7 4 4 4 4

5

3 3

3

Semester 6 - Spring

CHC650 CHC680

PSC452 ESC610

Organic Chemistry VI Physical & Inorganic Chemistry VI Elective: Microbiology IV OR Mineralogy VI

135


3 3

3

5. For a registered student in an evening program, the subjects and other work are as follows -

Normal Course Program -ten semesters evening program


Semesters 1 and 2 of this course will not be offered in 1977 nor subsequent years. Students wishing to recover units in these semesters should contact the Head of Department. Semester 3 - Autumn

CHC150 CHC270

Organic Chemistry I Physical Chemistry 11 Tutorials

Semester 4 - Spring

CHC250 CHC170

Organic Chemistry 11 Physical Chemistry I Tutorials

Semester 5 - Autumn

PHC451 MAC452 CHC310

Certificate Physics I Mathematics 11 B Analytical Chemistry 111

Semester 6 - Spring

PHC452 MAC451 CHC410

Certificate Physics 11 Mathematics llA Analytical Chemistry IV

Semester 7 - Autumn

CHC450 CHC480

BEC302 ESC310

Organic Chemistry IV Physical & Inorganic Chemistry IV Elective: Biology 111 OR Geology 111

3 3 2

3 3 2

3 3 3

3 3 3

3 3

3

136

Semester 8 - Spring

CHC350 CHC380

Organic Chemistry Ill Physical & Inorganic Chemistry 111 Elective:

BEC402 ESC410

Biology IV OR Geology IV

Semester 9 - Autumn

CHC550 CHC580

Organic Chemistry V Physical & Inorganic Chemistry V Elective:

PSC451 ESC510

Microbiology 111 OR Mineralogy V


CHC650 CHC680

Organic Chemistry VI Physical & Inorganic Chemistry VI Elective:

PSC452 ESC610

Microbiology IV OR Mineralogy VI

6 . Pre-requisites and Co-requisites

Subject Pre-requisite

CHC210 Analytical CHC110 Analytical Chemistry 11 Chemistry I

CHC310 Analytical CHC210 Analytical Chemistry 111 Chemistry II

CHC410 Analytical CHC310 Analytical Chemistry IV Chemistry 111

CHC230 Inorganic CHC130 Inorganic Chemistry II Chemistry I

MAC451 Mathematics llA MAC151 Mathematics IA MAC452 Mathematics llB MAC152 Mathematics I B PSC451 Microbiology Ill BEC302 Biology Ill

CHC250 Organic Chemistry II

PSC452 Microbiology IV PSC451 Microbiology 111 ESC510 Mineralogy V ESC310 Geology Ill

ESC410 Geology IV ESC610 Mineralogy VI ESC310 Geology 111

ESC410 Geology IV CHC250 Organic CHC150 Organic

Chemistry II Chemistry I CHC350 Organic CHC250 Organic

Chemistry 111 Chemistry II CHC450 Organic CHC250 Organic

Chemistry IV Chemistry II


3 3

3

3 3

3

3 3

3

Co-requisite

137


CHC550 Organic CHC450 Organic Chemistry V Chemistry IV

CHC650 Organic CHC450 Organic Chemistry VI Chemistry IV

CHC380 Physical and CHC170 Physical Inorganic Chemistry I Chemistry 111

CHC480 Physical and CHC170 Physical Inorganic Chemistry I Chemistry IV CHC270 Physical

Chemistry 11 CHC580 Physical and CHC270 Physical

Inorganic Chemistry 11 Chemistry V CHC380 Physical and

Inorganic Chemistry Ill

CHC680 Physical and CHC380 Physical and Inorganic Inorganic Chemistry VI Chemistry 111

CHC480 Physical and Inorganic Chemistry IV


139

Department of Mathematics and Computer Science

140

DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS & COMPUTER SCIENCE

Head of Department: R.N. Gould, MSc(Lond), PhD(Hull).

Senior Lecturers: C.M. Bothwell, BSc, BEd, MLitSt(Old), ALCM.

J.L. Byrne, BSc(Old), MSc(Soton), PhD(Adel).

P.A. Dutton, Bsc, DipEd(Syd), MSc(NSW).

K.J. Gough, MSc, PhD(Well), GradNZEI.

J. Gudgeon, BSc(Hons)(Hull), FIMA.

C.R. Jones, MSc(Liv), FSS.

K.R. Macbeth, BSc(Hons)(Lond). MS(Calif), DipMath, MACE.

G.M. Mohay, BSc(Hons)(WAust), PhD(Monash), MACS.

Lecturers: J.S. Beck, BSc(Old).

C.C. Calder, MSc(Lond).

P.T.J. Cattell, BSc, BEd, DipCompSc(Old), MACS.

E.P. Dawson, BS, DipEd(Wash), MA(Syd).

K. Forbes, BSc(Old), MEngSc(NSW), MACS.

B.P. Garfoot, BSc(Hons)(N'cle NSW). PhD(Old).

C.G. Holland, BA(NE). BSc, B Econ, DiplnfProc(Old), MIREE(Aust), AAIM.

M. Ilic, MSc(Old).

D.F. Jelavic, BSc(NSW), DipEd(Syd).

M.T. Kelly, BSc, OipEd(Old).

M.R. Littler, BSc(Lond), OipMath, LIMA.

H.B. Nath, MA(Panj(1)). MSc(Old).

1.F. Ogle, MSc(NE), FSS, MBS.

O.J. O'Kane, BSc, OipCompSc(Old). MACS.

L.M. Scotney, BSc, OipEd(Old).

J. Staples, MSc(Melb), PhD(Bristol).

B.S. Tasker, BA(NE).

E.M. Walker, BSc(Hons)(Old), MSc(Oxon).

J.F. Warren, BEcon(Old), MSc(Cranm.

O.F. Welburn, BSc(Old).

M.A.B. Wolanowski, MSc(Lublin), PhD(Warsaw).

Senior Tutors: R.F. Hubbard, BA(NZ), MLitSt(Old).

Tutors: K.F. Anderson, BSc(Hons)(S'clyde), DipEd(Dun).

S.R. Buckley, BAppSc. DipTech(NSWIT).

J.D. Day, BE(Hons)(Syd), MEngSc(Old).

P.K. Frame, BSc(Syd).

R.A. Parslow, AOIT(Math).

S.J. Sugden, BSc(Old).

141

142

MAJ128 BACHELOR OF APPLIED SCIENCE - COMPUTING



3. For a registered student in a day program, the subjects and other work comprising the curriculum of the six semesters of study are as follows -

Normal Course Program -six semesters day program -

Semester 1 - Autumn

MAB351 MAB353 MAB355 MAB357 ACB181 CMB101

Introduction to Computing A Introduction to Computer Hardware Basic Mathematics A Applied Statistical Methods A Accounting Information Systems I Professional Communication A

Semester 2 - Spring

ACB297 MAB354 MAB356 MAB358 ACB281 CMB101

Introduction to Computing B Computers and Programming Basic Mathematics B Applied Statistical Methods B Accounting Information Systems II Professional Communication A

Semester 3 - Autumn


Switching Theory Data Structures Numerical Analysis I A Operations Research IA Information Systems I Professional Communication B

Semester 4 - Spring


Computer Organisation I Programming Languages Numerical Analysis I B Operations Research IB Information Systems 11 Professional Communication B


4 4 4 4 4

4 4 4 4 4

4 4 4 4 4

4 4 4 4 4

Semester 5 - Autumn

MAB951 MAB953 ACB597

(a) MAB955 (b) MAB957 (c) MNB081

Systems Programming A Computer Organisation II Information Systems 111

* Elective subjects Mathematical Methods Operations Research I IA Management

Semester 6 - Spring


(a) MAB956 (b) MAB958 (c) MNB091

Systems Programming B Project Work Information Systems IV

* Elective subjects Numerical Analysis II Operations Research 11 B Marketing

* Two of the three elective groupings denoted by (a), (b) and (c) must be chosen.

143

Approx. Formal

Hrs/wk.

4 4 4

4 4 4

4 4 4

4 4 4

4. For a registered student in an evening program, the subjects and other work of the twelve semesters of study are as follows -

Normal Course Program -twelve semesters evening program -

Semester 1 - Spring


Introduction to Computing A Introduction to Computer Hardware Accounting Information Systems I

Semester 2 - Autumn

ACB297 ACB281 CMB101

Introduction to Computing B Accounting Information Systems II Professional Communication A

Semester 3 - Spring

MAB355 MAB357

Basic Mathematics A Applied Statistical Methods A

Semester 4 - Autumn

MAB354 MAB356 MAB358

Computers and Programming Basic Mathematics B Applied Statistical Methods B


4 4 4

4 4 2

4 4

4 4 4

144

Semester 5 - Spring


Switching Theory Data Structures Information Systems I

Semester 6 - Autumn

MAB652 ACB497 CMB102

Computer Organisation I Information Systems II Professional Communication B

Semester 7 - Spring

MAB655 MAB657

Numerical Analysis I A Operations Research IA

Semester 8 - Autumn


Programming Languages Numerical Analysis IB Operations Research IB

Semester 9 - Spring


Systems Programming A Computer Organisation II Information Systems 111


MAB952 ACB697

Systems Programming B Information Systems IV


(a) MAB955 (b)MAB957 (c) MNB081

* Elective subjects Mathematical Methods Operations Research llA Management

Semester 12- Autumn

MAB960

(a) MAB956 (b)MAB958 (c) MNB091

Project Work * Elective subjects

Numerical Analysis 11 Operations Research 11 B Marketing

* Two of the three elective groupings denoted by (a), (b) and (c) must be chosen.


4 4 4

4 4 2

4 4

4 4 4

4 4 4

4 4

4 4 4

4

4 4 4

145



ACB181 Accounting MAB351 Introduction Information to Comput-Systems I ing A

ACB281 Accounting ACB181 Accounting Information Information Systems 11 Systems I

MAB358 Applied MAB357 Applied Statistical Statistical Methods B Methods A

MAB652 Coryiputer MAB651 Switching Organisation I Theory

MAB953 Computer MAB652 Computer Organisation 11 Organ-

isation I MAB354 Computers and MAB351 Introduction to

Programming Computing A MAB653 Data Structures MAB351 Introduction to

Computing A ACB397 Information ACB297 Introduction to

Systems I Computing B ACB497 Information ACB397 Information

Systems 11 Systems I ACB597 Information ACB497 Information

Systems Ill Systems 11 ACB697 Information ACB597 Information

Systems IV Systems 111 ACB297 Introduction to MAB351 Introduction to

Computing B Computing A MAB955 Mathematical MAB355 Basic Maths A

Methods MAB356 Basic Maths B MAB655 Numerical MAB351 Introduction to

Analysis IA Computing A MAB355 Basic

Mathematics A MAB356 Basic

Mathematics B MAB656 Numerical MAB655 Numerical

Analysis IB Analysis IA

MAB956 Numerical MAB955 Mathematical Analysis II Methods

MAB655 Numerical Analysis IA

MAB656 Numerical Analysis IB

146


MAB657 Operations MAB351 Introduction to Research IA Computing A

MAB355 Basic Mathematics A

MAB356 Basic Mathematics B

MAB658 Operations MAB657 Operations Research IB Research IA

MAB358 Applied Statistical Methods B

MAB957 Operations MAB657 Operations MAB658 Operations Research I IA Research IA Research I B

MAB958 Operations MAB957 Operations Research 11 B Research I IA

MAB654 Programming ACB297 Introduction to Languages Computing B


MAB651 Switching Theory MAB353 Introduction to Computer Hardware

MAB951 Systems MAB354 Computers and MAB953 Computer Programming A Programming Organisation II

MAB653 Data Structures MAB952 Systems MAB951 Systems

Programming B Programming A MAB960 Project Work Successful completion of at least the equivalent of

two-thirds of the normal course programme.


147

MAJ133 BACHELOR OF APPLIED SCIENCE - MATHEMATICS



3. Criteria for the Award of the Degree of Bachelor of Applied Science - Mathematics.

To be eligible for the award of the degree of Bachelor of Applied Science - Mathematics a registered student will have successfully completed a study program which is in accord with the following criteria:

The course of study will comprise subject units selected from the list given below having regard to specified pre-requisites and corequisites and include:

(i) all mandatory units;

(ii) at least 14 units above first year level;

(iii) at least 4 units above second year level;

(iv) at least 28 units having a minimum total tuition time of 84 semester hours of scheduled lecture/practical work.

First year level -

* MAB301 ' MAB302 * MAB305 * MAB306 * MAB331 * MAB310 * MAB342 * MAB308 * MAB309 * CMB104

*

Calculus and Analysis A Calculus and Analysis B Introduction to Computing A Introduction to Computing B Introductory Vector Analysis Linear Algebra Mathematics of Finance Mathematical Statistics I Modern Algebra Professional Communication First year elective units First year elective units First year elective units First year elective units

Second year level -

* MAB617 * MAB610 * MAB604 * MAB607 * MAB608 * MAB601

Applied Differential Equations Applied Linear Algebra Complex Variables Mathematical Statistics 11 A Mathematical Statistics 11 B Multivariable Calculus A

Approx. Formal

Hrs/wk.

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

3-6 3-6 3-6 3-6

3 3 3 3 3 3

148

Approx. Formal Second year level (cont.): Hrs/wk.

MAB641 ~ctuarial Mathematics 3 MAB609 Algebraic Structures 3 MAB635 Classical Theoretical Mechanics 3 MAB606 Computers and Programming 3 MAB636 Introductory Advanced Dynamics 3 MAB602 Multivariable Calculus C 3 MAB613 Numerical Analysis IA 3 MAB614 Numerical Analysis I B 3 MAB627 Operations Research I A 3

MAB628 Operations Research IB 3

MAB626 Topics in Mathematics I 3

MAB615 Topics in Mathematics llA 3 MAB616 Topics in Mathematics 118 3

Second year elective units 3-9 Second year elective units 3-9

Third year level -

MAB901 Analysis A 3

MAB902 Analysis B 3

MAB931 Elasticity 3

MAB938 Fluid Dynamics 3

MAB933 Theoretical Electromagnetism 3

MAB934 Applied Electromagnetism 3

MAB913 Numerical Analysis II 3

MAB921 Methods of Mathematical Physics A 3

MAB922 Methods of Mathematical Physics B 3

MAB907 Mathematical Statistics 111 A 3

MAB908 Mathematical Statistics 111 B 3

MAB941 Methods of Mathematical Economics 3 MAB924 Applied Statistical Techniques 3

MAB927 Operations Research 11 A 3

MAB928 Operations Research II B 3

MAB960 Project Work 3

NOTE:

(i) The units which are asterisked are mandatory, the remainder are referred to as optional.

(ii) The choice of 'elective units' will be subject to timetabling constraints but elective groupings for which timetabling arrangements may be expected to be made will include selections from the programs offered by the following Departments - Physics, Chemistry, Biology and Environmental Science, Applied Geology, Accountancy and Management. Students are advised to consult the Head of Department prior to their initial enrolment in an elective unit.

(iii) For the purpose of this rule, when computing the total semester hours for a particular program the numerals in the above table which indicate the semester hours applicable to particular units will be used.

149

(iv) The description of the criteria given above has been varied from that shown in the 1975 Handbook in order to take account of amendments to the course program approved by the Academic Board in Applied Science for introduction in 1976. Students admitted to the course prior to 1976 may either - (i) pursue their individual study programs having regard to the criteria described in the 1975 Handbook or (ii) in consultation with the Head of Department, select a program in accord with the description given above.

4. For a registered student in a day program a normal mode of progression which enables the units and other work comprising the curriculum of the six semesters of study to be completed in the standard time is as follows -

Example of possible course:

FIRST YEAR-

Semester 1 - Autumn (Total semester Hrs/wk: 15-18)

Calculus and Analysis A Introduction to Computing A Modem Algebra

MAB301 MAB305 MAB309 MAB331 CMB104

Introductory Vector Analysis Professional Communication OR First year elective unit

Semester 2 - Spring (Total semester Hrs/wk: 15-18)

MAB302 Calculus and Analysis B MAB308 Mathematical Statistics I MAB310 Linear Algebra MAB342 Mathematics of Finance MAB306 Introduction to Computing B OR

First year elective unit

SECOND YEAR -


MAB601 MAB607

Multivariable Calculus A Mathematical Statistics II A

MAB617 Applied Differential Equations TWO subject units chosen from among the following:

MAB609 Algebraic Structures MAB613 Numerical Analysis IA MAB615 Topics in Mathematics llA MAB627 Operations Research IA MAB635 Classical Theoretical Mechanics MAB641 Actuarial Mathematics CMB104 Professional Communication

First year level elective unit/s


3 3 3 3 3 3~

3 3 3 3 3

3-6

3 3 3

3 3 3 3 3 3 3

3-6

150

Approx. Formal Semester 4 - Spring (Total semester Hrs/wk: 15-18)


Complex Variables Mathematical Statistics II B Applied Linear Algebra

TWO subject units chosen from among the following: MAB602 Multivariable Calculus C MAB606 MAB614 MAB616 MAB626 MAB628 MAB636 MAB306

Computers and Programming Numerical Analysis IB Topics in Mathematics 11 B Topics in Mathematics I Operations Research I B Introductory Advanced Dynamics Introduction to Computing B First year level elective unit/s

THIRD YEAR-


FOUR subject units chosen from among the following:

Hrs/wk.

3 3 3

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

3-6

MAB609 Algebraic Structures 3 MAB613 Numerical Analysis IA 3 MAB615 MAB627 MAB635 MAB641 MAB901 MAB907 MAB913 MAB921 MAB927 MAB931 MAB933 MAB941

Topics in Mathematics II A Operations Research IA Classical Theoretical Mechanics Actuarial Mathematics Analysis A Mathematical Statistics 111 A Numerical Analysis 11 Methods of Mathematical Physics A Operations Research I IA Elasticity Theoretical Electromagnetism Methods of Mathematical Economics First year level elective unit/s Second year level elective unit/s


FOUR subject units chosen from among the following: MAB602 Multivariable Calculus C MAB606 MAB614 MAB616 MAB626 MAB628 MAB636 MAB902 MAB908 MAB922 MAB924

Computers and Programming Numerical Analysis I B Topics in Mathematics 11 B Topics in Mathematics I Operations Research I B Introductory Advanced Dynamics Analysis B Mathematical Statistics 111 B Methods of Mathematical Physics B Applied Statistical Techniques

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

3-6 3-9

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Semester 6 (Cont.)

MAB928 MAB934 MAB938 MAB960

NOTE:

Operations Research II B Applied Electromagnetism Fluid Dynamics Project Work First year level elective unit/s Second year level elective unit/s

151


3 3 3 3

3-6 3-9

(i) Students should consult the Head of Department prior to their initial enrolment in elective units. In particular for those students

'intending to enter the teaching profession, eligibility to enter particular teacher training courses on completion of their studies at this Institute may be affected. Students holding Queensland Department of Education Teacher Scholarships must consult the Head of Department regarding their course program.

(ii) In certain circumstances the choice of optional units may be specified by the Head of Department: the availability of such units may depend on time-tabling arrangements.

5. Registered students may be accepted into an evening program commencing in the Spring Semester. A normal mode of progression in these cases is available from the Department on request. For a registered student in an evening program commencing in the Autumn Semester a normal mode of progression which enables the units and other work comprising the curriculum of the twelve semesters of study to be completed in the standard time is as follows -

Example of possible course -


MAB342 Mathematics of Finance First year elective unit/s


MAB301 CMB104

Calculus and Analysis A Professional Communication First year elective unit/s

Semester 3 - Autumn (Total semester Hrs/wk: 6)

MAB302 MAB308

Calculus and Analysis B Mathematical Statistics I

Semester 4 - Spring (Total semester Hrs/wk: 9)


Introduction to Computing A Modern Algebra Introductory Vector Analysis


3 3-6

3 3

3-6

3 3

3 3 3

152


MA8306 MA8310

Introduction to Computing 8 Linear Algebra


MA8601 MA8607 MA8617

Multivariable Calculus A Mathematical Statistics 11 A Applied Differential Equations


MA8604 MA8608 MA8610

Complex Variables Mathematical Statistics 118 Applied Linear Algebra


TWO subject units chosen from among the following:


3 3

3 3 3

3 3 3

MA8602 Multivariable Calculus C 3 MA8606 Computers and Programming 3 MA8616 Topics in Mathematics 118 3 MA8626 Topics in Mathematics I 3 MA8908 Mathematical Statistics 1118 3 MA8924 Applied Statistical Techniques


THREE subject units chosen from among the following:

3

MA8609 Algebraic Structures 3 MA8613 MA8615 MA8627 MA8635 MA8641 MA8901 MA8907 MA8921 MA8931 MA8933 MA8941

Numerical Analysis IA Topics in Mathematics I IA Operations Research IA Classical Theoretical Mechanics Actuarial Mathematics Analysis A Mathematical Statistics 111 A Methods of Mathematical Physics A Elasticity Theoretical Electromagnetism Methods of Mathematical Economics First year elective unit/s Second year elective u nit/s



3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

3-6 3-6

MA8602 Multivariable Calculus C 3 MA8606 MA8614 MA8616 MA8626 MA8628

Computers and Programming Numerical Analysis I 8 Topics in Mathematics Topics in Mathematics I Operations Research 18

3 3 3 3 3

153

Approx. Formal Semester 10 (Cont.):

MAB636 MAB902 MAB908 MAB922 MAB924 MAB934 MAB938

Introductory Advanced Dynamics Analysis B Mathematical Statistics 111 B Methods of Mathematical Physics B Applied Statistical Techniques Applied Electromagnetism Fluid Dynamics First year elective unit/s Second year elective unit/s


THREE subject units chosen from among the following:

Hrs/wk.

3 3 3 3 3 3 3

3-6 3-9

MAB609 Algebraic Structures 3 MAB613 Numerical Analysis IA 3 MAB615 Topics in Mathematics llA 3 MAB627 MAB635 MAB641 MAB901 MAB907 MAB913 MAB921 MAB927 MAB931 MAB933 MAB941

Operations Research IA aassical Theoretical Mechanics Actuarial Mathematics Analysis A Mathematical Statistics 111 A Numerical Analysis 11 Methods of Mathematical Physics A Operations Research llA Elasticity Theoretical Electromagnetism Methods of Mathematical Economics First year elective unit/s Second year elective unit/s



3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

3-6 3-6

MAB602 Multivariable Calculus C 3 MAB606 MAB614 MAB616 MAB626 MAB628 MAB636 MAB902 MAB908 MAB922 MAB924 MAB928 MAB934 MAB938 MAB960

Computers and Programming Numerical Analysis I B Topics in Mathematics llB Topics in Mathematics I Operations Research I B Introductory Advanced Dynamics Analysis B Mathematical Statistics 111 B Methods of Mathematical Physics B Applied Statistical Techniques Operations Research 11 B Applied Electromagnetism Fluid Dynamics Project Work First year elective unit/s Second year elective unit/s

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

3-6 3-9

154

NOTE:

(i) Students should consult the Head of Department prior to their initial enrolment in elective units. In particular for those students intending to enter the teaching profession, eligibility to enter particular teacher training courses on completion of their studies at this Institute may be affected.

(ii) In certain circumstances the choice of optional units may be specified by the Head of Department: the availability of such units may depend on time-tabling arrangements.

155



1st year level -

MAB302 Calculus and MAB301 Calculus & Analysis B Analysis A

MAB306 Introduction to MAB305 Introduction Computing B to Comput-

ing A MAB308 Mathematical MAB302 Calculus &

Statistics I Analysis B MAB310 Lin'ear Algebra MAB331 Introductory

Vector Analysis

2nd year level -

MAB617 Applied MAB301 Calculus and Differential Analysis A Equations MAB302 Calculus and

Analysis B MAB604 Complex Variables MAB601 Multivariable

Calculus A MAB607 Mathematical MAB301 Calculus and

Statistics II A Analysis A MAB302 Calculus and

Analysis B MAB308 Mathematical

Statistics I MAB608 Mathematical MAB607 Mathematical

Statistics 11 B Statistics II A MAB601 Multivariable MAB301 Calculus and

Calculus A Analysis A MAB302 Calculus and

Analysis B MAB602 Multi variable MAB601 Multi variable

Calculus C Calculus A MAB641 Actuarial MAB342 Mathematics

Mathematics of Finance MAB609 Algebraic MAB309 Modern Algebra

Structures MAB610 Applied Linear MAB310 Linear Algebra

Algebra MAB635 Classical Theoret- MAB331 Introductory MAB617 Applied

ical Mechanics Vector Analysis Differential Equations

MAB606 Computers and MAB305 Introduction to Programming Computing A

MAB626 Topics in MAB301 Calculus and Mathematics I Analysis A

156

Subject Pre-requisite Co-req ui site

MAB616 Topics in MAB309 Modern Algebra Mathematics 11 B

MAB636 Introductory MAB635 Classical Advanced Theoretical Dynamics Mechanics

MAB601 Multivariable Calculus A

MAB617 Applied Differential Equations

MAB613 Numerical MAB301 Calculus and Analysis IA Analysis A

MAB310 Linear Algebra MAB305 Introduction to

Computing A MAB614 Numerical MAB613 Numerical

Analysis IB Analysis IA MAB627 Operations MAB301 Calculus and

Research IA Analysis A MAB310 Linear Algebra MAB305 Introduction to

Computing A MAB628 Operations MAB308 Mathematical

Research JB Statistics I MAB627 Operations

Research IA 3rd year level -

MAB901 Analysis A MAB601 Multivariable Calculus A

MAB902 Analysis B MAB901 Analysis A MAB934 Applied MAB601 Multivariable

Electromagnetism Calculus A MAB604 Complex Variables MAB602 Multi variable

Calculus C MAB924 Applied MNB132 Macro-economics

Statistical MNB232 Micro-economics Techniques MAB607 Mathematical

Statistics 11 A MAB608 Mathematical

Statistics II B MAB931 Elasticity MAB635 Classical

Theoretical Mechanics


MAB602 Multivariable Calculus C

MAB604 Complex Variables

157


MAB938 Fluid Dynamics MAB635 Classical Theoretical Mechanics



MAB604 Complex Variables MAB907 Mathematical MAB608 Mathematical

Statistics 11 IA Statistics 11 B MAB908 Mathematical MAB608 Mathematical

ptatistics II I B Statistics 11 B MAB941 Methods of MAB601 Multi variable

Mathematical Calculus A Economics MAB617 Applied

Differential Equations

MAB310 Li near Algebra MNB132 Macro-economics MNB232 Micro-economics

MAB921 Methods of MAB635 Classical Mathematical Theoretical Physics A Mechanics

MAB601 Multi variable Calculus A


MAB604 Complex Variables MAB617 Applied


MAB922 Methods of MAB635 Classical Mathematical Theoretical Physics B Mechanics



MAB604 Complex Variables MAB617 Applied


MAB913 Numerical MAB613 Numerical Analysis II Analysis IA


MAB927 Operations MAB627 Operations MAB628 Operations Research llA Research IA Research IB

MAB928 Operations MAB927 Operations Research II B Research II A

158

Subject Pre-requisite

MAB933 Theoretical MAB601 Multivariable Electromagnetism Calculus A

MAB960 Project Work

MAB602 Multivariable Calculus B

MAB604 Complex Variables Successful completion of at

least two third year level optional subject units in addition to all mandatory mathematics units.

Co-requisite


159

Department of Paramedical Studies

160

DEPARTMENT OF PARAMEDICAL STUDIES

Head of Department: J.R. Saal, DMT, FAIMT.

Senior Lecturers: E.A. Bennett, BSc(Hons)(Old).

C.R. McDonald, BSc(Adel), MIBiol.

V.N. Verney, FBOA, HD, DOrth,FAAO.

A.J. Webber, MS(G'town Wash DC), DMT, FAIMT.

Lecturers: J.D. Bevan, DipAppSc(OIT).

T.N. Cassidy, BSc(Old).

J.F. Coulson, BPharm(Hons)(Lond), MPharm(Old), PhD(Strathclyde), PhC.

C.J. Craven, MSc(Old), AAACB.

B.H. Fleming, DipPHlnsp(RSH), AAIHS.

L.F. Garner, BAppSc(Melb), PhD(City), LOSc, DipEd(Melb), FAAO.

M.L. Harland, BSc(Old).

B.M. Keeffe, DipPHlnsp(RSH), FRSH, FAIHS.

B.W. Macdonald, BAppSc(OIT), BSc(Hons)(QldL DMT, AAIMT.

R.J. Sheedy, BSc(Hons)(Old).

P.P. Stallybrass, BAppSc(OIT), DMT, FAIMT.

D.H. Staples, BSc(Melb), PhD(Bristol).

B.G. Stevens, BSc(Hons)(Qld).

P.G. Swan, BSc(Hons)(Aston), FBOA.

N.A. Tingle, BAppSc(OIT), DMT, FAIMT.

B.J.M. Tuffley, BSc(Hons)(Old), MSc(Old), MACE.

Y.E. Webb, BSc(Old), DipNutDiet(Syd), AFCIA.

C.F. Wildsoet, DipAppSc(OIT).

P.A. Wood, BSc(Hons)(Old).

D.M. Wyatt, BAppSc(OIT), AAIMT.

Senior Tutor: A.J. Anderson, BSc(Hons), MSc(Old).

Tutors: C.R. Gravatt, MSc(Otago), PhD(Qld).

H.S.F. Loh, BSc(UNE), AAIMT.

D. Stormont, BSc(Hons)(Old).


101

P.B. Campbell, Technician Division II

1.F. Coombe, FIMLS, AAIMT, Technologist Division I

J.L. Findlayson, DMT, AIMT, Senior Technician Division I.

G. Giebel, Technician Division 11.

S.J. Gill, BSc(Gld), Technologist Division II.

G. Street, BSc(Gld), Technician Division 11.

T.W. Sweatman, Workshop Demonstrator Division I.

M.E. Williams, DMT, AAIMT, Laboratory Technician Division II.

162

PSM175 GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN NUTRITION & DIETETICS




4. For a registered student in the day program, the subjects of the course of study are as follows:

Normal Course Program -three semester day program - Approx. Formal

Semester 1 - Autumn

PSP111 PSP141 PSP102 PSP171 CMP111 CMP112 PSP143 PSP151 MAP251 MAB253 PSP103

Biochemistry of Nutrients Clinical Physiology Food Technology and Production Principles of Education Sociology and Communication Sociology and Psychology Food Promotion and Public Health Services Microbiology of Food Statistics Basic Computer Science Nutrition within the Community

Semester 2 - Spring

PSP101 PSP131 PSP135 MNP053 PSP104 PSP121 PSP142

Animal Nutrition Large Scale Feeding Principles of Catering Management Nutrition of Specific Groups Therapeutic Dietetics Medicine

Semester 3 - Autumn

PSP132 PSP122

Practice in Large Scale Feeding (Y, semester) Practice in Therapeutic Dietetics (Y, semester)

Hrs/wk.

5 4 2 2 2

4 1 2 2

3 5 2 3 3 8 2

24 24

5 . Before entering the third semester of study, students shall have completed all units of the first and second semester.



PSP101 Animal Nutrition PSP111 Biochemistry of Nutrients

PSP131 Large Scale PSP151 Microbiology of Feeding Food

PSP104 Nutrition of PSP111 Biochemistry of Specific Groups Nutrients

PSP121 Therapeutic PSP141 Clinical Physiology Dietetics

PSP132 Practice in Large Scale Feeding Completion of all

PSP122 Practice in subjects of Therpaeutic Semesters 1 and 2. Dietetics


163

164

PSJ126 - DAY : PSJ170 - EVENING BACHELOR OF APPLIED SCIENCE -

MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY



3. For a registered student in a day program, the subjects and other work of the six semesters of study comprising the curriculum are as fol I ows -

Normal Course Program -six semester day program -

Semester 1 - Autumn

CHB142 PSB101 BEB101 MAB251 PHB120

Chemistry I Human Genetics and Embryology Cell Biology Mathematics I Physics IT

Semester 2 - Spring

CHB242 BEB109 MAB252 PHB121

Chemistry 11 General Biology Statistics Physics I IT

Semester 3 - Autumn

PSB413 PSB427 CHB312 PSB440 PSB450 MAB253 CMB102 PSB448 PSB449 PSD428

Biological Chemistry 111 General Anatomy Analytical Chemistry 111 Laboratory Technology 111 Microbiology 111 Basic Computer Science Professional Communication B Haematology 111 OR H istotechnology 111 An Introduction to General Pathology

Semester 4 - Spring

PSB414 PSB435 CHB482 PSB441 PSB452 MAB258

Biological Chemistry IV Human Physiology Physical and Inorganic Chemistry IV Laboratory Technology IV Microbiology IVA Experimental Design


7 3 3 4 6

7 6 2 6

5 5 1 3 3 2 2 3 3

5 7 1 3 3 2

Semester 4 (Cont.)

PSD429 PSB448 PSB449

An Introduction to Special Pathology Haematology Ill OR Histotechnology Ill

Semester 5 - Autumn

PSB718 PSB726 PSB737 PSB753 PSB747 PSB790

Clinical Biochemistry V Haematology V Basic Immunology Microbiology V Medical Technology V Histotechnology V

Semester 6 - Spring

PSB719 PSB738 PSB754 PSB748 PSB791 PSB727

Clinical Biochemistry VI Clinical Immunology Microbiology VI Medical Technology VI Histochemistry Haematology VI

165


3 3

4 4 4 7 3 3

4 4 7 3 3 4

4. For a registered student in an evening program the subjects and other work of the twelve semesters of study are as follows -

Normal Course Program -twelve semesters evening program -

Semester 1 - Autumn

CHB142 BEB109

Chemistry I General Biology

Semester 2 - Spring

CHB242 BEB101 PSB101

Chemistry 11 Cell Biology Human Genetics and Embryology

Semester 3 - Autumn

MAB251 PHB120 PSB448

Mathematics I Physics IT Haematology 111

Semester 4 - Spring

MAB252 PHB121 PSB449

Statistics Physics llT Histotechnology Ill


6 5

6 2 3

3 6 3

2 6 3

166

Semester 5 - Autumn

PSB427 PSB436 CMB102

General Anatomy Human Physiology A Professional Communication B

Semester 6 - Spring

PSB413 PSB437

Biological Chemistry 111 Human Physiology B Tutorial

Semester 7 - Autumn

PSB414 MAB253 CHB312 PSB440

Biological Chemistry IV Basic Computer Science Analytical Chemistry 111 Laboratory Technology 111

Semester 8 - Spring

MAB258 CHB482 PSB441 PSB451

Experimental Design Physical & Inorganic Chemistry IV Laboratory Technology IV Microbiology IV

Semester 9 - Autumn

PSB718 PSB726 PSB790 PSB745

Clinical Biochemistry V Haematology V Histotechnology V Medical Technology VA



Clinical Biochemistry VI Haematology VI Histochemistry Medical Technology VB


PSB754 PSB737 PSB749

Microbiology VI Basic Immunology Medical Technology VIA


PSB753 PSB738 PSB750

Microbiology V Clinical Immunology Medical Technology VIB


5 3% 2

5 3% 1

5 2 1 3

2 1

3 6

4 4 3 1%

4 4 3 1%

7 4 1%

7 4

1%

5. Students may be exempted from the whole or part of the program in PSB448 Haematology 111 and PSB449 Histotechnology 111 on providing evidence of training and experience in these units acceptable to the Head of Department.

167



CHB312 Analytical CHB242 Chemistry 11 Chemistry 111

PSB737 Basic Immunology PSB414 Biological Chemistry IV

PSB435 Human Physiology OR PSB437 Human Physiology B PSB452 Microbiology IVA

PSB413 Biological CHB142 Chemistry I Chemistry 111 CHB242 Chemistry 11

PHB120 Physics IT PSB414 Biological PSB413 Biological

Chemistry IV Chemistry Ill CHB242 Chemistry 11 CHB142 Chemistry I PSB718 Clinical PSB414 Biological MAB252 Statistics

Biochemistry V Chemistry IV PSB441 Laboratory

Technology IV PSB435 Human Physiology OR PSB437 Human Physiology B

PSB719 Clinical PSB718 Clinical Biochemistry VI Biochemistry V

PSB738 Clinical PSB737 Basic Immunology Immunology

MAB258 Experimental MAB252 Statistics Design

PSB427 General Anatomy BEB101 Cell Biology PSB448 Haematology 111 PSB101 Human

Genetics & Embryology

BEB101 Cell Biology CHB242 Chemistry 11

PSB726 Haematology V PSB414 Biological Chemistry IV

PSB435 Human Physiology OR PSB437 Human Physiology B PSB441 Laboratory

Technology IV PSB448 Haematology 111

PSB727 Haematology VI PSB726 Haematology V PSB791 Histochemistry PSB790 Histotechnology V PSB449 Histotechnology 111 PSB101 Human

Genetics & Embryology

BEB101 Cell Biology CHB242 Chemistry 11

168


PSB790 Histotechnology V PSB414 Biological Chemistry IV

PSB427 General Anatomy PSB435 Human Physiology OR PSB437 Human Physiology B PSB449 Histotechnology 111

PSB435 Human Physiology PSB427 General Anatomy CHB242 Chemistry 11

PSB436 Human PSB427 General Anatomy Physiology A CHB242 Chemistry II

PSB437 Human PSB436 Human Physiology B Physiology A

PSB440 Laboratory CHB242 Chemistry 11 CHB312 Analytical Technology 111 PHB120 Physics IT Chemistry 111

PHB121 Physics llT PSB441 Laboratory PSB440 Laboratory

Technology IV Technology Ill PSB747 Medical At least ONE of the

Technology V following units: PSB718 Clinical

Biochemistry V PSB726 Haematology V PSB737 Basic

Immunology PSB790 Histotechnology PSB452 Microbiology IV.

PSB745 Medical At least ONE of the Technology VA following units:

PSB718 Clinical Biochemistry V

PSB726 Haematology V PSB790 Histotechnology PSB451 Microbiology IV

PSB746 Medical PSB745 Medical Technology VB Technology VA

PSB748 Medical PSB747 Medical Technology VI Technology V

PSB749 Medical PSB746 Medical Technology VIA Technology VB

PSB750 Medical PSB749 Medical Technology VIS Technology VIA

PSB450 Microbiology Ill PSB413 Biological Chemistry 111

PSB451 Microbiology IV BEB109 General PSB414 Biological Biology Chemistry IV

BEB101 Cell Biology PSB452 Microbiology IV A PSB450 Microbiology 111 PSB414 Biological

Chemistry IV

Subject

PSB753 Microbiology V

PSB754 Microbiology VI


CHB482 Physical and Inorganic Chemistry IV

Pre-reqwsite Co-requisite

PSB452 Microbiology IVA OR

PSB451 Microbiology IV AND

PSB414 Biological Chemistry IV

PSB452 Microbiology IVA OR

PSB451 Microbiology IV CHB152 Organic

Chemistry I CHB242 Chemistry 11


169

170

PSK134 DIPLOMA OF APPLIED SCIENCE - OPTOMETRY



3. A registered student may enrol only in a day program.

4. For a registered student in the day program, the subjects and other work of the six semesters of study comprising the curriculum are as follows -

Semester 1 - Autumn

PHD140 BEB109 MNA129 PSD167 CMB102 PSD111

Optics I General Biology General Psychology I Ophthalmic Dispensing l Professional Communication B Medical Chemistry

Semester 2 - Spring

PHD141 BEB101 MNA130 PSB427 PSD168 PSD112 PSB101

Optics 11 Cell Biology General Psychology ll General Anatomy Ophthalmic Dispensing 11 Biochemistry Human Genetics and Embryology

Semester 3 - Autumn

PSD441 PSD428 PSD468 PSD411 PSD419 PSD425 MAD253 PSD465

Human Physiology An Introduction to General Pathology Ophthalmic Dispensing 111 Applied Visual Science 111 Clinical Optometry 111 Fundamentals of Visual Science 111 Statistics and Data Processing Ocular Anatomy

Semester 4 - Spring

PSD466 PSD429 PSD469 PSD412 PSD420 PSD426

Ocular Physiology An Introduction to Special Pathology Ophthalmic Dispensing IV Applied Visual Science IV Clinical Optometry IV Fundamentals of Visual Science IV


7 6 2 3 2 5

7 3 2 5 1 4 3

7 1

2 4 4 4 2

2 1 3 6 9 4

Semester 5 - Autumn

PSD703 PSD731 PSD733 PSD766

Applied Visual Science V Clinical Optometry V Contact Lens Studies Ocular Pathology V Assigned Optometry

Semester 6 - Spring

PSD704 PSD732 PSD767 MNA072

Applied Visual Science VI Clinical Optometry VI Ocular Pathology VI Introduction to Business Assigned Optometry


Subject

PSD411 Applied Visual Science Ill

PSD412 Applied Visual Science IV

PSD703 Applied Visual Science V

PSD704 Applied Visual Science VI

PSD112 Biochemistry PSD419 Clinical

Optometry 111

Pre-requisite

MNA 130 General Psychology 11

PS D411 Applied Science Ill


PSD111 Medical Chemistry

171


4 11 4 3 3

4 15

2 3

Co-requisite

PSD425 Fundamentals of Visual Science Ill

PSD419 Clinical Optometry Ill

PSD468 Ophthalmic Dispensing Ill

PSD426 Fundamentals of Visual Science IV

PSD420 Clinical Optometry IV

PSD469 Ophthalmic Dispensing IV


PSD732 Clinical Optometry VI

PSD767 Ocular Pathology VI


PSD411 AppliedVisual Science Ill


172


PSD420 Clinical PSD419 Clinical PSD426 Fundamentals Optometry IV Optometry 111 of Visual

Science IV PSD412 Applied Visual

Science IV PSD469 Ophthalmic

Dispensing IV PSD731 Clinical PSD420 Clinical PSD766 Ocular

Optometry V Optometry IV Pathology V PSD733 Contact Lens

Studies PSD732 Clinical PSD733 Contact Lens PSD704 Applied Visual

Optometry VI Studies Science VI PSD731 Clinical PSD767 Ocular

Optometry V Pathology VI PSD733 Contact Lens PSD766 Ocular

Studies Pathology V PSD703 Applied Visual

Science V PSD731 Clinical

Optometry V PSD425 Fundamentals of PSD168 Ophthalmic

Visual Science 111 Dispensing 11 PHD141 Optics II MNA130 General

Psychology 11 PSD426 Fundamentals of PSD425 Fundamentals of

Visual Science IV Visual Science 111 PSB427 General Anatomy BEB101 Cell Biology MNA130 General MNA129 General

Psychology 11 Psychology I PSB435 Human Physiology PSB427 General Anatomy PSD465 Ocular Anatomy PSB427 General Anatomy PSD466 Ocular Physiology PSD465 Ocular Anatomy PSD766 Ocular PSD420 Clinical PSD703 Applied Visual

Pathology V Optometry IV Science V PSD429 An Introduction PSD731 Clinical

to Special Optometry V Pathology PSD733 Contact Lens

Studies PSD767 Ocular PSD766 Ocular PSD721 Clinical

Pathology VI Pathology V Optometry VI PSD704 Applied Visual

Science VI

PSD168 Ophthalmic PSD167 Ophthalmic PHD141 Optics II Dispensing II Dispensing I

PSD468 Ophthalmic PSD168 Ophthalmic PSD419 Clinical Dispensing 111 Dispensing 11 Optometry Ill

PHD141 Optics 11

Subject


Pre-requisite

PS D468 Ophthalmic Dispensing 111

173

Co-requisite




174

PSK172 DIPLOMA OF APPLIED SCIENCE - CHIROPODY




4. For a registered student in the day program the subjects and other work of the six semesters of study comprising the curriculum are as follows -

Normal course program -six semesters day program -

Semester 1 - Autumn

PSD111 PHD121 BEB109 MNA129 PSD121

Medical Chemistry Medical Physics General Biology General Psychology I Chiropody I

Semester 2 - Spring

PSD112 PSB427 BEB101 PSB101 MNA130 CMB102 PSD122

Biochemistry General Anatomy Cell Biology Human Genetics and Embryology General Psychology 11 Professional Communication B Chiropody II

Semester 3 - Autumn

PSD441 PSD451 MAD253 PSD423 PSD421

Human Physiology Microbiology Statistics and Data Processing Pedology 111 Chiropody Ill

Semester 4 - Spring


5 5 6 2 5

4 5 3 3 2 2 6

7 3 2 9 6

PSD403 CMD411 PSD424 PSD422

Introductory Medicine, Surgery and Pathology 5 ~ci~~ 2 Pedology IV 9 Chiropody IV 11

Semester 5 - Autumn

PSD701 PSD723 PSD721

Dermatology Therapeutics V Chiropody V

Semester 6 - Spring

MNA072 PSD724 PSD722

Introduction to Business Therapeutics VI Chiropody VI

175


2 12 13

2 12 13

Eight weeks clinical practice in an approved Institution is required during'vacations in second and third years.



PSD112 Biochemistry PSD111 Medical Chemistry PSD122 Chiropody 11 PSD121 Chiropody I PSD421 Chiropody Ill PSD122 Chiropody II PSD422 Chiropody IV PSD421 Chiropody Ill PSD721 Chiropody V PSD422 Chiropody IV PSD722 Chiropody VI PSD721 Chiropody V PSD701 Dermatology PSD403 Introductory

Medicine and Surgery Pathology

PSB4?7 General Anatomy BEB101 Cell Biology MNA130 General MNA129 General

Psychology 11 Psychology I PSD441 Human Physiology PSB427 General Anatomy PSB427 General

Anatomy PSD403 Introductory PSD441 Human Physiology

Medicine and Surgery Pathology

PSD451 Microbiology BEB109 General Biology

PSD423 Podology 111 PSD441 Human Physiology

PSD424 Podology IV PSD423 Podology 111 PSD723 Therapeutics V PSD112 Biochemistry

PSD441 Human Physiology PSD724 Therapeutics VI PSD723 Therapeutics V


176

PSL 173 ASSOCIATE DIPLOMA IN HEAL TH SURVEYING



3. Evening program students shall be employed in approved employment throughout the course.

4. For a registered student in a day program, the subjects and other work of the four semesters of study comprising the curriculum are as follows -

Normal course program -four semesters day program -

Semester 1 - Autumn

PSA 111 PHA 111 PSA151 PSA141 MAA251 PSA101 PSA 131

Biological Chemistry I Medical Physics Microbiology I Human Anatomy and Physiology I Statistics and Data Processing An Introduction to Medicine Health Surveying I

Semester 2 - Spring

PSA152 PSA142 CMB102 SVA152 CMA211 PSA132 SVA155 PSA106

Microbiology 11 Human Anatomy and Physiology 11 Professional Communication B Land Use Social CommunitY 11 Health Surveying II Geographical Studies Administration 11

Semester 3 - Autumn

PSA421 MNA128 PSA431 PSA404 CMA311 ARS104 ARS101

An Introduction to Pathology Introduction to Psychology Health Surveying 111 Administration 111 Social CommunitY 111 Principles of Town Planning Building Construction

Approx. Formal

Hrs/wk.

5 3 3 3 2 2 2

4 4 2 2 2 6 2 2

14 2 2 2 3

Semester 4 - Spring

ARS105 PSA432 ARS102 ARS103

Man and His Environment Health Surveying IV Building Services Building Surveying

177


2 18

3 2

5. For a student in an evening program, the subjects and other work comprising the curriculum of the eight semesters of study are as follows -

Normal Course Program -eight semesters evening program -

Semester 1 - Autumn

PSA 111 PHA 111 MAA251

Biological Chemistry I Medical Physics Statistics and Data Processing

Semester 2 - Spring

PSA151 PSA141 PSA101 PSA 131

Microbiology I Human Anatomy and Physiology I An Introduction to Medicine Health Surveying I

Semester 3 - Autumn

PSA152 CMA211 SVA155 CMB102

Microbiology II Social Community II Geographical Studies Professional Communication B

Semester 4 - Spring

SVA152 PSA142 PSA106 PSA132

Land Use Human Anatomy and Physiology 11 Administration 11 Health Surveying 11

Semester 5 - Autumn

PSA421 PSA404 CMA311 PSA433

An Introduction to Pathology Administration 111 Social Community 111 Health Surveying 111 A

Semester 6 - Spring

MNA128 ARS101 ARS104 PSA434

Introduction to Psychology Building Construction Principles of Town Planning Health Surveying lllB


4 3 2

3 3 2

3 2 2 2

2 3 2 2

2 2 4

2 4

178

Semester 7 - Autumn

ARS105 ARS102 PSA435

Man and His Environment Building Services Health Surveying IVA

Semester 8 - Spring

ARS103 PSA436

Building Surveying Health Surveying IVB



2 3 4

2 6


PSA152 Microbiology 11 PSA151 Microbiology I PSA 111 Biological Chemistry

PSA142 Human Anatomy PSA141 Human Anatomy & Physiology 11 & Physiology I

PSA132 Health PSA 131 Health Surveying I Surveying II PSA151 Microbiology I

PSA 111 Biological Chemistry PSA421 An Introduction PSA142 Human Anatomy

to Pathology & Physiology II PSA431 Health PSA152 Microbiology 11

Surveying II I PSA433 Health PSA152 Microbiology 11

Surveying II IA PSA434 Health PSA433 Health

Survyeing II I B Surveying lllA CMA311 Social CMA211 Social

Community 111 Community 11 ARS104 Principles of SVA152 Land Use

Town Planning SVA155 Geographical Studies

PSA432 Health Surveying PSA404 Administration 111

IV PSA132 Health Surveying II PSA431 Health Surveying 111

PSA435 Health PSA404 Administration 111 Surveying IVA PSA132 Health Surveying II

PSA431 Health Surveying 111 PSA436 Health PSA435 Health

Surveying IVB Health Surveying IVA ARS102 Building Services ARS101 Building Construction ARS103 Building ARS101 Building

Surveying Construction


179

PSL 182 ASSOCIATE DIPLOMA IN CLINICAL LABORATORY TECHNIQUES



3. For a registered student in a day program the subjects and other work of the four semesters of study comprising the curriculum are as follows:

Normal Course Program -four semester day program

Semester 1 - Autumn

PSA 111 PHA111 PSA151 PSA141 MAA251 PSA101 PSA102

Biological Chemistry I Medical Physics Microbiology I Human Anatomy & Physiology I Statistics & Data Processing An Introduction to Medicine An Introduction to Clinical Techniques

Semester 2 - Spring

PSA152 PSA142

Microbiology 11 Human Anatomy & Physiology 11

CMB102 Professional Communication B PSA 112 Biological Chemistry 11

Electives (TWO of the following): PSA121 Instrumentation llA PSA122

* PHA211 * PHA212

Instrumentation II B Instrumentation llC Instrumentation II D

Semester 3 - Autumn

PSA421 An Introduction to Pathology MNA128 Introduction to Psychology PSA441 Human Physiology

Electives (FOUR of the following): PSA461 Histological Techniques Ill PSA452 Clinical Bacteriological Techniques Ill

* PSA463 Cytological Techniques 111 PSA471 Clinical Biochemical Techniques Ill

* PSA456 Parasitological Techniques 111 * PSA481 Animal Care Techniques Ill

PSA491

* PSA442 * PHA311 * PSA433

Haematological Techniques 111 Electrographic Techniques Medical Instrumentation 111 Physiological Techniques 111

Instrumentation subject not selected from Semester 2


5 3 3 3 2 2 3

4 4 2 5

4

4

1 3

5 5 4 5 4 4 5 4 4 4 4

180

Approx. Formal

Semester 4 - Spring Hrs/wk.

ARS105 Man and His Environment 2 PSA 103 Elements of Laboratory Management 2

Electives (FOUR of the following): PSA462 Histological Techniques IV 5

* PSA464 Cytological Techniques IV 4 PSA492 Haematological Techniques IV 5 PSA472 Clinical Biochemical Techniques IV 5 PSA457 Virological & Mycological Techniques IV 5

* PHA411 MedicallnstrumentationlV 4 * PSA482 Animal Care Techniques IV 4 * PSA455 Immunological Techniques IV 4 * PSA493 Cytogenetics Techniques IV 4 * PSA466 Electron Micrographic Techniques 4

Techniques subjects not selected previously from Semester 3

* Available in evening program only and, subject to the constraints of enrolments, budget and timetables.

4. For a registered student in an evening program, the subjects and other work of the eight semesters of study are as follows -

Normal Course Program -eight semester evening program -

Semester 1 - Autumn

PSA 111 PHA111 MAA251

Biological Chemistry I Medical Physics Statistics and Data Processing

Semester 2 - Spring

PSA151 PSA141 PSA 101

Microbiology I Human Anatomy and Physiology I An Introduction to Medicine

Semester 3 - Autumn

PSA142 CMB102 PSA112

Human Anatomy & Physiology 11 Professional Communication B Biological Chemistry 11

Semester 4 - Spring

PSA 152 Microbiology 11 Electives (TWO of the following):

PSA121 Instrumentation llA PSA122 PHA211 PHA212

Instrumentation 11 B Instrumentation I IC Instrumentation llD


4 3 2

3 3 2

3 2 4

3

3

3

181

Semester 5 - Autumn Approx. Formal

Hrs/wk.

PSA441 Human Physiology Electives (TWO of the following)

PSA461 Histological Techniques 111 PSA452 Clinical Bacteriological Techniques 111 PSA463 Cytological Techniques 111 PSA471 PSA456 PSA481 PSA443 PSA491 PSA442 PHAJ11

Clinical Biochemical Techniques Ill Parasit'ological Techniques 111 Animal Care Techniques 111 Physiological Techniques 111 Haematological Techniques 111 Electrographic Techniques Medical Instrumentation 111

Semester 6 - Spring

MNA128 Introduction to Psychology PSA421 An Introduction to Pathology

Electives (two of those not selected previously from Semester 5)

Semester 7 - Autumn

3

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

8

ARS105 Man and His Environment 2 Electives (TWO of the following):

PSA462 Histological Techniques IV 4 PSA464 Cytological Techniques IV 4 PSA492 Haematological Techniques IV 4 PSA457 Virological & Mycological Techniques IV 4 PHA411 PSA482 PSA455 PSA493 PSA466 PSA472

Medical Instrumentation IV Animal Care Techniques IV Immunological Techniques IV Cytogenetics Techniques IV Electron Micrographic Techniques Clinical Biochemical Techniques IV

Semester 8 - Spring

4 4 4 4 4 4

PSA 103 Elements of Laboratory Management 2 Electives (two of those not selected previously from Semesters 5 or 7) 8

5. Students may be exempted from the whole or part of a unit on providing evidence of training and experience acceptable to the Head of Department.

182



PSA481 Animal Care PSA152 Microbiology 11 PSA421 An Intro-Techniques 111 PSA112 Biological duction to

Chemistry 11 Pathology PSA142 Human Anatomy

& Physiology II PSA482 Animal Care PSA481 Animal Care

Techniques IV Techniques 111 PSA421 An Introduction PSA141 Human Anatomy

to Pathology & Physiology I PSA 101 An Introduction

to Medicine PSA112 Biological PSA 111 Biological PSA121 Inst rumen-

Chemistry 11 Chemistry I tation llA PSA151 Microbiology I

PSA452 Clinical Bacterio- PSA152 Microbiology 11 logical Techniques 111

PSA471 Clinical PSA112 Biological Biochemical Chemistry 11 Techniques 111 PSA142 Human Anatomy

& Physiology II PSA121 Instrumentation II A PSA122 Instrumentation JIB

PSA472 Clinical PSA471 Clinical Biochemical Biochemical Techniques IV Techniques 111

PSA463 Cytological PSA142 Human Anatomy PSA461 Histological Techniques 111 & Physiology II Techniques Ill

PSA464 Cytological PSA463 Cytological Techniques IV Techniques 111

PSA442 Electrographic PHA212 Instrumentation PSA441 Human Techniques II D Physiology

PSA466 Electron PSA461 Histological Micrographic Techniques 111 Techniques

PSA491 Haematological PSA142 Human Anatomy Techniques 111 & Physiology 11

PSA112 Biological Chemistry 11

PSA121 Instrumentation II A PSA122 Instrumentation II B

PSA492 Haematological PSA491 Haematological Techniques IV Techniques 111

183


PSA461 Histological PSA142 Human Anatomy Techniques Ill & Physiology II

PSA112 Biological Chemistry II

PSA121 Instrumentation I IA PSA462 Histological PSA461 Histological

Techniques IV Techniques II I PSA142 Human Anatomy PSA141 Human Anatomy

& Physiology 11 & Physiology I PSA 111 Biological Chemistry I

PSA441 Human PSA142 Human Anatomy Physiology & Physiology II

PSA112 Biological Ch em ist ry II

PSA455 Immunological PSA152 Microbiology 11 Techniques IV PSA 142 Human Anatomy

~ & Physiology II

PSA 121 Instrumentation llA PHA111 Medical Physics

PSA122 Instrumentation PSA 111 Biological llB Chemistry I

PHA211 Instrumentation ! llC

PHA212 Instrumentation PHA 111 Medical Physics PSA142 Human llD PSA 111 Biological Anatomy &

Chemistry I Physiology PSA141 Human Anatomy II

& Physiology I PHA311 Medical PHA211 Instrumentation

I nstru mentati on llC II I

PHA411 Medical lnstru· PHA311 Medical I nstru· mentation IV mentation 111

PSA152 Microbiology II PSA 151 Microbiology I PSA112 Biological Chemistry 11

PSA456 Parasitological PSA151 Microbiology I PSA461 Histological Techniques II I Techniques

II I PSA433 Physiological PSA112 Biological PSA441 Human

Techniques 111 Chemistry II Physiology PHA212 Instrumentation PSA471 Clinical

llD Biochemical Techniques 111

PSA457 Virological & PSA152 Microbiology 11 Mycological Techniques IV


185

Department of Physics

186

DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS

Head of Department: B.W. Thomas, MSc, PhD, DipEd(WA), FAIP, MlnstP.

Senior Lecturers: R.E. Dunlop, BSc(Hons), MSc(Old), MAIP.

J.P. McGilvray, BSc(Hons), MSc(Old), MAIP, MIBE(Aust).

H.C. Rose, BSc(Hons), MSc(Man), MlnstP, AIM.

J.F. Whiting, MSc, DipEd(Qld), MSc(Surrey), MAIP, MIBE(Aust).

Lecturers: B.M. Blyth, MAIP.

J.A. Davies, BSc(Hons)(City,London), MSc(Old), MAIP, AIMEE.

l.R. Edmonds, BSc(Hons), MSc(Auck), PhD(Warwick), MAIP.

H.D. Ellis, BSc(Hons), PhD(Durham), MAIP.

D.W. Field, BSc(Hons), PhD(Adel), DipT(ACAE), MAIP.

R.A. Fleming, BSc(Hons), MSc(Old), MAIP.

T.G. Lewis, BSc, BEd(Old), MSc(Aston), DipRMS, MAIP.

L.A. Meara, MSc, BA, AEd(Old), MAIP.

W.C. Middleton, BSc(Hons), BEd(Qld). MAIP.

R.J. Norton, BSc(Qld).

B.M. O'Leary, BSc, DipEd(Sydney), MSc(Surrey). MAIP.

B.J. Thomas, BSc(Hons), PhD(WA).

R.J. Treffene, BSc(Old), MSc(Lond), MAIP.

D. Wilson, MIR.

C.F. Wong, DipSc(Hong Kong), MSc(McGill). PhD(Saskatch).

Senior Tutors: l.R. Cowling, BSc(Hons). PhD(Flin), MAIP.


B.J. Rigby, BSc(Hons), PhD(Old), MAIP.

G.P. Haberkern, BSc(Hons), PhD(Monash), MAIP.

R. Jeffrey, Ml REE, Senior Technician.

J.E. Davey, LRIC, Technician Division II

J.F .. Davey, Technician Division II

R.R. Galloway, Technician Division I

J.A. Jull, Technician Division II

Support Staff: (Cont.)

G.W. Kibbey, Technician Division 11.

M. K. Power, Technician Division 11.

B. Wheeler, Technician Division I.

Radiobiological A. Waller, MSc(Qld). FIML T(Lond). AAIMT. Technologist Division I

187

188

PHN176 MASTER OF APPLIED SCIENCE - MEDICAL PHYSICS

1. To be eligible to enrol for the Master of Applied Science -Medical Physics, an applicant must have completed an acceptable tertiary course with a major in physics.

Applicants with other qualifications may be enrolled subject to the approval of the Head of Department of Physics and may be required to undertake a bridging program.

2. A registered student may enrol either as a full-time or part-time student.

A part-time student will be required to attend some day classes, and a full-time student may be required to attend some evening classes.

3. The part-time program will be offered only in those years in which sufficient enrolments are received.

4. The program consists of two parts, Stage I and Stage 11. Progression to Stage 11 will be dependent on satisfactory completion of Stage I. Formal contact hours for students enrolled in the full-time course average approximately 20 hours per week during each semester, and the topics covered within the course are as follows -

Normal Course Program -

STAGE I

four semester full-time program -eight semester part-time program -


Semester 1 - Autumn

PHN100

PHN200

Radiation Physics Anatomy and Physiology I Genetics Concepts in Biochemistry Principles of Biochemical Measurements Electronics Biomechanics Administration and Budgeting

4 5

1 4 3

Semester 2 - Spring

PHN300 Safety: Ionizing and Non-Ionizing Radiation Anatomy and Physiology 11

2

Ionizing Radiation Dosimetry 1 Medical Applications of Wave Physics 2 Clinical Application of Ionizing Radiation 3 Radiobiology 2

189

Semester 2 (Cont.) Approx. Formal

Hrs/wk.

PHN400 Computing Technology and Data Processing 3 Radioisotope Techniques 2 Physical Measurement of Biological Parameters 2 Instrumentation 2

STAGE II

Semesters 3 and 4 -

PHN500 Project Perspectives and Case Studiesj Project J 18

5. The method of assessment to be used in the case of each subject will be approved by the Academic Board and may comprise one or more of -

written and/or oral tests; general assignments; laboratory exercises and reports.

Students will be required to submit a project report. This report will be assessed by a panel of examiners including a nominated external examiner. In addition the student will be required to discuss his completed project with the same panel of examiners.

6. Registered students in the course will be expected to enrol for the full semester program as in Rule 4.

7. No formal supplementary examinations will be offered following examinations. However, if an examiner considers such action justified, a student may be recalled for further informal assessment before the release of the examination results. This may take the form of oral questioning or a short written test, and may cover only the areas of the topic previously shown to be below standard. On the basis of this additional testing, a pass may be granted.

8. It may be possible for a student to undertake the subject PHN500 external to the Queensland Institute of Technology campus. Permission to do so would be dependent on satisfying the Head of Department that adequate supervision and facilities are available to enable the student to undertake the subject to the required depth and breadth, and that assessment requirements could be satisfied.

190

PHJ127 BACHELOR OF APPLIED SCIENCE - PHYSICS



3. For a registered student in a day program the subjects and other work of the six semesters of study comprising the curriculum are as fol lows -

Normal Course Program -six semester day program -

Semester 1 - Autumn

PHB101 PHB106 CHB141 CMB101 MAB251

Physics IS Experimental Physics I Chemistry I Professional Communication A Mathematics I

Elective subject. -Suitable units are:

BEB109 General Biology ESB113 Earth Science I

Semester 2 - Spring

PHB201 PHB206 CHB241 CMB102 MAB160

Physics llS Experimental Physics II Chemistry 11 Professional Communication B Mathematics II

Elective subject -Suitable units are:

ESB213 Earth Science II BEB101 Cell Biology AND BEB230 Genetics and Evolution

Semester 3 - Autumn

PHB304 Physics 111 PHB306 Experimental Physics 111

MAB459 Mathematics 111 P PHB307 Experimental Electronics

MEB371 Workshop Technology

MAB305 Introduction to Computing A


3 3 6 2 4 6

3 3 6 2 4 6

4 5 6 3 3 3

Semester 4 - Spring

PHB401 PHB402 PHB406 MAB252 MAB460

Physics IVA Physics IVB Experimental Physics IV Statistics Mathematics IVP

Elective subject -Suitable units are:

ESB411 Earth Resources ESB421 Soil Science MAB655 Numerical Analysis I A BEB450 Principles of Ecology 11

Semester 5 - Autumn

PHB501 PHB502 PHB503 PHB504 PHB506 MAB759

Physics VA Physics VB Physics VG Electronics Experimental Physics V Mathematics VP

Semester 6 - Spring

PHB601 PHB602 PHB603

Physics VIA Physics VIB Physics VIC

PHB606 Experimental Physics VI * Electives (TWO of the following): PHB607 Materials PHB608 Applied Acoustics PHB609 PHB611 PHB612 PHB613 PHB614

Radiation Physics A Astronomy Physical Methods of Analysis Biophysics Physics Education

or any other suitable subject

191


3 3 5 2 6

3-6

4 4 4 4

3 3 3 6 8 2

3 3 2 9

3 3 3 3 3 3 3

* The topics offered will be determined by demand and staffing.

4. For a registered student in an evening program the subjects and other work of the twelve semesters of study are as follows -

Normal course program - 12 semester evening program- Approx. Formal

Semester 1 - Autumn (1978) Hrs/wk.

CHB141 Chemistry I 6 BEB109 General Biology 6


CHB241 Chemistry I I 6 BEB101 Cell Biology 3 BEB230 Genetics and Evolution 3

192

Approx. Formal Semester 3 - Autumn (19771 Hrs/wk.

PHB101 Physics IS 3 PHB106 Experimental Physics I 3 MAB251 Mathematics I 4


PHB201 Physics llS 3 PHB206 Experimental Physics 11 3 CMB102 Professional Communication B 2 MAB160 Mathematics 11 4



PHB608 Applied Acoustics PHB304 Physics 111 PHB611 Astronomy PHB101 Physics IS


Physics II CHB241 Chemistry II CHB141 Chemistry I PHB504 Electronics PHB307 Experimental

Electronics PHB106 Experimental PHB101 Physics IS

Physics I PHB206 Experimental PHB106 Experimental PHB201 Physics llS

Physics 11 Physics I PHB306 Experimental PHB 101 Physics IS PHB304 Physics 111

Physics 111 PHB201 Physics llS PHB206 Experimental

Physics 11 PHB406 Experimental PHB306 Experimental PHB401 Physics IVA

Physics IV Physics 111 OR PHB402 Physics IVB

PHB506 Experimental PHB406 Experimental Physics V Physics IV

PHB606 Experimental PHB506 Experimental Physics VI Physics V

PHB607 Materials PHB401 Physics IVA MAB460 Mathematics IVP

MAB160 Mathematics 11 MAB251 Mathematics I MAB459 Mathematics 111 P MAB251 Mathematics I

MAB160 Mathematics 11 MAB460 Mathematics IVP MAB459 Mathematics 111 P

MAB759 Mathematics VP MAB460 Mathematics IVP PHB101 Physics IS PHB106 Experimental

Physics I

193


PHB613 Biophysics PHB101 Physics IS PHB201 Physics llS PHB206 Experimental

Physics 11 PHB201 Physics llS PHB206 Experimental

PH B304 Physics 111

PHB401 Physics IVA

PHB402 Physics IVB

PH B501 Physics VA

PHB502 Physics VB PHB503 Physics VC

PHB601 Physics VIA

PHB602 Physics VIB

PHB603 Physics VIC

PH B609 Radiation Physics A

PHB101 PHB201 PHB206

MAB251

MAB160 PHB101 PHB201 PHB206

MAB251 MAB160 PHB101 PHB201 PHB206

MAB251 MAB160 PHB304 PHB402 MAB460 PHB304 PHB304 PHB402 PHB401

* PHB501 MAB460 PHB304 PHB406

PHB304 MAB460 PHB402

Physics IS Physics llS Experimental Physics 11

Mathematics I OR Mathematics 11 Physics IS Physics llS E xpe ri mental

Physics 11 Mathematics I OR Mathematics 11 Physics IS Physics I IS Experimental

Physics 11 Mathematics I OR Mathematics II Physics Ill Physics IVB Mathematics IVP Physics 111 Physics 111 Physics IVB Physics IVA Physics VA Mathematics IVP Physics 111 Experimental Physics IV

Physics 111 Mathematics IVP Physics IVB


* This subject must have been studied. A passing grade is not essential.

Physics II

194

ASSOCIATE DIPLOMA IN RADIOGRAPHY



3. Candidates for enrolment in these courses must be trainees who have been accepted for employment within an approved Department or Practice. Documentary evidence of such employment must accompany the application for registration and enrolment.

4. A student enrolled in a Radiography course may attempt to recover a failed subject while unemployed provided that -

(i) the log-book is assessed as satisfactory for the period of employment corresponding to the initial examination attempt at the failed subject;

(ii) employment was terminated for reasons other than unacceptability as a potential radiographer;

(iii) continuation of the course after recovery will be subject to normal enrolment conditions.

5. A registered student admitted under these Rules may elect to specialise in either of the Diagnostic or Therapeutic courses.

6. A registered student will enrol for evening study with some day release from his appropriate employment. The subjects and other work t:omprising the Diagnostic and Therapeutic courses are those listed in Rules 7 and 8.

7. For a registered student in the Diagnostic course, the subjects and other work comprising the curriculum are as follows -

PHL 135 Associate Diploma in Diagnostic Radiography

NOTE: (i) The following structure represents the 'normal' course of progression for students passing all units each semester.

(ii) A proposed course of study must be approved, prior to enrolment for any semester, by the Head of Department or other nominated staff member.

Semester 1 - Autumn


PHA101 PHA102 PHA103 PSA411

* PHA109

Hospital Practice & Care of Patient Physics for Radiographers I Radiographic Technique I Anatomy and Physiology I Clinical Practice ID

* Carried out as part of approved employment.

3

4

Semester 2 - Spring

PHA202 PHA103 PSA412

* PHA209

Physics for Radiographers 11 Radiographic Technique I Anatomy and Physiology II Clinical Practice 11 D

Semester 3 - Autumn

PHA301 PHA302 PHA303

* PHA309

Radiographic Technique 11 Radiographic Equipment I Introduction to Pathology Clinical Practice 1110

Semester 4 - Spring


* PHA409

Radiographic Technique 111 Radiographic Equipment 11 Radiobiology & Protection Clinical Practice IVD

Semester 5 - Autumn

PHA501 PHA502 PHA503 MNA129

CMA133 * PHA509

Radiographic Technique IV Radiographic Equipment Ill Nuclear Medicine & Allied Techniques General Psychology I OR Communication Techniques Clinical Practice VD

Semester 6 - Spring


CMA133 PHA607

* PHA609

Radiographic Technique V Radiographic Equipment IV Nuclear Medicine & Allied Techniques General Psychology 11 OR Communication Techniques OR Ultrasonics I Clinical Practice VID

* Carried out as part of approved employment.

195

Approx. Formal

Hrs/wk.

3 2 4

3 4 2

3 4 2

3 3

2

3 3

2 2

8. For a registered student in the Therapeutic course, the subjects and other work are as follows -

PHL 136 Associate Diploma in Therapeutic Radiography

NOTE: (i) The following structure represents the 'normal' course of progression for students passing all units each semester.

(ii) A proposed course of study must be approved, prior to enrolment for any semester, by the Head of Department or other nominated staff member.

196

Semester 1 - Autumn

PHA101 PHA102 PHA105 PSA411

Hospital Practice & Care of Patient Physics for Radiographers I Preliminary Radiotherapeutic Practice Anatomy & Physiology I

* PHA110 Clinical Practice IT

Semester 2 - Spring

PHA202 PHA204 PSA412

* PHA210

Physics for Radiographers 11 Principles of Pathology Anatomy and Physiology 11 Clinical Practice llT

Semester 3 - Autumn

PHA305 PHA306 PHA307 PHA308

* PHA310

Principles of Treatment I Radiotherapeutic Physics I Radiotherapeutic Practice I Tumour Pathology Clinical Practice I I IT

Semester 4 - Spring


* PHA410

Principles of Treatment 11 Radiotherapeutic Physics 11 Radiotherapeutic Practice 11 Clinical Practice IVT

Semester 5 - Autumn


CMA133 * PHA510

Radiotherapeutic Practice 111 Radioisotopes, Principles & Practice I Programming & Data Handling I General Psychology I OR

Communication Techniques Clinical Practice VT

Semester 6 - Spring

PHA604 PHA605 PHA606 MNA130 CMA133 PHA607

* PHA610

Radiotherapeutic Practice IV Radioisotopes, Principles & Practice 11 Programming & Data Handling 11 General Psychology II OR Communication Techniques OR Ultrasonics I Clinical Practice VIT

* Carried out as part of approved employment

Approx. Formal

Hrs/wk.

3 1 4

3 2 4

2 3 3

2 3 3

3 2 2

2

3 2 2

2 2

197

9. Students are required to maintain log books of their clinical work, and progression in the course will depend on satisfactory performance in examinations of both course work and log books.


ASSOCIATE DIPLOMA IN DIAGNOSTIC RADIOGRAPHY


PSA412 Anatomy and PSA411 Anatomy and Physiology 11 Physiology I

MNA130 General MNA129 General Psychology 11 Psychology I

PHA402 Radiographic PHA202 Physics for Equipment 11 Radiographers 11

PHA302 Radiographic Equipment I

PHA502 Radiographic PHA402 Radiographic Equipment 111 Equipment 11

PHA602 Radiographic PHA402 Radiographic Equipment IV Equipment 11

PHA501 Radiographic PHA301 Radiographic Technique IV Technique 11

PHA401 Radiographic Technique 111

PHA601 Radiographic PHA301 Radiographic Technique V Technique II

PHA401 Radiographic Technique Ill

Subjects not listed have no pre-requisites other than normal course entrv requirements.

ASSOCIATE DIPLOMA IN THERAPEUTIC RADIOGRAPHY


PSA412 Anatomy and PSA411 Anatomy and Physiology 11 Physiology I

PHA405 Principles of PHA305 Principles of

Treatment 11 Treatment I

PHA50!.'l Radioisotopes, PHA307 Radiotherapeutic Principles and Practice I Practice I PHA407 Radiotherapeutic

Practice 11 PHA605 Radioisotopes, PHA307 Radiotherapeutic

Principles and Practice I Practice 11 PHA407 Radiotherapeutic

Practice 11 PHA306 Radiotherapeutic PHA202 Physics for

Physics I Radiographers 11

198

Subject

PHA406 Radiotherapeutic Physics 11

PHA407 Radiotherapeutic Practice 11

MNA130 General Psychology 11

Pre-requisite

PHA202 Physics for Radiographers II

PHA306 Radiotherapeutic Physics I

PHA305 Principles of Treatment I



MNA129 General Psychology I

Co-requisite


199

PHL 183 ASSOCIATE DIPLOMA IN APPLIED PHYSICS



3. For a registered student in a day program the subjects and other work of the four semesters of study comprising the curriculum are as follows -

Normal Course Program - Approx. Formal

Semester 1- Hrs/wk.

PHA151 Physics IA 2 PHA152 Physics IB 2 PHA 153 Physics IC 2 PHA156 Experimental Skills 2 MAA251 Statistics and Data Processing 2 CHA140 Chemistry I 4 MAA161 Maths I 4 CMA133 Communication Techniques 2

Semester 2-

PHA251 Physics 11 5 PHA256 Experimental Physics 11 4 PHA253 Vacuum Technology 1 PHA254 Electronics 4 MAA162 Maths 11 2 PHA354 Photographic Techniques 1 PHA357 Monitoring the Environment 3

Semester3-

PHA351 Physics 111 3 PHA356 Experimental Physics 111 3 PHA353 Safety Procedures PHA352 Electrical Techniques 4 MEA270 Workshop Practice 5 PHA355 lnstrumentati on I 2 MAA163 Computing 2

Semester4-

PHA451 Methods of Physical Analysis 4 PHA452 Materials Technology 3 PHA453 Instrumentation II 1 MNA066 Management Methods 2 PHA457 Process Control 1 PHA454 Seminars 2 PHA456 Project 2

TWO electives 6

200

4. For a registered student in an evening program the subjects and other work for the eight semesters of study are as follows -

Normal Course Program Approx. Formal Semester 1 - Hrs/wk.

PHA151 Physics I 3 MAA161 Mathematics I 3 PHA156 Experimental Skills 2 MAA167 Statistics 1

Semester 2-

PHA157 Experimental Physics I 2 CHA147 Chemistry 5 CMB138 Business Communication 2

Semester3-

PHA251 Physics II 3 MAA162 Mathematics 11 2 PHA256 Experimental Physics 11 4

Semester4-

PHA254 Electronics 4 MEA270 Workshop Practice & Engineering Drawing 4 PHA253 Vacuum Techniques

Semester 5-

PHA351 Physics 111 2 PHA356 Experimental Physics 111 3 PHA352 Electrical Technology 4

Semester 6-

PHA357 Environmental Science & Biology 3 PHA355 Instrumentation I 2 MAA163 Computing 2 PHA353 Safety Procedures PHA354 Photographic Techniques

Semester 7 -

PHA451 Methods of Physical Analysis 3 PHA452 Materials Technology 3 PHA453 Instrumentation 11 PHA456 Project 2

SemesterB -

MNA066 Management Methods 2

PHA457 Process Control 1 TWO electives 5

201

5. Electives for both full-time and part-time courses will be chosen from the following topics -

PHA457 Geophysics Instrumentation PHA458 Nuclear Reactor Technology PHA459 Vacuum Technology PHA460 Ionizing Radiation Technology PHA461 Biophysical Measurements PHA462 Signal Processing Techniques PHA463 Science, Technology & Society CMB139 Technical Literature PHA464 Materials Testing PHA465 Medical Instrumentation or any other suitable unit at an appropriate time.

Approx. Formal

Hrs/wk.

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Approximately 30 hours in Semester 3 (full-time) and Semester 6 (part-time) will be spent in visits to industrial and laboratory sites.

It is expected that students in the part-time program will be employed in a wide range of different vocations, and may be eligible for exemptions from some units. Students wishing to claim exemption should discuss the matter with the Head of the Department.


Subject

PHA151 Physics I MAA 167 Statistics PHA157 Experimental

Physics I PHA251 Physics II MAA 162 Mathematics II PHA254 Electronics PHA256 Experimental

Physics 11 PHA253 Vacuum Techniques

Pre-requisite

PHA151 Physics I MAA161 Mathematics I PHA151 Physics I PHA157 Experimental

Physics I

PHA351 Physics 111 PHA251 Physics II MAA 162 Mathematics II

PHA356 Experimental Physics 111

PH A352 Electrical Technology

PHA357 Environmental Science & Biology

PHA355 Instrumentation I


MAA 167 Statistics PHA254 Electronics PHA251 Physics II PH A251 Physics 11

PHA251 Physics II

Co-requisite

MAA 161 Mathematics I MAA161 Mathematics I PHA 151 Physics I

PHA251 Physics II PHA251 Physics 11

PHA251 Physics 11

PH A351 Physics 111

PHA351 Physics 111

202


MAA163 Computing MAA162 Mathematics II M AA 167 Statistics PHA251 Physics II

PHA353 Safety MEP270 Workshop Practice PHA351 Physics Ill Procedures & Engineering

Drawing PHA251 Physics II

PHA354 Photographic PHA251 Physics II PHA351 Physics Ill Techniques

PHA451 Methods of PHA351 Physics 111 PHA452 Materials Physical Technology Analysis

PHA453 Instrumentation 11 PHA355 Instrumentation I PHA452 Materials PHA351 Physics Ill Technology

PHA451 Methods of Physical Analysis

PHA456 Project PHA351 Physics Ill PHA356 Experimental

Physics 111 PHA457 Process Control PHA355 Instrumentation I PHA453 Inst rumen-

tation II


Changes in Subject Titles

204

CHANGES IN SUBJECT TITLES

1976 1977 Subject Name Code Subject Name Code (Name remains unchanged

unless otherwise shown)

ESB311 Earth Science 111 ESB311 Earth Processes ESB411 Ear.th Science IV ESB421 Earth Resources PHA103 Elements of Lab. Management PSA103 BEB109 Expt. Biology BEB109 General Biology ESB393 Field Techniques ESB553 Field Techniques PSD129 General Psychology I MNA129 PS0130 General Psychology II MNA130 PSA128 Introduction to Psychology MNA128 ESB593 Sedimentary Petrology ESB323 Sedi mentol ogy PSA401 Social CommunitY 111 CMA311 ESB493 Stratigraphy & Sedimentation ESB423 Stratigraphy & Sedimentary

Petrology MEB370 Workshop Technology MEB371

(85 Synopses

206

SYNOPSES

ACB181 Accounting Information Systems I

A course containing an introduction to accounting concepts, ledger accounts and the double entry system, the accounting cycle. Accounting for cash, debtors and creditors, stocks, fixed assets, revenue and expenses.

ACB281 Accounting Information Systems II

A continuation of ACB181 covering accounting for ownership, departmental and branch accounts, holding companies and group accounts, managerial accounting, cost estimation, cost-volume-profit decisions, business investment decisions and capital budgeting.

MAB641 Actuarial Mathematics

Mortality table, annuities depending on the status of a life - whole of life, temporary, deferred, assurances - temporary, whole of life, deferred, endowment; relationships between assurance and annuity functions - annual premiums; premiums - office premiums; policy values - alterations to policies; annuities - premiums payable more frequently than yearly.

PSA106 Administration II

The administrative and organisational role of the health surveyor. The effective organisation of records, storage and retrieval systems; organisation, management, and selection of staff; office management.

PSA404 Administration 111

The structure of government, particularly at State and Local levels and methods of public finance. An introduction to the law with particular reference to acts, regulations, ordinances, by-laws, codes, resolutions and policies which affect the health surveyor. The place of legal procedures in a health program, approaches to legal action.

ESB583 Administration for Geologists

Organisation and management; mineral industries studies, company structure.

MAB609 Algebraic Structures

Boolean algebra; sets and functions; monoids; groups; rings and ideals; commutative rings; polynomial rings over integral domains and over fields; finite fields; modules.

207

BEP760 Administration of Environmental Protection

Principles of administration, decision making, critical path analysis, operations planning, Australian Government, State Government, and Local Government relationships and responsibilities in the fields of environmental protection and regional planning. Division and coordination of administration of Acts related to water pollution, air pollution, Public Health.

MAB901 Analysis A

Measures, Lebesgue - Stieltjes measures, measurable functions; Lebesgue, and Riemann integrals; Product of measures, F1.1bini's theorem; application to basic probability theory,- Metric spaces, contraction mapping principle; Banach and Hilbert spaces; L spaces; Fourier series of elements of a Hilbert space.

MAB902 Analysis B

Normed spaces, dual spaces, Hahn-Banach theorem. Global theory of constrained optimization, convex programming problem, Lagrange multiplier theorems; application to optimal control and economic planning. Gateaux and Frechet derivatives; Local theory of constrained optimization; Kuhn-Tucker theorem; Pontryagin maximum principle. Iterative methods for constrained optimization.

CHB110 Analytical Chemistry I

A course in the basic theoretical and practical principles of chemical analysis, including semi-micro qualitative analysis, and titrimetric analysis, leading to the determination of simple substances.

CHC110 Analytical Chemistry I

A course in the basic principles of qualitative analysis, including group analysis and dry tests.

CHA210 Analytical Chemistry 11

A course in the basic theoretical and practical principles of chemical analysis including qualitative analysis, volumetric analysis and gravimetric analysis. In the part-time course, the above material is covered in CHA218 and CHA219.

CHB210 Analytical Chemistry 11

A continuing course in the theoretical and practical principles of analytical chemistry, including further titrimetric analysis and gravimetric analysis, lea:ling to determination of simple substances.

CHC210 Analytical Chemistry II

A course in the basic principles of the theory and practice of titrirnetric and gravimetric analysis.

208

CHA310 Analytical Chemistry 111

A continuing course in quantitative analytical chemistry involving the use of more difficult techniques in titrimetric and gravimetric analysis. In the part-time course, the above material is covered in the courses CHA318 and CHA319.


A continuing course in the theoretical and practical principles of classical analytical methods using gravimetric, titrimetric and UV-visible spectrophotometric techniques, leading to the analysis of more complex molecules.


Biochemical relevance of pH. Instrumental analytical techniques used in the pathology laboratory.

CHC310 Analytical Chemistry 111

A course giving further practice in qualitative analysis (including semimicro qualitative analysis), volumetric analysis and gravimetric analysis. Includes analysis of ores, alloys and limestones.

CHB410 Analytical Chemistry IV

A course in the theoretical and practical principles of analytical methods of chromatography (including gas chromatography) and solvent extraction; a study of organic analytical reagents.

CHC410 Analytical Chemistry IV

A continuing course giving further practice in the techniques of volumetric and gravimetric analysis and an introduction to industrial analytical techniques.

CHB510 Analytical Chemistry V

A course in modern methods of chemical analysis covering flame, x-ray and electrical excitation spectroscopy; UV -visible spectrophotometry and infrared spectrophotometry; fluorimetry; light scattering methods; thermal analysis and electroanalytical techniques. The laboratory program includes the application of modern methods to the analysis of complex materials and commercial products.

CHB610 Analytical Chemistry VI

A course in the principles and techniques of nuclear and radiochemistry; NMR, NOR, ESR, ORD and fluorescence spectroscopy; an introduction to the applic· ations of computers to chemistry. Air pollution detection and control.

209

CHB611 Analytical Chemistry VI

A course of 30 lectures in the principles and techniques of nuclear and radiochemistry. NMR, NOR, ESR, ORD and fluorescence spectroscopy; an introduction to the application of computers in chemistry. Air pollution detection and control. 60 hours of laboratory work designed to complement the lecture course.

PSA411 Anatomy & Physiology I

An elementary unit in which the structure and function of cells, tissues, organs and systems are discussed.

PSA412 Anatomy & Physiology II

The elaborat~on and integration of the structure and function of the organs and functions studied in PSA 141.

PSA481 Animal Care Techniques Ill

A course dealing with the nutrition, care, housing, and diseases of animals commonly used in clinical laboratories.

PSA482 Animal Care Techniques IV

An extension of the subject Animal Care Techniques 111 to deal more fully with the aspects included in that course and to extend to laboratory animals used in research laboratories.

PSP101 Animal Nutrition

The study of nutrition principles and experimental techniques related to the feeding of laboratory animals.

BEA011 Animal Physiology

Introduces general ideas concerning the physical properties and chemical composition of animals and their normal environment. Vital processes (including respiration, osmotic and ionic regulation, sensory reception) are explained as far as possible in physical terms before biological adaptations relevant to their processes.

PSA102 An Introduction to Clinical Techniques

A course for day program students only to introduce the areas of clinical techniques and their role in the diagnosis of disease, or the monitoring of therapy. Practical work will consist of elementary clinical measurement procedures.

PSD428 An Introduction to General Pathology

A course introducing the principles of the study of disease and dealing with the causes and nature of circulatory disorders, degenerative processes, metabolic and nutritional disorders, disturbances of development and growth, inflammation, infections and infestations, regeneration and repair, and neoplasma.

210

PSA101 An Introduction to Medicine

An introduction to the principles of medicine including a survey of major diseases.

PSA421 An Introduction to Pathology

An elementary course of the study of disease by scientific methods. General principles and more common disease processes are discussed.

PSD429 An Introduction to Special Pathology

A course introducing the applications of general pathology to the study of diseases of the heart and circulatory system, digestive system, respiratory system, urogenital system, endocrine system, and the central nervous system.

MAA165 Application of Computers in Industry

The structure and function of computers in solving numerical problems; programming in BASIC; computer applications in industry and the laboratory; interfacing; data acquisition.

PHB608 Applied Acoustics

A course of 15 lectures and associated practical work. Standards, principles of methods and instrumentation used in vibration, noise and sound measurements with emphasis upon architectural acoustics and traffic, industrial and community noise. Brief treatment of underwater acoustics and recording and reproduction of sound. Legal anditechnical aspects of professional practice.

MAB617 Applied Differential Equations

Ordinary differential equations, geometric interpretations, exact equations, variables separable, linear and homogeneous types; second and higher order equations, D operator techniques, singularities, Frobenius' series solution; Sturm-Liouville systems; Laplace transform methods; systems of linear equations; partial differential equations, classification of elliptic, parabolic and hyperbolic types, separation of variables, heat, wave and telegraph ·equations.

MAB934 Applied Electromagnetism

Maxwell's equations; waveguide structures; antenna theory.

MAB610 Applied Linear Algebra

Vector spaces and matrices, Jordan normal form; Vector and matrix norms; Discrete Markov chains with a finite number of states; Inner product spaces; Quadratic forms; Least squares solution of linear equations; Random vectors and matrices.

211

PHA158 Applied Physics I

A course of lectures, tutorials and practical work dealing with geometrical and physical optics and DC circuit theory. Emphasis will be placed on applications of basic principles and techniques in instrumentation appropriate to the course.

MAB357 Applied Statistical Methods A

Introduction to the theory of probability and probability distributions. Collection and representation of data; parameters and statistics. Elementary treatment of sampling theory leading to the Normal, t, F and ·x2 sampling distributions. Statistical estimation and tests of hypotheses based on the Normal, t, F and x2 distributions.

MAB358 Applied Statistical Methods B

Introduction to non-parametric tests of hypotheses. Simple and multiple linear regression. Correlation. Fundamentals of experimental design and the analysis of variance.

MAB924 Applied Statistical Techniques

General linear model, least squares estimators; errors in variables; auto correlation; multicollinearity; lagged variables; dummy variables; identification problem; alternative estimation methods.

PSD411 Applied Visual Science 111

The investigation of vision, relative and absolute. The investigation of the ocular mechanism subjectively and objectively. Normal vision and disturbances of vision.


A study of visual states. Eyestrain and visual hygiene. The course is designed to equip students with necessary theory to evaluate the visual states of live subjects.


The extensity and intensity of the visual field. The physiological field and its variations. The state and requirements of binocular vision with special reference to latent strabismus. The colour sense and anomalies of colour vision.

PSD704 Applied Visual Science VI

Anomalies of binocular vision with special reference to manifest strabismus. Sub-normal vision. The partially-sighted person. Public health optometry. The elements of illumination engineering. Forensic optometry.

212

PHB611 Astronomy

A course of 15 lectures and associated practical work on the fundamentals of astronomy.

MAB253 Basic Computer Science

Introduction to computer systems, input and output media, terminal systems. The computer as a data retrieval system, memory media, file organisation. A review of some hospital data systems, future developments, terminology; basic computer components, functions and use; visits to computer installations.

PSB737 Basic Immunology

A study of the mechanisms of the immune process including the nature of antigens, antibodies, antigen-antibody reactions, antibody formation, control of the humoral and cell-mediated immune responses, hypersensitivity and allergy and immunisation of man against infections.

MAB355 Basic Mathematics A

An introductory course in mathematics providing the necessary mathematical basis for computing and covering vector spaces, matrices and eigenvalues and eigenvectors.

MAB356 Basic Mathematics B

A continuation of M,AB355 covering the topics complex numbers, functions of a real variable and cartesian and polar co-ordinates.

PSD112 Biochemistry

A course dealing with the biochemistry of selected biological systems including a consideration of the roles played by subcellular components in the overall economy of the cell and of the functional mechanisms of certain specialized organs of the body. Topics include;biological oxidation; metabolism of carbohydrates, lipids and amino acids; protein biosynthesis; and the biochemistry of specia.1 systems.

PSB405 Biochemistry 111

An introductory course for biologists and industrial chemists, dealing with the chemistry and properties of biological molecules. Emphasis is placed on correlating chemical structure with biological activity, so the basic aim of the course is to teach students to predict logically the behaviour of biochemical systems. Topics covered include amino acids, proteins, enzymes, coenzymes, carbohydrates and lipids.

213

PSB406 Biochemistry IVA

This course deals with the production and utilisation of energy in living organisms and the metabolic interrelationships of the compounds encountered in PSB405. Topics of particular interest to industrial chemists (eg. tanning, insecticides) are discussed and the practical work includes inspection tours of selected industries.

PSB407 Biochemistry IVB

This course is an extension of PSB405 for biology students. Topics discussed include bioenergetics, carbohydrate and lipid metabolism, chemistry and function of nucleic acids, photosynthesis and protein biosynthesis.

PSC406 Biochemistry V

A study of the chemistry of living processes. The practical work is designed to illustrate the lectures and includes study of enzymic behaviour and metabolism. Topics covered include aspects of protein function, carbohydrate and lipid metabolism.

PSC407 Biochemistry VI

An extension of the course PSC406. Practical work includes methods and techniques of biochemistry in biological fields. Topics covered include photosynthesis, integration and control of metabolism and protein synthesis.

PSP111 Biochemistry of Nutrients

An advanced course in the theoretical and practical aspects of carbohydrate, fat, protein, vitamin and mineral metabolism; study of food analysis tables.

CHA350 Biological Chemistry

A course of study covering the basic bio-organic molecules together with an introduction to cell chemistry. The course will include studies of carbohydrates, amino-acids, polypeptides, proteins, lipids, terpenes and steroids. The cell will be considered as a biochemical unit and the course will include cell metabolism, energetics and kinetics.

PSA111 Biological Chemistry I

A course introducing the basic biochemistry of major groups of biologically important compounds and systems. Topics include: biochemistry of sugars, fats and amino acids; biological catalysis; energetics of biological systems; and homeostasis in biological systems.

214

PSA112 Biological Chemistry II

A course of lectures and practical work dealing with basic elementary biochemistry. The course includes discussion of introductory protein chemistry, enzymology, respiration and electron transport, basic chemistry of carbohydrates and lipids, metabolism and protein biosynthesis.

CHC351 Biological Chemistry Ill

An introduction to the structure and shape of complex organic molecules of biologic<ll importance. This includes topics such as chain and ring forms of molecules; rotation; D and L terminology; structural, geometrical, optical isomerism. Carbohydrates: structure, shape, chemistry and uses of selected monosaccharides, disaccharides and polysaccharides.

A 45 hour laboratory programme complements the above theory course.

PSB413 Biological Chemistry 111

A course designed for medical technologists as an introduction to a study of biological molecules and biological transformations at the molecular level with particular emphasis on cell structure and function, the chemistry of proteins, enzymology, energy production and utilization, the chemistry of carbohydrates and basic carbohydrate metabolism.

PSB414 Biological Chemistry IV

An extension of PSB413, considering further aspects of carbohydrate metabolism in mammals, the chefTlistry and metabolism of lipids, the basic chemistry and metabolism of porphyrins with emphasis on haemoglobin, the basic catabolism of amino acids, the chemistry and function of the nucleic acids, protein biosynthesis and the molecular bases of genetic mutation, the integration of metabolic schemes and the biochemistry of histological preparation and staining.

CHC451 Biological Chemistry IV

Structure, shape, chemistry and functions of triglycerides, phospholipids, steroids, terpenes and plant pigments. The structure, shape, chemistry and prop(!rties of amino acids, peptides and proteins. Biochemical basis of genetics, including the shape, structure and chemistry of nucleic acids, and their role in protein biosynthesis.

A 45 hour laboratory programme complements the above theory course.

BEA297 Biological Data Handling and Experimental Design

Application of statistical procedures in relation to vegetation surveys, including point and area sampling; design of experiments involving live organisms, recognizing problems of variation and distribution. Principles of bioassay; measurement of synergism and antagonism in biological systems.

215

BEB300 Biological Diversity

This unit introduces the classification and identification of plants and animals and surveys the morphology, anatomy and life histories of the major divisions and phyla. Course content will largely be covered by practical laboratory study accompanied by tutorial work.

PSC410 Biological Instrumentation Ill

This subject deals with the foundations of instrumentation in physical chemistry. Simple analytical instruments are considered, together with the theoretical basis of their operation.

PSC411 , Biological Instrumentation IV

This subject deals more comprehensively with the application of instrumentation to laboratory analytical routines encountered in biological work.

BEA107 Biological Systems

A general course in biology, including origin and evolution of life, major life forms, relationships, diversity, ecology. Life cycles and development. Reproduction and growth.

BEB307 Biological Systems

This unit familiarizes the student with the analysis and simulation of biological systems.

Content: The systems concept and the nature of biological systems. Terminology and functional relationships. Pool Models. Simulation prediction and optimization.

This subject will be largely taught through case studies from cellular and systems physiology, population dynamics and genetics, ecosystems and the biosphere.

BEC590 Biological Techniques V

A subject with elective sub-units in the following areas: entomological techniques, museum techniques, plant and animal breeding, parasitology, animal care.

BEC690 Biological Techniques VI

A subject with elective sub-units in the following areas: laboratory management, plant care and propagation, biological photography and illustration, field studies, pollution technology.

BEB100 Biology

This subject of the BAppSc(AppChem) course covers a similar syllabus to BEB 101 and BEB 105, but includes extra experimental and tutorial work.

BEC100 Biology I

This subject provides an integrated course in general biology, based on the Biological Sciences Curriculum Study and emphasising an experimental approach to understanding science.

216

BEC200 Biology 11

A course in general biology with the emphasis on human ecology in which the role of man in the biosphere is explored and discussed with reference to basic ecology and human value systems.

BEC302 Biology 111

A course in general biology adapted from the Biological Sciences Curriculum Study emphasising an experimental approach to the solution of biological problems. This subject is a prescribed elective for the Certificate in Chemistry.

BEC402 Biology IV

A broad course in human ecology in which the role of man in the biosphere is explored and discussed with reference to basic ecology and human value systems. This subject is a prescribed elective for the Certificate in Chemistry.

PHA461 Biophysical Measurements

Examination of the physical principles of instrumental methods applied to biophysical measurement. Theory and design of instruments for inter-cellular and inter-organ measurements e.g. flowmeters, microelectrodes, ion selective electrodes, transducers and various clinical instruments. Application to biology of techniques such as atomic absorption, neutron activation, electron microprobe, electron microscopy, radioactive particle counting etc.

PHB613 Biophysics

A course dealing with the biophysics of selected biological systems (eg. electrical transmission systems, amplifiers, mechanical systems, molecular behaviour in fields) and instrumentation for inter-cellular and inter-organ measurements (microelectronics, transducers, etc.).

BEB656 Biosphere and Conservation

Analysis of contributing processes to stability of the biosphere, constituents of the biosphere, impact of human culture on these and the problems that must be faced in conservation of the biosphere and maintenance of a suitable human habitat.

ARS101 Building Construction

The characteristics of construction materials and principles used in building; interpretation of building plans and drawings.

217

ARS102 Building Services

An introduction into the design, performance and testing of building services, such as ventilation, air conditioning, drainage and plumbing, heating, lighting, electrical installations and incineration.

ARS103 Building Surveying

The evaluation and surveying of buildings, building plans and specifications to ensure conformity with relevant policies, by-law.;, codes, ordinances and acts, and consistency with community needs, health requirements and safety standards.

CMB138 Business Communication

Correspondence and formal professional documents, style and format. Data collection and reporting, speech communication and social patterns.

MAB301 Calculus and Analysis A

Differentiation with applications; Analytical geometry of the conics; Complex numbers, Argand diagram, de Moivre's theorem, Integral calculus with applications.

MAB302 Calculus and Analysis B

Basic properties of the real number system; functions and continuity; differentiability; Rolle, first mean-value and Taylor theorems; Riemann integration; fundamental theorem of calculus; infinite series.

BEA201 Cell Biology

A general course in cell biology including the living cell and its processes, structure and function. Photosynthesis, respiration, intermediate metabolism. Elementary genetics.

BEB101 Cell Biology

This unit introduces the biology of the cell with an emphasis on structure and function. The relationships between physical principles and biological functions will also be taught through lectures and practical work. Content: The cell environment and cell structure. Proteins, enzymes and enzyme function. Energy, its significance; an introduction to intermediary metabolism. Photosynthesis. Nucleic acids, DNA synthesis and protein synthesis. Permeability and water relations, electrical phenomena in cells. Evolution of cells and metabolism. The cell as a unit of an organism. The origin of life.

PHC451 Certificate Physics I

Basic measurement in physics, mechanics, gravitation, geometrical and physical optics. The course also includes laboratory work.

218

PHC452 Certificate Physics II

Heat, kinetic theory, static and current electricity, magnetic fields, electromagnetic waves, elementary quantum principles and the atomic nucleus. The course also includes laboratory work.

CHP110 Chemical Analysis I

A course introducing the principles of the study of sampling, sample dissolution, solution equilibria, organic reagents, separation methods and titrimetry.

CHP210 Chemical Analysis II

An advanced course in electrometric and spectroscopic methods.

CHP310 Chemical Analysis Ill

A study of thermal procedures, organic analysis, microscopy, radio-chemical methods, microbiological methods, particle size analysis and gas analysis.

CHP410 Chemical Analysis IV

A study of the analysis of technical materials; trace analysis, geochemical methods, legal aspects and on line automated analysis. A minor research project will be undertaken and the student assessed in terms of laboratory performance, initiative and the quality of the report on the work.

CHB320 Chemical Process Principles

A one semester course of lectures and practice covering an introduction to chemical processing, chemical process calculations and chemical process industries.

CHB520 Chemical Technology V

Fluid mechanics. Transportation of fluids. Measurement of fluid flow. Heat transfer and heat transfer operati_ons. Particle mechanics. Mechanical operations. Mass transfer and mass transfer operations. Introduction to automatic process control. Chemical plant economics. Industrial toxicology. Industrial safety. Process plant administration.

CHB620 Chemical Technology VI

Applied chemical kinetics and process engineering design. Industrial chemistry (including selected unit processes) and technology (food, minerals, energy). Technological economics. Systems. Resources Technology. Environmental chemistry and technology. Technology assessment.

219

CHB621 Chemical Technology VI

A course in advanced aspects of chemical technology. Topics include industrial chemistry (including selected unit processes) and technology (food, minerals, energy); applied chemical kinetics and process engineering design; technological economics; resources technology; environmental chemistry and technology.

CHA147 Chemistry

Chemical principles - periodic table and chemical periodicity, chemistry of main group elements and rompounds, properties of transition elements. Physical principles - chemical equilibrium, chemical kinetics, solutions and their properties, ions in solution, colloid and surface chemistry. Laboratory work - selection of experiments to illustrate material covered in lecture course.

CHA140 Chemistry I

A broad integrated chemistry course covering atomic and molecular structure, atomic orbitals, bonds, structure of solids and liquids and crystals, solubility, gases and vapour pressure, chemical equilibrium, thermochemistry, rates of reactions, catalysis, metals and non metals, recovery of metals, carbon chemistry, periodic properties of compounds, salts, redox, electrochemistry, chemical stoichiometry, acids and bases. The accent will be upon the practical applications rather than the theoretical considerations where relevant.

CHB141 Chemistry I

A course designed (together with CH 8241) for non-continuing students in Chemistry.

(a) Inorganic Chemistry: a course covering modern atomic theory, electronic configuration of the elements, covalent bonding of simple molecules.

(b) Physical Chemistry: theory as for CHB170 with some deletions. (c) Organic Chemistry: the chemistry of aliphatic and aromatic compounds. (d) Laboratory: a laboratory course designed to complement the above theory.

CHB142 Chemistry I

This is an introductory course in chemistry with emphasis placed on applications to biological systems. It is primarily designed for students intending to proceed to the degree of Bachelor of Applied Science in Medical Laboratory Technology.

(a) Inorganic Chemistry: a course covering modern atomic theory, electronic configuration of the elements, covalent bonding of simple molecules.

(b) Organic Chemistry: topics include reactions of the carbon-hydrogen bond, carbon-halogen bond, hydroxyl group, ethers, thiols and thio-ethers, the carbon-carbon double bond and aromatic substitutions.

(c) Physical Chemistry: topics treated include chemical equilibrium; equilibria in electrolyte solutions, properties of liquids, phase rule, liquid mixtures and colligative properties.

A laboratory course of 45 hours is designed to complement the theory.

220

CHB241 Chemistry 11

(a) Inorganic Chemistry: topics include classification and properties of the elements, shapes of molecules, bonding in solids and co-ordination chemistry.

(b) Physical Chemistry: theory as for CHB270 with some deletions. (c) Organic Chemistry: continuing study of aliphatic and aromatic compounds. (d) Laboratory: a laboratory course designed to complement the above theory.

For students intending to pursue the Bachelor of Applied Science (Chemistry Strand) course in third semester, a reading list for further study will be recommended at the end of the course.

CHB242 Chemistry II

This is the second stage in a course in the fundamental principles of chemistry with emphasis placed on biological systems.

(a) Inorganic Chemistry: topics include classification and properties of the elements, shapes of molecules, bonding in solids and co-ordination chemistry.

(b) Organic Chemistry: a course including the reactions of amino compounds, aldehydes, ketones, carbohydrates, the acyl group (carboxylic acids and derivatives), carbon-carbon triple bond, carbon-nitrogen triple bond, aminoacids and proteins, chemical structure, biological activity, and colour in organic compounds.

(c) Physical Chemistry: topics treated include the gas laws for ideal and nonideal systems, first law of thermodynamics and thermochemistry, galvanic cells including applications to the determination of pH and potentiometric titrations, and colloids.

A laboratory course 6f 45 hours is designed to complement the theory.

CHB343 Chemistry for Geologists 111

A course in the theory and practice of instrumental and other methods of rock and mineral analysis.

CHB443 Chemistry for Geologists IV

Chemistry relevant to the understanding of crystallization from melts and metamorphic reactions. Organic chemistry of coal and petroleum. Further practice in analysis of rocks and minerals.

PSD121 PSD122 PSD421 PSD422 PSD721 PSD722

Chiropody I Chiropody II Chiropody 111 Chiropody IV Chiropody V Chiropody VI

221

Clinical teaching in practical chiropody extends throughout the course. Practical training is given in the management of a wide range of cases of increasing difficulty, these being representative of the whole field of practice in which skills must be at a high level in diagnosis, operating skill, therapeutic procedures and chiropodial appliances. Students are required to undertake special projects and graduates to submit a thesis of 8,000 words on a topic related to their clinical practice.

CHA230 Chemistry of Inorganic Materials

A course covering the occurrence, extraction/manufacture, properties and uses of the elements and the important inorganic compounds derived from a selection of members of the chemical groups.

MAB635 Classical Theoretical Mechanics

Kinematics of a particle; Newton's laws of motion; dynamics of a particle in one and two dimensions; work, power and energy~ Linear and angular momentum; impulsive motion; statics of a particle and of a rigid body.

PSA452 Clinical Bacteriological Techniques Ill

The techniques used in isolation and identification of bacteria important in human and animal infections; tests for the sensitivity of bacteria to antibiotics; quality control of bacteriological media; techniques of importance in public health microbiology.

PSA471 Clinical Biochemical Techniques Ill

A study of the basic chemical procedures used in biochemical laboratories with emphasis on technique and accuracy. Topics include tests of renal, pancreatic, hepatic and gastric functions, and the estimations of serum proteins and lipids.

PSA472 Clinical Biochemical Techniques IV

A study of more complex techniques used in clinical biochemical laboratories, including enzyme assays, estimations of electrolytes, blood gases, drugs, vitamins and hormones. Auto analytical techniques and quality control are also treated.

222

PSB718 Clinical Biochemistry V

This course introduces the study of chemical aspects of human life in health and illness and discusses the application of chemical laboratory methods to diagnosis, control of treatment and prevention of disease. Topics include kidney, pancreas, and liver functions, and the metabolism of lipids and proteins.

PSB719 Clinical Biochemistry VI

This course further develops clinical biochemistry with emphasis on enzymes, electrolytes, blood gases, drugs, vitamins, gastric function, function of the thyroid and adrenal gland, autoanalyses and quality control.

PSB738 Clinical Immunology

A study of the application of immunological principles including the theoretical and practical aspects of blood group serology. Topics include blood group systems; the selection of blood for transfusion; antenatal serology; immunoglobulinopathies; tissue typing; autoimmune disease, pregnancy and detection of Australian antigen.

PSD419 Clinical Optometry Ill

Application of the theory of PSD411 to human beings. The aim is for students to acquire knowledge of the classical concepts of human visual states.


Application of the theory of PSD412 to human beings. The aim is for students to acquire knowledge of the classical concepts of human visual states.

PSD731 Clinical Optometry V

Application of the theory of PSD703 to human beings. The aim is for students to acquire knowledge of the variations from the classical concepts of human visual states.

PSD732 Clinical Optometry VI

The application of the theory of PSD704 to human beings. The aim is for students to acquire knowledge of variations from the classical concepts of human and visual states.

PSP141 Clinical Physiology

A comprehensive study of the functional applications of the development, structure and function of the gastro-intestinal tract and related organs; energy and work; interrelationships between foods, food additives and drugs.

223

MAB604 Complex Variables

Elementary functions, eZ, sin z, log z etc.; analytic functions, Cauchy-Riemann equations; integration; Cauchy's theorem, maximum modulus principle, Liouville's theorem, fundamental theorem of algebra; series, Taylor and Laurent series, classification of singularities; the residue theorem; contour integrals; analytic continuation; conformal mapping; boundary value problems; integral transforms.

MAB652 Computer Organisation I

This course introduces the methods by which logic modules are used to perform the functions of the central processor unit of a computer. Nondecimal number systems. Counters, comparitors, shift registers and parity checkers. Characteristics of magnetic cores. Characteristics of drum, disk and magnetic tape recording materials.

MAB953 Computer Organisation 11

A course dealing with system organisation and architecture, augmented by design projects and the evaluation of designs by simulation. Input-output facilities. System organisation. Reliability. Description and simulation techniques. Data transmission.


Computer structure and machine language; addressing techniques; representation of data; symbolic coding and assembly systems; selected programming techniques, macros, program segmentation and linkage; compiling techniques for high level languages; computer systems organisation, system and utility programs.


A course to introduce the student to basic computer organisation, machine language programming and the use of assembly language. Computer structure and machine language, addressing techniques, digital representation of data, symbolic coding and assembly systems, selected programming techniques, macros, program segmentation and linkage, computer systems organisation, systems and utility programs.

CHP340 Computers in Chemistry

A course designed to emphasise the application of digital computers in Analytical Chemistry. To include: off-line data reduction, on line data acquisition and reduction, analogue to digital conversion, interfacing for analytical instruments, time sharing systems, real-time computer control in experimental systems, computer-based information retrieval system for i.r. and m.s. data.

224

MAA163 Computing

Algorithms, basic FORTRAN programming, use of computer terminals and systems.

MAB262 Computing

An introductory course in the use of digital computers for problem solving in the scientific sphere. The course includes a study of algorithm development, the specification of algorithms in a programming language and the concept of stored program execution. Special emphasis is placed on interactive programming and debugging techniques.

MAP254 Computing

A course outlining the use of computers in problem solving. Basic concepts of programming and program structure. Survey of languages. Use of remote terminals. Detailed instruction of a suitable language.

PSD733 Contact Lens Studies

A series of lectures, demonstrations, and practical sessions designed to equip the student with the theoretical background so that he may proceed to live subject experimentation and practice in PSD732. Lens history, development and fitting procedures. The altered physiological state with appliances in situ. Patient selection and aftercare.

The course will include lectures on the optics of contact lenses, and the anatomy and physiology of relevant ocular structures.

PSA493 Cytogenetics Techniques IV

A course in Cytogenetics which includes the following topics - fundamental concepts of genetics, types of specimens used in investigations, collection of specimens, detailed consideration of the methods used in chromosome analysis, an outline of human chromosomal abnormalities and their clinical mani.festations.

PSA463 Cytological Techniques Ill

A course in which the preparation and examination of both normal and abnormal gynaecological material is studied.

PSA464 Cytological Techniques IV

A course of study in which the preparation and examination of non-gynaecological material such as urine, sputum, gastric and tracheal washings, CSF and pleural fluids is undertaken.

225

MAB653 Data Structures

An introduction to the data structures used in computer storage. Basic concepts of data. Linear lists and strings. Arrays and orthogonal lists. Tree structures. Storage systems and structures. Storage allocation and collection. Multilinked structures. Sorting techniques. Symbol tables and searching. Data structures in programming languages.

PSD701 Dermatology

The student is trained to observe the skin signs, appreciating both their local significance and their value as an indication of widespread disease.

ESB311 Earth Processes

An introductory course in selected aspects of earth science. Topics discussed include basic geological principles and theories; origin, internal structure and chemistry of the earth; tectonic processes; geochemical evolution of the earth, distribution of the elements and their associations; geological time scale, development of life, general history of the earth; introductory mineralogy and petrology; structural geology; processes in the formation and accumulation of metalliferous and nonmetalliferous economic deposits.

ESB411 Earth Resources

An assessment of known resources and future alternatives. Topics discussed include crustal abundances and geochemical distributions; energy sources; metalliferous and non-metalliferous economic resources; geopolitics, realities of mineral distribution; limits of earth resources, conservation versus exploitation; waste disposal control; environmental pollution; future technological developments and their possible effects on mineral demands.

ESB113 Earth Science I

An introductory course in selected aspects of earth science. Basic geological principles and theories; uniformitarianism, superposition, evolution, geologic time. Origin and general constitution of the earth and the solar system. Physical and chemical properties of the earth. The concepts of isostasy, plate tectonics, orogeny, epeirogeny, eustatic adjustment, convention, heat flow, etc. Crystallography; unit cells, crystal systems and classes, symmetry elements, crystallographic laws, habit, parameters, indices, twinning, etc. Mineralogy; chemical and morphological classification of minerals, detailed study of various silicate groups. The structure, textures, mineralogies, modes of occurrence, origins, and classification of igneous, sedimentary, and metamorphic rocks. Structural geology; the origin, morphology, geometrical aspects, and recognition of faults, joints, folds, unconformities, and related structures. Stereographic and orthographic solution of geological problems; other methods of data presentation. Economic geology; processes in the formation and accumulation of metalliferous and non-metalliferous economic materials. Field excursions as required.

226

ESB213 Earth Science 11

A course in selected aspects of earth science. Physical geology; weathering, erosional processes. Geomorphology; topographic features resulting from erosion by marine, fluvial, glacial and aeolian agencies. Topographic maps and the interpretation of landform. Pedology; factors of soil formation, soil components, chemical activity, climate and leaching, erosion, solonisation, study of the major soil groups. Hydrology; sources of groundwater, its storage, movement, exploitation and utilisation. Palaeontology; formation and preservation of fossils, the use of fossils, the principles of biological classification and nomenclature, evolutionary theory. Systematic palaeontology; classification, morphology, evolution and ecology of the major phyla within the plant and animal kingdoms. Stratigraphy; stratigraphic principles, subdivision of strata, concept of facies, geological time scale, stratigraphy of Queensland and its relationships to the stratigraphy of Australia as a whole. Field excursions as required.

ESB511 Earth Science V

Optical mineralogy and the use of the petrographic microscope. A more detailed study of igneous and metamorphic rocks and processes.

ESB611 Earth Science VI

Processes of formation of sedimentary rocks; petrology of sandstones and limestones. Palaeontological principles; evolutionary theory. Systematic palaeontology; classification morphology, evolution, and ecology of the major invertabrate phyla. An outline of the stratigraphy of Australia and its relation to the tectonic evolution of the Australian continent.

BEB452 Ecology and Evolution of Populations

An integrated approach to the dynamics and genetics of populations. Population processes and parameters - genes in populations - population responses to environment - self regulation - evolutionary mechanisms in populations. Quantitative principles of pest control, harvesting, management and conservation of populations. Dynamics and population genetics of human populations. Techniques: Field sampling, statistical estimation of population parameters, correlation and simulation in the understanding and prediction of populations.

BEP564 Ecology of Man

Man as an organism, outline of biological and cultural evolution: patterns of human settlement, significance of land ownership. Development of technology with particular reference to communication. Limits of physiological tolerance, disease and vectors of disease. Psychology of the individual. Social structures and behaviour, proxemics and sociology of urban societies. Problem of aggression and examples of interpersonal and intergroup conflict. Conflict of interests, human resources. Pollution and annoyance. Contributory factors to pollution perceptions. Life style and exposure to pollution. The biology of affluence.

227

ESB373 Economic Analysis for Geologists

Local and overseas investment; world mineral commodity markets; mineral development financing; taxation; mineral statistics; mineral industries studies.

ESB363 Economic Geology Ill

A systematic review of metalliferous and non-metalliferous economic materials covering aspects of mineralogy, genesis, use and value, mining beneficiation, major overseas deposits, Australian deposits. Laboratory techniques for testing and evaluating economic materials. Chemical mineralogy. Froth flotation.

ESB510 Economic Geology V

Geochemical evolution of the earth. Theoretical and practical aspects of the study of minerals in polished section. Fundamental processes of ore formation. Applied geochemical analysis. Norm calculations.

ESB513 Economic Geology V

Detailed studies of the genesis, discovery, exploitation, and usage of economic materials. Clay technology.

ESB610 Economic Geology VI

Magnetic geochemistry; fate of major and minor elements in magnetic processes, particularly differentiation. Phase relationships. Geochemistry of sedimentary rocks. Sedimentary elemental differentiation. Eh/pH factors in sedimentation. Geochemical/geological sampling; type of sample randomisation, replicability, grid set-ups, techniques of taking samples, types of averages and their significance. Reserve calculations and classification. Prospecting geochemistry.

BEP667 Economics of Resources

Economic systems. Demand, supply and price theory of resources, production theory. Role of interest and discount theory; fluctuations in the economy and the availability of funds. Control methods available to the government. An explanation of the steady state economy including analysis, simulation and optimization of natural resources. An explanation of cost benefit analysis.

BEP668 Ecosystem Management

Collation and evaluation of rough field data. Management and the theory of systems, systems philosophy, concepts and applications are studied through an emphasis on management techniques. Quantitative techniques and programmed management. Introduction to ecosystem modelling using systems analysis techniques, basic principles for conservative management of natural resource ecosystems, use of computers in the study of ecosystem dynamics. Advanced techniques in ecosystem analysis. Case studies of ecosystem analysis, e.g. I BP investigations (1964-1975) Westernport and Botany Bay projects.

228

BEB462 Ecosystems

An introduction to the processes which shape ecosystems structure and function.

Content: Classification of ecosystems, world biomes. Ecosystem-communityenvironment. Community structure and organization. Co-evolution of populations. Environmental impact and modification. Trophic and energetic organization and processes. Systems analysis and modelling of ecosystems. Homeostasis and instability of ecosystems. Community change - succession and cycling. Biospheric processes -- biogeochemical cycles. Techniques of measurement and simulation of ecosystems will be taught.

BEB651 Ecosystems

To establish an understanding of the reactions between organisms and their environment (including other organisms). World biomes are described. The concept of ecosystem management is introduced with reference to local examples.

MAB931 Elasticity

Cartesian tensors; analysis of strain; analysis of motion; analysis of stress; fundamental axioms of continua; constitutive equations; classical elasticity; rubber elasticity.

PHA352 Electrical Technology

Operational amplifiers, integrated circuits, special purpose devices (FET's etc.), non linear devices, dipital electronics, power generation and distribution, electrical machines, maintenance procedures, practical construction, environmental control for instruments.

PSA442 Electrographic Techniques

Lectures and practical work involving the diagnostic and monitoring electronic devices which are used in electroencephalography and the investigation of medical parameters for the functional evaluation of cardio-pulmonary, circulatory and renal diseases.

PHA254 Electronics

DC circuits and components, AC circuits and components, circuit concepts, applications, diodes, transistors, amplifiers, power supplies, waveform generators, simple instruments.

PHB504 Electronics

A course of lectures and laboratory work on the theory and application of solid state devices. Includes diodes, transistors, FET, integrated circuits (analogue and digital), RF circuits, pulse circuits and digital circuits.

229

PSA466 Electron Micrographic Techniques

The course is designed to give the student an introduction to the principles of specimen preparation for conventional transmission, scanning transmission, and topographical scanning electron microscopy. The procedures covered will include shadowing, negative staining, critical point drying and ultramicrotomy. Photographic procedures associated with production of the electron micrographs will also be covered. '

PHP250 PHP350

Electronics 11 Electronics Ill

Electronics will cover components and circuits, amplifiers, non linear circuits, recorders, applications in analytical instrumentation etc. Experiments in the laboratory program will illustrate various aspects of the lecture course.

PSA103 Elements of Laboratory Management

A course dealing with principles of laboratory management, work flow, budgeting, selection of staff, handling of staff problems, superannuation and industrial law.

ESB653 Engineering Geology

The application of geology to engineering practice. Introductory soil mechanics and rock mechanics. An introduction to design. Foundation and materials studies. Site analysis. Case history studies.

BEA042 Entomology I

Collection of terrestrial arthropods, aspirators, funnels. Killing and preservation methods, setting, drying, pinning, staging. Potash preparations, cleaning and mounting. Culture of insects. Immature insects. General anatomy and biology of insects. Principles of classification and nomenclature. Evolution and classification. Simple taxonomy to the level of order.

BEA044 Entomology 11

Composition and distribution of the insect fauna. The micro-climate of an insect. Populations in nature. Populations in the laboratory. Insect physiology and behaviour. Adaptations to terrestrial and aquatic environments. Feeding habits. Insects as pests. Insects against man and domestic animals. Insects and food spoilage. Insects in the home. Control methods. Beneficial insects. Insects in the future. Detailed taxonomy and identification of important pest species.

230

ESB306 Environment of Organisms

World climates - major atmospheric circulatory systems, their seasonal shift and influence on the lithosphere, modifications due to continents and ocean masses -effects of topographic relief and ocean currents. Classification of climatic regions.

Evolution of the oxidising atmosphere and the evolution of life and metabolic processes.

Terrestrial environments - land surface development and the interaction of tectonism, weathering and geomorphological processes. Pedogenesis - soil profile features and their significance, influence of parent material, climate site, ti me, and interaction with biological activity.

Aquatic - hydrological cycle, water table, climatic influence, hydrogeochemistry and sedimentation in rivers, swamps and lakes.

Marine environments - shoreline dynamics, wave and current effects, coastal erosion, sedimentation in estuarine, littoral, neritic, bathyal and abyssal environments. Sea water chemistry, the carbonate cycle and influence of temperature.

BEA403 Environmental Biology

A general course in biology including man's place in and inl>act upon ecosystems; resource utilization and management, harvesting of natural plant and animal populations, and future prospects for man in the Biosphere.

BEP868 Environmental Impact Studies I

Need for and historical development of the EIS in North America, Europe and Australia. Problems of preparation and assessment.

BEP968 Environmental Impact Studies II

Multidisciplinary team approach to preparation of the EIS Role of simulated environmental decision making in preparation of the OIS. In depth studies of EIS that have been prepared in Queensland and Australia. Assessment of the EIS in the light of their objectives and the resources available. The class will work as a multidisciplinary team in the preparation of an EIS.

BEB490 Environmental Monitoring

A course in the skills of environmental measurements, surveying and mapping ecosystems.

Content: The physical bases of instruments used to measure a range of environmental parameters. Approaches to and methods of monitoring. Limitations of instruments, techniques and results. The lecture course will be supported by field work in several environments and using a wide range of instrumentation to delineate environmental profiles.

231

BEB491 Environmental Physiology

Discussion of the problems of and solutions found by living organisms in coping with their physical and chemical environments with particular examples. Adaptation to and avoidance of extremes in environmental factors. Timing of daily activities and life cycles. Surfaces and problems of energy and mass exchange between organisms and the environment. Discussion of the integration of approaches in studying physiological problems.

BEP660 Environmental Politics

Short history of conservation movement in Australia, USA and Europe. Social and administrative aspects of land management. Political intervention, the role of public opinion, the limitations on rational decision making at the technical level. Role and effectiveness of pressure groups and local interest groups. Public and private interest and gains. Participating democracy and its expression, case studies.

BEP568 Environmental Quality

Pristine natural systems: pollution as ecosystem loading up to and beyond limits of tolerance; pollution as social disamentity, pollution as scapegoat for industrial society. Monitoring the environment, problems of sampling and enforcement of standards. Challenges to maintenance of environmental quality - highways, airports, extractive industry, waste disposal. Location of industries, concentration or dispersal. Aesthetic values of the environment.

PHA357 Monitoring the Environment

Instrumentation in terrestrial and aquatic environments energy balance, biological systems.

MAB258 Experimental Design

A course introducing the chi-square and F distributions; non-parametric statistics; one-way and two-way analysis of variance; latin square and balanced incomplete block designs; multiple and curvilinear regression.

PHB307 Experimental Electronics

Electrical safety, electrical components and their function (transistors, diodes, etc.), component fixture (clips, soldering, etc.), test equipment (multimeters, CAO, bridges, etc.). Project - construct and test simple electronic circuit.

PHA157 Experimental Physics I

Laboratory Experiments.

232

PHB106 Experimental Physics I

A course of laboratory work including introductory experimental methods and skills, and laboratory experiments.


Laboratory experiments.

PHB206 Experimental Physics II

A course of laboratory work including both set experiments and short experimental investigations.


Set laboratory experiments.

PHB306 Experimental Physics 111

A course in practical work designed to train students in the method and details of experimentation. Contains a study of experimental method, advanced experimental skills and laboratory experiments.

PHB406 Experimental Physics IV

A course of practical work consisting of some set experiments, but mainly a supervised experimerltal project.

PHB506 Experimental Physics V

Laboratory and field work in applied physics with emphasis on open ended experiments with modern equipment.

PHB606 Experimental Physics VI

A course of experimental physics consisting mainly of a supervised project. Students will also be required to present seminars on their project and on approved topics of their choice.

PHA156 Experimental Skills

Introductory laboratory skills - analysis of measurements, instruments, experimental exercises.

233

ESB533 Exploration Geochemistry V

Techniques for establishing fundamental regional geochemical patterns. The application of goechemistry to the discovery of economic ore deposits and to environmental problems. The study of case histories. A report of a field project embracing geochemical exploration techniques.

ESB633 Exploration Geophysics VI

The reduction and manipulation of geophysical data, and their interpretation in geological terms. Also included are field data acquisition and laboratory analog modelling.

CHA620 Factory Instrumentation

Indicating and recording instruments - indicator and record operation; indicating instruments; recording instruments; system display. Telemetering. Instrumentation of selected factory operations - e.g. distillation columns, drying operations, heat exchangers, chemical reactors etc.

ESB383 Field Excursions Ill

A series of weekend and extended (5 day or more) excursions to selected areas of interest. It will be necessary for students to submit assignments, as required, based on these excursions.

ESB483 Field Excursions IV

A series of week-end and extended (5 day or more) excursions to selected areas of interest. It will be necessary for students to submit assignments, as required, based on these excursions.

ESB573 Field Excursions V

A series of week-end and extended (5 day or more) excursions to selected areas of interest. It will be necessary for students to submit assignments, as required, based on these excursions.

ESB673 Field Excursions VI

A series of week-end and extended (5 day or more) excursions to selected areas of interest. It will be necessary for students to submit assignments, as required, based on these ex cu rsi ons.

ESB393 Field Techniques

Methods of recording, analysing, and presenting field data. Techniques for detailed mapping, reconnaissance and traverse methods, geobotany, sampling procedure. Preparation of photogeological maps and reports.

234

MAB938 Fluid Dynamics

Mathematical models of fluid motion; dimensional analysis and similitude; incompressible potential flow; introduction to boundary layer equations.

CHA580 Food Chemistry I

A basic course covering the chemical aspects of changes occuring during the processing, packaging and utilisations of foods. Quality control and organoleptic assessment of food products will also be covered.

CHA680 Food Chemistry II

A more advanced unit covering the chemistry and principal methods of food processing and preparation. Major food commodity areas of importance in Australia will be dealt with. These will include meat, poultry, fish, oils and fats, fruit and vegetables, dairy foods, beverages, convenience and speciality foods.

PSP143 Food Promotion and Public Health Services

The subject is divided into two areas.

Firstly, a course examining some fundamental considerations in setting up a pro· motional programme. Specific areas of penetration will be buyer motivation and perception; brand names and brand promotion, market segmentation and reseller support.

Secondly, the availability, organization, appraisal areas of responsibility of community health services.

PSP102 Food Technology and Production

The essentials of canning, freezing, drying, storage of food; natural and artificial ripening of fruits and vegetables; Australian food production and trade; world food production and problems.

BEB301 Fundamentals of Physiology

General physiological concepts are introduced and fundamental physiological phenomena are discussed on the basis of physico-chemical mechanisms. Selected examples of the occurrence, applications and limitations of these in living systems are examined.


A study of the eye and the visual processes relating pure optics of basic physiology. All forms of ocular image formation. The schematic eye. The reduced eye. Ocular performance. The compensation of aberrations. Physiological departures from normality of the ocular systems. Focussing and fixating adjustment of the ocular system. Light sense. Form sense.

235

PSD426 Fundamentals of Visual Science IV

A study of the eye and the visual processes including the psychology of the visual process. The visual functions of man. Colour sense. Laws relating visual sensations to the initial stimulus and resultant perception. Visual phenomena from retinal stimulation. Monocular and binocular vision. Spatial localisation.

PSB427 General Anatomy

A course dealing with the gross anatomy and microscopic structure of the human body. Consideration is given to the structure of cells, tissues and organ systems.

BEB109 'General Biology

A course of lectures and associated experimentation introducing students to some basic concepts in biology, including diversity, physiology, embryology, growth, genetics and evolution. Basic skills and a self-reliant approach to active learning will be developed.

MNA129 General Psychology I

The course covers a general introduction to the social determinants of behaviour. The course deals with the early social behaviours in the developmental stage and traces the processes of socialisation that occur throughout life. Reference is made to pressures to conformity and specific culture factors which influence behaviour.

MNA130 General Psychology II

The course covers two areas. The first is perception and psychophysics. Specific reference is made to experimental and measurement factors. The second area is concerned with general psychological adjustment and adaptation with specific reference being made to the observation and measurement of individual differences.

BEB230 Genetics and Evolution

An introduction to classical concepts in genetics and the evidence for evolution.

Content: Genotype, phenotype and environment. Historical introduction. Mendel's experiments. Mitosis and meiosis. Chromosomes and genes. Sex determination. Linkage and recombination. Chromosome maps. Extra-chromosomal inheritance. Chemical nature of the gene - genetic code - genetic control of development and metabolism (taught in collaboration with Cell Biology). Darwinism - indirect evidence for evolution. An almanack of phyletic evolution. Mechanisms of evolution - mutation and selection. Human genetics and evolution.

236

ESB333 Geochemistry 111

The general distribution of the elements and their associations. Geochemical mobility within the outer crust, primary and secondary dispersions. Recognition and interpretation of geochemical anomalies by statistical and graphical methods. Techniques of sampling.

ESB453 Geochemistry IV

Techniques of the rationalisation and plotting of geochemical data, preparation of geochemical maps and reports.

ESA310 Geology

An introduction to geological materials, emphasising chemical concepts and processes. Aspects studied include the origin and constitution of the earth; introductory mineralogy; igneous, sedimentary, and metamorphic petrology, study of physical and structural geology, geomorphology, stratigraphy, and economic geology.

SVA155 Geographical Studies

Regional differentiation as seen in climate, topography, soils, vegetation and their influences on population growth and distribution. Man's adaptation to the land.

ESB210 Geology

Outline of basic geological principles and theories. Origin and constitution of the earth. Global tectonics. Geologic time. Introductory mineralogy and petrology. Fundamental philosophical principles. Structural geology; attitude of strata, joints, faults and folds. Geomorphology; weathering processes, soils; marine, river, and wind erosion, glaciation. Historical geology; outline of the geological history of Queensland. Introductory economic geology.

ESC310 Geology Ill

An introduction to geologic materials, emphasising chemical concepts and processes. Aspects studied include the origin and constitution of the earth. Introductory mineralogy; igneous, sedimentary and metamorphic petrology.

ESC410 Geology IV

An introduction to geological processes including a study of physical and structural geology, geomorpholcgy, stratigraphy, and economic geology.

ESB433 Geophysics IV

An introduction to the theory of exploration geophysics. Methods studied include gravity, magnetics, radiometric, well logging, seismic refraction and reflection, electrical resistivity, induced polarisation and electromagnetics.

237

PHA457 Geophysics Instrumentation

An applied course, studying the uses of; radioactive dating, magnetism, gravity, seismology, and thermal properties; satellite surveys.

PSA491 Haematological Techniques 111

In the course principles and techniques of the basic haematological tests are discussed. Topics include all counts (manual and automated) haemoglobin estimation, ESR, reticulocyte count and preparation, staining and estimation of normal blood films. The importance of quality control is also stressed.

PSA492 'Haematological Techniques IV

This is an extension of Haematology Ill ,This course deals with the examination of abnormal blood films and a brief outline of the aetiology of the blood disorders, principles and techniques used in screening procedures used in haemostasis, the investigation of haemolytic anaemias, the use of radio isotopic equipment, microbiological assays. Commonly used cytochemical techniques are also included.

PSB448 Haematology 111

A course in the theoretical and practical aspects of techniques basic to haematology.

PSB726 Haematology V

A course of study on the origin and development of blood cells, basic haematological techniques, the application of automation and quality control to haematological techniques, haemocytochemistry, and the general principles used in the laboratory evaluation of anaemia.

PSB727 Haematology VI

A course of study involving the laboratory investigation of the diseases of the blood and blood forming organs. Topics include the anaemia, haemoglobinopathies, leu kaemias and related conditions, bleeding disorders, paediatric and geriatric haematology.

PSA131 Health Surveying I

An introduction to health surveying. The role of the health surveyor in the community, his responsibility under the Health Act and its regulations.

238

PSA132 Health Surveying 11

An analytical approach to the appearance and accumulation of toxic and undesirable products which affect man and his environment. The human pharmacology of such substances. The disposal of industrial wastes and refuse; the fate of fertilizers and pesticides. Food additives and labelling of food. Methods of control in the field, collection of samples for analysis, interpretation of laboratory data and of standard acceptable levels.


An integrated unit comprising Health Surveying 111 A (PSA433) and Health Surveying 1118 (PSA434).

PSA433 Health Surveying lllA

Public health studies; the spread of disease in the community; introduction to epidemiology; the zoonoses. Characteristics of microorganisms commonly infecting man. Prophylactic and chemotherapeutic measures.


Sanitary measures used in the control of disease; disposal of night soil, sewage treatment; treatment of town water supplies; operation of swimming pools; food and food handling. Introduction to entomology; insect vectors and insect control. Rodents and their control.

PSA432 Health Surveying IV

An integrated unit comprising Health Surveying IVA (PSA435) and Health Surveying IV8 (PSA436).

PSA435 Health Surveying IVA

Control of community health problems by education and inspection. Nutrition and malnutrition in the community, the physiological and social effects of alcohol and drugs of abuse. Poisons and drugs permitted in the community, their pharmacology and restrictions on their distribution, sale, storage, and usage; the control of lead concentrations and their exposure to groups in the community.

PSA436 Health Surveying IVB

Industrial health hazards arising from employment, industrial noise. Health education programmes for particular groups, such as school children. An integrating study of the Health Act as it affects the health surveyor with case studies to illustrate his professional responsibilities to the community, the Director-General of Health, and the I ocal authority.

239

PSB791 Histochemistry

A study of the theoretical and practical basis of the histochemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids, enzymes, applied proteins, and micro-substances as well as the chemical and physical basis of the Romanowsky stains, ultramicroscopy, microspectorphotometric analysis, and fluorescence methods of identification. The practical component provides experience in histochemical analysis.

PSA461 Histological Techniques Ill

A course dealing with the methods employed for the preparation of cells, tissues and organs prior to their examination by microscopy, Topics include fixation, tissue proces~ing, microtomy and introduction to staining.

PSA462 Histological Techniques IV

An advanced course dealing with the preparation of cells, tissues and organs for microscopic examination. The emphasis will be placed on the problems associated with the techniques. Topics include fluorescent microscopy, demonstration of carbohydrates, pigments, nervous tissues and microorganisms.

PSC601 Histological Techniques V

A course on the fixation, preparation and interpretation of histological material of animal origin. Relevant instruments, including the compounds microscope are studied.

BEC621 Histological Techniques VI

Preservation and preparation of plant tissues for microscopy, electron microscopy or macroscopic observation, with attention to relevant instrumentation.

PSB449 Histotechnology Ill

A course in the theoretical and practical aspects of techniques basic to histotechnology.

PSB790 Histotechnology V

A study of the theoretical and practical aspects of the preparation of cells, tissues and organs for microscopical examination. The course emphasises the chemical and physical basis of histotechnology and provides experience in a range of histological procedures.

PHA101 Hospital Practice & Care of Patient

An introductory unit emphasizing the importance of patients and their care, the care and preparation of patients, first aid, the principles of infection, sterilization and asepsis are discussed at an elementary level.

240

PSA141 Human Anatomy and Physiology I

An introductory course, theoretical and practical, in which the cell, cellular environment, transport mechanisms, nutrition, energy metabolism and the vegetative systems are considered.

PSA142 Human Anatomy and Physiology II

A continuing study of the co-ordinating systems and those controlling and reproducing the body. Practical work is integrated with lecture topics.

PSB101 Human Genetics and Embryology

The principles of pre-natal human developmental patterns, and the application of modern genetic theory to the study of inherited characteristics, are discussed.

PSA441 Human Physiology

A continuation of the subject matter of PSA 142 considering general metabolism and nutrition, the control system in some depth, adaptions to environmental stress, defence mechanisms. Associated practical work.

PSB435 Human Physiology

This theoretical and practical course provides a comprehensive survey of the functions of cells, tissues, organs, and systems in the human body. Stress is placed on fundamental physiological principles.

PSD441 Human Physiology

A study of the functions and inter-relationships between cells, tissues, organs and systems of the human body. Topics considered include the physiology of the cell, nerve and muscle, blood and cardiovascular system, respiration, digestion and elementary nutrition, excretion, endocrine and nervous systems, man's.adaptation to his environment.

PSB436 Human Physiology A

A study of systematic physiology covering basic areas in theoretical and experimental aspects. Topics considered include: the physiology of the cell, tissues and organs, blood and body fluids, energy metabolism and nutrition, nervous and endocrine systems.

PSB437 Human Physiology B

A continuing study of systematic physiology surveying alimentary, cardiovascular, respiratory and renal systems. Adaptation to environmental stress.

241

BEA060 Hydrobiological Techniques

Introduction to hydrobiology - types of water and aquatic ecosystems. Method for investigating physical and chemical characteristics of water - water sampling and preservation, instrumentation, sediment analysis. Introduction to methods of water chemistry. Sampling and preservation of plankton, neuston, nekton, benthos, macrophytes and periphytes of standing waters. Methods for investigating biological communities of running water. Estimation of community structure, primary and secondary productivity. Methods for biological estimation of water quality, species diversity indices, indicator organisms. Water quality criteria and standards.

ESB443 Hydrology IV

Groundwater hydrology, emphasising the theoretical aspects of the subject. Consideration is given to basic equations of flow, the properties of water-bearing materials; the performance of pumping bores in steady-state and unsteady states, and in confined and unconfined aquifers.

Composition and origin of petroleum and the nature of the source beds. Migration and accumulation of petroleum and natural gas. The formation of structural, stratigraphic and combination forms of petroleum traps.

ESB523 Hydrology V

A continuation of the subject matter of ESB433 Hydrology IV, with the emphasis on practical aspects. The analysis of pumping tests made under a wide variety of geological conditions is studied, together with flow net analysis and the prediction of safe long term pumping rates.

PSA455 Immunological Techniques IV

The techniques of the antigen-antibody reactions used in diagnostic and laboratory procedures, agglutinuation, precipitation, complement-fixation and immunofluorescence and, in particular, their application in the detection of pregnancy, microbial infections and autoimmune disease.

CHA610 Industrial Analysis

A course involving the use of both qualitative (semi-micro) and quantitative techniques in the analysis of commercially important materials including ores, cement, fertilizer, fats and oils and sugar products.

CHA360 Industrial Chemistry

A course describing the chemistry and processes involved in a selection of chemicalbased industries. Factory visits will be co-ordinated with the lecture program. In the part-time course, the above material is covered in CHA368 and CHA369.

242

PSA451 Industrial Microbiological Techniques

An introduction to industrial microbiology with emphasis on techniques used in control laboratory. The spoilage and public health aspects of the food industry including methods used to identify the important microorganisms. The enzymic activities of microorganisms in industrial processes and in laboratory identification.

ESA610 Industrial Mineralogy

Introduction to the theory and methods of optical mineralogy and mineragraphy, including a practical study of thin and polished sections. Prospecting geochemistry, sampling and reserve calculation. Elementary ore beneficiation. X-ray crystallography.

CHB660 Industry Visits

Visits to selected industries providing a basis for a study of the industries selected together with an appreciation of the role of the chemist in those industries.

ACB397 Information Systems I

A course introducing the concepts and objectives involved in the use of the computer as a management tool in organisations. Content covers basic analysis and design of data processing systems.

ACB497 Information Systems 11

A continuation of ACB397 covering systems methodology, systems specification and systems design requirements.

ACB597 Information Systems 111

A course containing the methodology of random access techniques, detailed system requirements for both batch and real time systems and data base management technology.

ACB697 Information Systems IV

A continuation of ACB597 containing in addition, computer management and operations control and control of systems projects.


A theoretical course dealing with the modern views on the structure of the atom with particular reference to the electron configuration in relation to the preiodic classification and reactivity of various elements. Topics include covalent bonding and shapes of molecules; ionic crystals and lattice energy; co-ordinate bonding and an introduction to co-ordination chemistry, including nomenclature, formation and some applications; a survey of the chemistry of typical elements.

243

CHC130 Inorganic Chemistry I

An introductory course in Inorganic Chemistry covering atomic theory, bonding and organisation of the elements according to electronic structure.

CHC230 Inorganic Chemistry 11

A continuing introductory course in Inorganic Chemistry covering the periodic table, group chemistry and the chemistry of industrial processes.

CHB330 Inorganic Chemistry Ill

A course on co-ordination chemistry covering bonding, isomerism and nomenclature, aqueous chemistry, reactions, and magnetic behaviour of compounds of metals.

CHB430 Inorganic Chemistry IV

A course covering the biological applications of co-ordination chemistry and an introduction to structural chemistry of solids, especially metals and their binary compounds, extraction metals, the chemistry of selected inorganic materials.


A course in theoretical inorganic chemistry, in organometallic chemistry, in x-ray diffractometry and vibrational spectroscopy.

CHB630 Inorganic Chemistry VI

A course covering the chemistry of selected non-metals; lanthanides and actinides; chemistry of metals, alloys, semiconductors, insulators and defect solids.

CHA340 Instrumental Techniques of Chemistry

A course of lectures, tutorials and practical work dealing with AC circuit theory, diodes, transistors, basic electronic circuits, and measurement methods.

Applications of these principles to typical instruments used in chemical analysis e.g. gas chromatography, atomic absorption and infra red spectrophotometry, etc.

PHA355 Instrumentation I

Measurement variables and methods, non destructive testing, acoustics instrumentation, force variables, rate variables, other measurements (density, humidity etc.)

PHA453 I nstru men tati on II

Electromagnetic waves, radio transmission and reception, antennas, radar, television.

244

PSA121 Instrumentation llA

A course of lectures and practical work on the principles, care and effective use of balances, colorimeters, spectrophotometers, pH meters, and microscopes.

PSA122 Instrumentation llB

A course of lectures and practical work dealing with the principles and techniques of centrifugation including ultracentifugation, dialysis, chromatography, electrophoresis, freeze drying and temperature regulation.

PHA211 Instrumentation llC

A course dealing with the elementary physical theory, construction, proper usage, maintenance and detection of faults in laboratory instruments including balances, colorimeters, spectrophotometers, pH meters, and heating apparatus.

PHA212 Instrumentation II D

A course dealing with the elementary physical theory, construction, proper usage, maintenance and detection of faults in clinical monitoring instruments including cardiac monitoring devices, etc.

MNA072 & MNA041 Introduction to Business

The course will introduce to students two important fields, management and economics, as they affect the profession of optometry. It will discuss planning, organizing, staffing, controlling, and budgeting. It will deal with economic concepts that are relevant to a profession, such as the economic flow concept, the role of the government, and the effects of monetary and fiscal policies, and will show the financial methods used to set up and run a professional practice.

MAB353 Introduction to Computer Hardware

A course designed to provide the necessary background for subsequent hardware topics.

Part A. Basic set algebra. Boolean algebra and propositional logic. Circuit theory. Semi-conductor physics. Circuitry.

Part B. This half semester subject introduces the student to the theory and practice of electrical and electronic circuits. It includes DC and AC circuit analysis, physics of semiconductors, simple electronic amplifiers, integrated circuits and logic circuitry. Laboratory work is also included.


The FORTRAN programming language; Elementary ALGOL programming, computer applications illustrating the role of the computer in modern business, scientific and industrial environments; use of remote terminals.

245


A first course to provide the student with the basic knowledge and experience to use computers effectively in the solution of problems. An introduction to algorithms, programs and computers. Basic concepts of programming. Program structure. Programming and computing systems. Debugging and verification. Data representation. Special programming topics. Organisation and characteristics of computers. Analysis of numerical and non-numerical problems. Programming in FORTRAN and ALGOL. Survey of computers, languages, systems and applications.

MAB306 Introduction to Computing B

The COBOL'. programming language; the JEAN conversational language; use of non-standard peripheral equipment, magnetic tapes and discs, digital plotters; use of system supplied packages.

ACB297 Introduction to Computing B

A course covering basic aspects of business data processing. Programming in COBOL.

BEP560 Introduction to Environmental Science

The fundamental ecological variables: matter, energy, space, time and diversity. Mechanisms of self regulation in ecological systems. Mans pollution, perturbation and degradation of ecological systems. Conflict of use in selected exploitable ecosystems, e.g. lakes, forests, watersheds, range-lands. Biological control, the re-establishment of a tolerable steady state. Urban, regional and national planning in the light of ecological principles. A global strategy for mankind.

PHA303 Introduction to Pathology

An introductory unit in which aetiology and pathology of various systems are discussed.

MAB260 Introduction to Programming

An introduction to computers incorporating theory of computer design, the uses of computers in relevant areas of industry; together with an introductory course in FORTRAN and flow charting structured to enable the student to proceed with practical applications of computing in further course studies.

MNA128 Introduction to Psychology

Environmental background of man, the development of sensation and the relevant aspects of the theory of perception, learning concepts of personality, motivation, cognitive needs, intelligence, and abnormal personality.

246

MAB636 Introductory Advanced Dynamics

Motion of a particle in a plane, central orbits, motion under the inverse square law: motion of a system of particles; motion of a rigid body in two and three dimensions; generalised co-ordinates. Lagrange's equations, small vibrations.

PSD403 Introductory Medicine & Surgery, Pathology

This is an integrated course in which general and special pathology is related to medicine and surgery. The principles of medicine with emphasis on those diseases manifested in the lower extremities, and heart, liver, kidney, vascular and nervous abnormalities; special attention is paid to upper motor and lower motor neurone disorders. General and local conditions of a surgical nature; indications and contra-indications for surgical intervention.

MAB331 Introductory Vector Analysis

Matrices, determinants, vector algebra, vector calculus, applications in analytical geometry, kinematics and statics.

BEA012 Invertebrate Biology

Invertebrate groups, representative of the diversity of life forms and habits, studied in terms of the general body form and internal organization of typical members, adaptive diversity and abundance, reproductive patterns and life histories, behaviour and ecology.

PHA460 Ionizing Radiation Technology

Health Physics - hazards associated with ionizing radiation and control, waste disposal. Biological effects of ionizing radiation on cells and tissue. Industrial applications, measurements of flow rates, friction and wear, leak detection and thickness gauging.

CHA440 Laboratory Management

Management function. Industrial awards; trade unions; conciliation and arbitration system. Laboratory organisation. Staffing; budget preparation; inventory control systems, purchasing.

CHP440 Laboratory Organization

A course covering laboratory organisation, laboratory hazard and safety precautions, laboratory design including reference to design for use of hazardous materials, (e.g. radioactive), selection and maintenance of laboratory equipment, waste disposal, packaging, storage and transport of chemical materials, organisation of analytical services, management, critical appraisal of cost benefit analysis. The laboratory programme will cover tutorials, seminars, discussions and field visits relevant to the lecture material.

247

CHA110 Laboratory Techniques

A course introducing the student to safe and proficient procedures in the laboratory, and to give practice in the manipulation of common elementary laboratory apparatus equipment and reagents. On completing the course the student should be able to handle, correctly and safely, all the basic pieces of laboratory equipment and be familiar with their main functions and limitations. Accuracy, cleanliness and safety will be stressed in all topics.

PSB440 Laboratory Technology Ill

A course dealing with the practical aspects of instrumental analysis in the clinical laboratory. While the purely theoretical aspects of a number of topics are dealt with in CHB312 from a chemical point of view, in this course the theoretical aspects covered deal with the physical principles embodied in the instruments. Emphasis is placed throughout on the effective use of the instruments. Topics include photometry, spectrophotometry, pH measurement, control of pH and autoanalysis.

PSB441 Laboratory Technology IV

This course deals with techniques encountered in the clinical laboratory. Topics include electrophoresis, chromatography (gas, adsorption, thin layer and ion exchange), gel filtration, radio-isotope techniques and aspects of microscopy. Emphasis is placed on the practical aspects of the maintenance of accuracy, precision and control in the clinical laboratory.

SVA152 Land Use

The history of land tenure in Australia and patterns of land occupation and usage. Rural and urban use of land and the effects of industrialization and population movement; the law in relation to land ownership and usage; the imposition of statutory controls.

PSP131 Large Scale Feeding

A practical course concerned with introducing the student to the practical applications in institutional feeding. Topics studied include modes of operation, types of equipment, food purchasing. Reference is made to various types of institutions and the subject is complementary to Principles of Catering.

ESB473 Law for Geologists

Mining, petroleum, and land laws; types of land tenure, especially mining leases.

248

BEP766 Legislation and the Environment

History of laws and ordinances concerning pollution, concerning land use (use of common land) and concerning the high seas. History of recent attempts to curb the destructive polluter. National approaches: NEPA legislation, Canadian and British models. Australian Environmental legislation commissions of enquiry etc., UN sponsorship of global regulation of the environment.

MAB310 Linear Algebra

Vectors, vector spaces, spanning, linear dependence, bases, orthogonality, matrices, transposition, multiplication, linear transformations, determinants; inverse matrices, systems of linear equations; einenvalues and eigenvectors; quadratic forms.

MNB081 Management

This course introduces the theory of organisational behaviour, human relations and management techniques. Function of management. Behaviour in an organisation. The supervisor and the work group.

MNP053 Management

The planning, organising, staffing, directing and controlling of an organisation.

MNA066 Management Methods

Structure of organizations, management techniques, sales and accounting.

ARS105 Man and His Environment

A broader consideration of man's responsibility to his environment in the latter 20th Century, including topics of natural resources, preservation of specific areas and structures; destruction and despoliation by man's pollutants; the economics of conservation and resource utilization.

MNB091 Marketing

A course introducing the concepts of marketing and the sales function. Marketing systems and the role of management. Marketing research. The sales function. Product planning. Sales forecasting.

PHB607 Materials

A course of 15 lectures and associated practical work on the diffusion processes in crystal lattices, point defect impurities, dislocations, elastic and plastic deformation of materials, and mechanical properties of materials.

249

PHA452 Materials Technology

Phase transformations, colloids, structural imperfections and atomic movements, mechanical properties, high polymers, ceramics and related materials, thermal properties, corrosion, friction wear and lubrication.

PHA464 Materials Testing

The techniques and instrumentation used in industrial control and development laboratories will be covered. Techniques will include both destructive mechanical testing and non-destructive testing, thermal and electrical characteristic determinations. Types of materials concerned will include metallic and nonmetallic, ceramics and polymers.

MAB955 Mathematical Methods

Series, ordinary differential equations, functions of several variables, partial differential equations.

MAB308 Mathematical Statistics I

Basic statistics, histograms, permutations and combinations, distributions; sample and population; Event spaces; probability; mathematical expectation; linear regression and correlation; analys!s of variance.

MAB607 Mathematical Statistics llA

Distributions and their moments; sampling theory, estimation, confidence intervals, tests of hypothesis, applications of the t, chi-square and F distributions; quality control.

MAB608 Mathematical Statistics llB

Theory of bivariate and multivariate probability distributions; moment generating function of distributions; Beta and Gamma distributions; design of experiments, two factor and three factor models; fixed random and mixed models; 2 factorial designs; multiple linear regression; curvilinear regression.

MAB907 Mathematical Statistics lllA

Distributions of functions of random variables; limiting distributions; Estimation theory, sufficient statistics, bias, consistency, efficiency; Introduction to multivariate normal theory.

MAB908 Mathematical Statistics 111 B

Three factor designs, balanced incomplete block designs, analysis of covariance applied to 1 factor and 2 factor designs; the problem of missing data; Random walk, generating functions, branching processes, introduction to Markov chains; Random and stratified sampling, multiphase and multistage sampling.

250

MAA161 Mathematics I

Functions, limits and continuity, ordinary differentiation, applications of differentiation, vectors, integration, approximation methods.

MAB251 Mathematics I

Complex numbers; determinants and matrices; inverse and hyperbolic functions; differentiation with practical applications; partial differentiation; numerical methods; integral calculus with applications.

MAC151 Mathematics IA

Revision and extension of fundamental arithmetic and algebraic concepts from Junior; graphs, their construction and uses; introduction to elementary coordinate geometry, differential and integral calculus.

MAC152 Mathematics I B

Revision and extension of fundamental arithmetic and algebraic concepts from Junior; probability, elementary statistical ideas, data organisation, distributions, random sampling, hypothesis testing, confidence limits.

MAA162 Mathematics II

Partial differentiation, matrices, complex numbers, ordinary differential equations.

MAB160 Mathematics II

Infinite sequence and series; applications of definite integration; approximate methods; analytic geometry; matrices and vectors; dynamics.

MAC451 Mathematics llA

Binomial Theorem; Remainder Theorem; applications of differentiation to rates of change, rates of reaction, maxima and minima; e and natural logarithms, differentiation of simple exponential and logarithmic functions, growth and decay; definite integral; area under a curve, applications.

MAC452 Mathematics llB

Variation; linear simultaneous equations; weighted averages; graphs, linear programming; elementary sampling theory, Mest, chi-squared goodness of fit and contingency tables; regression; control charts; analysis of variance.

MAB459 Mathematics lllP

A course of calculus or several variables, vector analysis and ordinary differential equations with applications particularly relevant to physics.

251

MAB460 Mathematics IVP

A course of ordinary and partial differential equations and functions of a complex variable with applications particularly relevant to physics.

MAB759 Mathematics VP

A course of tensor analysis, analysis, further ordinary differential equations. Boolean algebra with applications particularly relevant to physics.

MAB342 Mathematics of Finance

Simple interest, compound interest, interest effective p.a. and convertible in monthly rests; annuities certain including payments more frequently than interest is convertible; analysis of the annuity; sinking funds - capital redemption policies; valuation of securities - capital gains tax and income tax; determination of rates of interest; investment analysis; cost benefit analysis, risk analysis, capital budgeting.

PSD111 Medical Chemistry

A course introducing the basic and functional biochemistry of the major groups of compounds and systems of medical importance. Topics include:biochemistry of carbohydrates, lipids and proteins; enzymology; pH in biological systems; energy production and utilization; molecular basis of pharmacological activity; and compounds and reactions of pharmaceutical interest.

PHA465 Medical Instrumentation

A study of the principles, operation and service of instrumentation commonly in use in medical or clinical establishments.

PHA311 Medical Instrumentation 111

An extension of Instrumentation I IC dealing with the Physics of instrumentation, construction and detection by physical testing methods of faults or errors in laboratory instruments.

PHA411 Medical Instrumentation IV

An extension of Instrumentation 11 D dealing in greater detail with the principles, construction and testing of clinical monitoring devices.

PHA111 Medical Physics

A course dealing with measurement, kinematics, mechanics, properties ot matter, heat, light, sound, electricity and their applications in the paramedical field. Special reference is made to the physics of radiation, x-rays, and to the interaction of ionizing radiation with matter.

252

PHD121 Medical Physics

A course for paramedical students dealing with measurement, kinematics, mechanics, properties of matter, heat, light, sound, electricity. Special reference is made to the physics of radiation, x-rays and to the interaction of ionizing radiation with matter; muscular work and energy; fluid flow and viscosity; elasticity.

PSB747 Medical Technology V

Students will select an approved project in a discipline within the field of medical technology and under the guidance of a supervisor conduct a literature survey and prepare a plan for experimental approach. Discussions and seminars on other topics are also undertaken.

PSB748 Medical Technology VI

The experimental work planned in PSB747 will be undertaken under a supervisor, the work recorded in a short thesis and presented at a seminar. Discussions and seminars on other topics are also undertaken.


Medical Technology VA Medical Technology VB Medical Technology VIA Medical Technology VIB

Students will select an approved project in a discipline within the field of medical technology and under the guidance of a supervisor conduct a detailed literature survey, or undertake a programme of experimental work which will be recorded in a short thesis:The review, or the project will be presented at a Departmental Seminar.

PSP142 Medicine

Aetiology of disease. Brief description of treatment other than dietary of hypertension, cardiovascular, renal, gastro-intestinal and mental diseases, diabetes mellitus. Effect of nutrition on teeth, eyes, skin; general dental care and the effects of special diets on teeth.

MAB941 Methods of Mathematical Economics

The nature of mathematical economics; elements of model construction, demand and production functions; the equilibrium of the firm; aggregation; partial and general equilibrium models - static, continuous time, discrete time, special cyclic growth models; input-output analysis.

MAB921 Methods of Mathematical Physics A

Distributions and waves; parabolic equations and Fourier integrals; Laplace's equation and complex variables; general theory of eigenvalues and eigen-functions.

MAB922 Methods of Mathematical Physics B

Green's functions; equations of motion; cylindrical eigenfunctions; spherical ei genfu ncti ons.

PHA451 Methods of Physical Analysis

253

X-Ray fluorescence and diffraction, electron diffraction, optical metallography, optical emission and absorption spectrometry, mass spectrometry, atomic absorption, electron microscopy, nuclear methods, ESR, NM R, Mossbauer.

PSD451 Microbiology

An elementary course dealing with the identification, isolation and nutrition of bacteria and fungi as a background to their importance in the practice of chiropody. Principles and practice of sterilisation, disinfection and asepsis.

PSA151 Microbiology I

An introduction to the biology of bacteria, fungi, algae, protozoa and viruses, with consideration of structure, nutrition, reproduction, genetics, and classification systems.

PSA152 Microbiology II

The growth of microbial populations and methods of controlling growth; sterilisation and disinfection methods; enzymic activity of microorganisms; the identification of the microorganisms more important in public health; host parasite relationships and an introduction to immunity.

PSB450 Microbiology 111

An introductory core unit of lectures and practical exercises in microbiology dealing with cytology, nutrition, genetics, control of microbial populations, and principles of taxonomy.

PSC451 Microbiology 111

An introduction to microbiology dealing with the cytology, staining reactions, growth and death of bacteria and an introduction to immunology and mycology.

PSB451 Microbiology IV

An introductory unit in microbiology combining PSB450 and PSB452.

PSC452 Microbiology IV

An extension of PSC451 which includes elementary classification of micro-organisms and methods used in isolation and identification of bacteria with particular reference to those organisms important to man and his environment.

254

PSB452 Microbiology IVA

An extension of the core course in microbiology (PSB450) which includes bacterial metabolism and biochemical reactions used in the identification of bacteria which cause disease in man, an introduction to immunology, an introduction to antibiotics and microbiological aspects of public health.

PSB453 Microbiology IVB

An extension of the core course in microbiology (PSB450) with emphasis on the applications of microbiology in industry. Topics studied include the enzymic capabilities of microorganisms and their applications in laboratory identification of bacteria and in industrial fermentations; an introduction to the microbiology of foods from the viewpoint of spoilage and public health problems; bacteriological control of water and sewage.

PSB454 Microbiology IVC

An extension of the core course in microbiology (PSB450) with emphasis on the applications of microbiology in industry, public health and the environment. Topics studied include the enzymic capability of microorganisms and its application in laboratory identification of bacteria and in degradation of industrial waste; water and sewage microbiology; soil microbiology and biodegradation; an introduction to food microbiology from the viewpoint of spoilage and public health problems.

PSB753 Microbiology V

A study of clinical bacteriology (80 semester hours) dealing with the characteristics, isolation and identification of bacteria implicated in human disease, the collection and examination of clinical specimens and antibiotic sensitivity tests on laboratory isolates. An introduction to virology (25 semester hours) includes characteristics of viruses commonly causing disease in man and methods used in laboratory diagnosis of human viral diseases.

PSB754 Microbiology VI

A study of parasitology (85 semester hours) directed towards the laboratory diagnosis of parasitic disease in man. It consists of a systematic study of identification, life history, incidence, modes of infection, epidemiology and control of the parasites of man. Emphasis is placed on parasites evident in Australia and on those most likely to penetrate the quarantine barrier. A study of clinical mycology (20 semester hours) including characterisation of fungi responsible for systemic and superficial infections in man.

PSP151 Microbiology of Food

An introduction to microbial spoilage of foods; preservation; fermentation; hygiene; microbiological standards.

255

ESB613 Mineragraphy and Mining Geology

Methods of mineral search, ore prediction, exploratory drilling and mining geology. The study of minerals in polished sections and the megascopic and microscopic examination of suites of ore and associated rocks.

ESB313 Mineralogy

An extension of the chemical and structural study of mineral groups and mineral paragenesis. The examination of additional mineral species and the use of advanced methods of mineral identification. The theory and methods of optical mineralogy; the study of minerals as grain mounts and thin sections.

ESB310 Mineralogy 111

Introduction to crystallography and its application to mineral identification. Systematic treatment of mineral groups, covering aspects of structure, chemistry, properties, and uses.

ESB410 Mineralogy IV

Introduction to the theory and methods of optical mineralogy. Mineral relationships as shown by igneous, sedimentary, and metamorphic petrology. Introduction to geochemistry.

ESC510 Mineralogy V

Fundamentals of crystallography including crystal systems, forms, and symmetry. Stereographic projection of crystals. Systematic treatment of mineral groups, covering aspects of structure, chemistry, properties and uses. Introduction to ore genesis. Techniques of mineral identification.

ESC610 Mineralogy VI

Introduction to the theory and methods of optical mineralogy and mineragraphy, including a practical study of thin and polished sections. Prospecting geochemistry, sampling and reserve calculation. Elementary ore beneficiation. X-ray crystallography.

ESA510 Mineralogy Techniques

Fundamentals of crystallography including crystal systems, forms and symmetry. Stereographic projection of crystals. Systematic treatment of mineral groups, covering aspects of structure, chemistry, properties and uses. Introduction to ore genesis. Techniques of mineral identification.

MAB309 Modern Algebra

Logic; set theory; operations; relations; functions; mathematical systems; groups; rings; integral domains; fields; polynomials over a field.

256


Real valued functions of several variables. Taylor series, maxima and minima, Lagrange multipliers, Jacobeans, approximations, multiple integration; change of variables; Beta and Gamma functions; calculus of variations, extrema of an integral, the Euler equation.


Vectors in three dimensions; vector functions of a real variable; differential vector calculus, directional derivative, gradient; scalar and vector fields, divergence, curl, orthogonal curvilinear co-ordinates; integral vector calculus, line, surface and volume integrals, Green's theorem, the divergence theorem, Stokes' theorem.

PHA503 Nuclear Medicine & Allied Techniques

An introductory discussion on physics and instrumentation of nuclear medicine and allied techniques.

PHA458 Nuclear Reactor Technology

Nuclear cross-sections. Fission threshold, energy distribution, fission neutron production. Physics of a reactive assembly, neutron cycle, reactor control and stability. Typical reactor materials, fuels, and fuel element design, moderator, coolant, shielding. Nuclear reactor types, thermal and fast, associated facilities.


Computing aids; use of tables, calculating machines, computers; types of error and propagation of errors; solution of non-linear equations, acceleration of convergence; interpolation and approximation, numerical quadrature; numerical solution of ordinary differential equations.


A course in numerical methods developed and evaluated from the standpoint of efficiency, accuracy and suitability for high speed digital computing. Computing aids, errors, solution of non-I inear equations, interpolation and approximation, numerical quadrature and numerical solutions of ordinary differential equations.


Systems of linear equations, solution by Gaussian elimination and by compact methods; row interchange; iterative methods of solution; matrix inversion; illconditioning; accuracy of solution; measure of work; eigenvalues and eigenvectors, power method, matrix deflation for subdominant roots and vectors.

257

MAB656 Numerical Analysis 18

An extension of MAB655 covering systems of linear equations and further experience with the eigenvalue problem.

MAB913 Numerical Analysis II

Interpolation and approximation; ordinary differential equations; partial differential equations; eigenvalue problem, symmetric matrices, Tridiagonalisation and Jacobi methods.

MAB956 Numerical Analysis 11

Interpolation and approximation, solution of ordinary differential equations, partial differential equations, numerical integration and quadrature, linear systems, iterative methods for obtaining eigenvalues and eigenvectors.

PSP104 Nutrition of Specific Groups

Study of food groups and tables of dietary allowances; limitations for age and ethnic groups; assessment of nutritional status. Neonatal, pediatric, obstetric, surgical, convalescent and geriatric dietetics. Feeding of patients in intensive care and those suffering from burns.

PSP103 Nutrition Within the Community

An investigation into community agencies supplying food and imparting nutrition information; role of the dietitian in society; study of food and drug regulations.

PSD465 Ocular Anatomy

A study of the prenatal and postnatal development of the human eye, followed by a consideration of the macroscopic and microscopic structure. The surrounding regions of the eye and the central nervous system connections are also dealt with. Comparative ocular anatomy including the eyes of vertebrates and invertebrates forms part of the subject.

PSD766 Ocular Pathology V

A series of lectures designed to equip the student with the ability to recognise ocular pathology, and to take the appropriate action. The visual and non-visual symptomatology of eye disease. The ocular manifestations of general disease. Congenital, degenerative, traumatic, inflammatory, and neoplastic anomalies. The pediatric and geriatric eye.

PSD767 Ocular Pathology VI

A series of demonstrations verifying the subject matter of PSD766.

258

PSD466 Ocular Physiology

A study of the vegetative physiology and biochemistry of the eye, including sections on the vascular circulation, the intra-ocular fluid and its pressure, the humours of the eye, the lens, the sensitive and nourishing layers and the protective mechanism of the eye.

MAB627 Operations Research IA

A course intended to introduce students to the techniques used in achieving a systematic and rational approach to the problems involved in the control of systems. Formulating the problem, measurement of efficiency and utility, data availability and model construction and linear programming.

MAB657 Operations Research IA

A course intended to introduce students to the techniques used in achieving a systematic and rational approach to the problems involved in the control of systems. Formulating the problem, measurement of efficiency and utility, data availability and model construction and linear programming.

MAB628 Operations Research IB

An extension of MAB627 covering networks, reliability, replacement, maintenance, inventory and queues.

MAB658 Operations Research IB

An extension of MAB657 covering networks, reliability, replacement, maintenance, inventory and queues.

MAB927 Operations Research llA

A course containing advanced linear programming, integer and non-linear programming, dynamic programming and search problems.

MAB957 Operations Research llA

A course containing advanced linear programming, integer and non-linear programming, dynamic programming and search problems.

MAB928 Operations Research llB

An extension of MAB927 containing simulation and Monte-Carlo methods, corporate modelling techniques, industrial scheduling, artificial intelligence and heuristic methods.

MAB958 Operations Research II B

An extension of MAB957 containing simulation and Monte-Carlo methods, corporate modelling techniques, industrial scheduling, artificial intelligence and heuristic methods.

PSD167 Ophthalmic Dispensing I

259

A series of lectures and demonstrations to give the student an understanding of mechanical optics and optical appliances from the dispensing and manufacturing aspects.

PSD168 dphthalmic Dispensing II

An extension of the theoretical knowledge of PSD167 leading to practical application.


The time allotted for this subject will be spent in practical sessions enabling the student to acquire some vocational skill.


The time allotted for this subject will be spent in actual workshop practice in optometry clinic perfecting a vocational skill.

PHP150 Optics

A course covering prisms, gratings, optical geometry etc. as a basis of analytical instrumentation. Experiments in the laboratory programme will illustrate various topics covered in the lecture programme.

PHD140 Optics I

Geometrical optics is developed from first principles to give a broad treatment of mirrors, prisms, lenses, optical instruments, and photometry. Colour theory and measurement are also covered.

PHD141 Optics II

More difficult aspects of geometrical optics than those treated in PH 0140 are covered. These include the effects of operatures, the monochromatic aberrations and the general theory of paraxi al optical systems. Basic theory is applied to the effects of form and design of ophthalmic lenses, and contact lenses. Physical optics is studied also the amalgamation of physical and geometrical optics.

260

CHB150 Organic Chemistry I

A course in the fundamental principles of the chemistry of simple organic chemicals, together with their industrial and biological importance. A reaction mechanism/ functional group approach is used to promote comprehension of the way in which reactions occur. Modern spectroscopic and chromatographic techniques are emphasised. Topics include reactions of the carbon-hydrogen bond, carbon-halogen bond, hydroxyl group, ethers, thiols and thioethers, amino group and the carboncarbon double bond.

CHC150, CHC151 Organic Chemistry I

An introduction to the formulae, analysis, atomic and molecular structure of carbon compounds. Nomenclature, preparation, reactions and properties of alkanes, alkenes, al kynes, aromatic hydrocarbons, alkyl and arylhal ides. A 45 hour laboratory program complements the theory course.

CHA250 Organic Chemistry II

A course dealing with the more common organic compounds including hydro-carbons, alkyl and aryl halides, alcohols, phenols, ethers, amines, aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic acids. The stereochemical consequences of the asymmetric carbon atom will also be discussed.


A continuing course in the fundamental principles of the chemistry of simple organic molecules. Topics include the reactions of the carbon-oxygen double bond (aldehydes and ketones). the acyl group (carboxylic acids and derivatives). carbon-carbon triple bond, carbon-nitrogen triple bond, the aromatic nucleus; petroleum, petrochemicals and coal.

CHC250, CHC251 Organic Chemistry II

This course follows directly from CHC150 Organic Chemistry I. It deals with the nomenclature, preparation, reactions and properties of alcohols, phenols, ethers, aldehydes and ketones, acids and their functional derivatives, amines and diozonium salts. A 45 hour laboratory program complements the theory course.


A continuing course in the fundamental chemistry of more complex organic molecules together with their industrial and biological importance. Increasing use is made of modern spectrographic and chromatographic techniques. Topics include the reactions of poly functional compounds, stereochemistry and instrumental techniques in organic chemistry.

261


A course in fundamental aspects of chemistry of complex organic molecules. Multifunctional compounds, their stereochemistry and the use of spectroscopic techniques in structure determination are covered.

CHC350 Organic Chemistry Ill

A course in organic chemistry which assumes knowledge of fundamental principles. Covers stereochemistry, polyhydric alcohols, oils, fats, soaps and detergents, sugars (monosaccharides and disaccharides), polycylic aromatics. A 45 hour laboratory program complements the theory course.


A continuing course in the chemistry of more complex, organic molecules. Topics include aromatic chemistry and aromaticity; heterocyclic, organometallic chemistry and organic chemical technology.


A continuing course in the chemistry of more complex organic molecules. Aspects of aromaticity, heterocyclic and organo-metallic compounds, together with the chemistry of organic industrial processes are covered. A 24 hour laboratory program complements the theory course.

CHC450 Organic Chemistry IV

A course in organic chemistry which assumes knowledge of fundamental principles. Covers hydroxy- and amino-acids, proteins and peptides, poly-functional carbonyl compounds, chemistry of polymers. A 45 laboratory program complements the theory course.

CHA550 Organic Chemistry V

A continuing course dealing with petroleum and coal as sources of organic compounds, polymers, chemicals for pest control, surface-active agents, drugs and drug analysis and surface coatings.


A course of three sub-units of advanced chemistry in physical organic chemistry, polymer science and technology, and food process chemistry. The course includes units of laboratory work in each of these areas.

262

CHC550 Organic Chemistry V

A continuing course in organic chemistry which provides an introduction to heterocyclic chemistry, carbohydrates and polysaccharides. A 30 hour laboratory program complements the theory course.


A course in advanced chemistry dealing with complex organic molecules of biological importance. The involvement of these molecules in biosynthetic, metabolic and reproductive processes are emphasised. Topics include: proteins, nucleic acids, nucleotides, vitamins, carbohydrates, alkaloids, terpenes, steroids, food and nutrition chemistry.


A course in the chemistry of complex organic molecules and their involvement in biosynthesis, metabolic and reproductive processes. Topics include proteins, nucleic acids, nucleotides, vitamins, carbohydrates, alkaloids, terpenes, steroids, food and nutrition al chemistry.

CHC650 Organic Chemistry VI

A course consisting of a study of industrial processes selected from the following industrial areas: sugar processing, milk processing, oil fats and waxes; brewing; plastics; food preservation; petroleum. A 30 hour laboratory program complements the theory course.

PSA456 Parasitological Techniques 111

The accent in this course is on the techniques used by the parasitologist in the diagnosis of protozoam, helminth, and arthropod parasites of man. Brief mention is made of the parasites affecting domestic animals.

ESB623 Petroleum Geology

Drilling techniques applied to petroleum geology. Oil well logging: Geophysical methods, lithologic and drilling time logs. Sedimentary basin analysis in petroleum exploration; well log correlation, the use of regional geophysical surveys, preparation of different types of palaeogeographic maps from surface and sub-surface data. The recognition of specific types of petroleum traps from sub-surface data.

ESB413 Petrology IV

The principles and theories relating to the occurrence, genesis, and diversification of igneous rocks, with particular reference to the major igneous rock groups. A detailed study of metamorphism and metamorphic facies. Megascopic and microscopic examination of igneous and metamorphic rocks.

263

ESB543 Petrology V

Extension of the concepts studied in ESA413 Petrology IV with emphasis on the more exotic rock types. Assignments form an integral part of this unit. Practical work includes the study of selected rock suites.

PHA354 Photographic Techniques

Properties of film, cameras, photographic techniques.

CHC380 Physical and Inorganic Chemistry Ill

The topics in this stage of the continuing course in chemistry include: atomic and molecular spectra, ultraviolet and visible spectrophotometry; flame photometry, atomic absorption spectrophotometry; nepheiometry and turbidmetry, chromatography including column thin layer and gas chromatography. The topics covered are illustrated by experimentation with particular emphasis on the development of good instrumental techniques.

CHB482 Physical and Inorganic Chemistry IV

The co-ordination chemistry of biological systems, dyes and stains. Thermodynamics and kinetics of biological systems.

CHC480 Physical and Inorganic Chemistry IV

The topics in this stage of the continuing course include: galvanic cells; potentiometric titrations, electrodeposition and coulometry, surface chemistry and colloids. The topics are covered to a depth suitable for a technician in training for a position in a chemical laboratory. The topics are well illustrated by experimentation with emphasis on the development of good experimental techniques.

CHC580 Physical and Inorganic Chemistry V

The topics in this stage of the continuing course include: chemical kinetics; transference numbers; infrared spectroscopy; phase equilibria. The topics are treated at a depth suitable for a technician training for a position in a chemical laboratory. The principles and techniques are illustrated by a series of suitable laboratory experiments.

CHC680 Physical and Inorganic Chemistry VI

This is the final stage of a continuing course and the topics include the first law of thermodynamics and thermochemistry; the second law of thermodynamics and its application to chemical equilibrium and galvanic cells; radioactivity and nuclear chemistry and co-ordination chemistry.

264


This is the first stage of a continuing course in the fundamental principles that underlie chemical transformations. The topics dealt with include: the kinetic theory of gases including compressibility factors and the Lennard-Jones potential; chemical equilibrium and reaction kinetics; thermochemistry and introductory thermodynamics.

CHC170 Physical Chemistry I

This is the first stage of a continuing course in the basic principles of chemistry. Some of the topics are: properties of gases, chemical equilibrium; equilibrium electrolyte solutions with emphasis on buffer solutions, indicators and titrations; solubility product. The topics are covered to a depth suitable for a technician in training for a position in a chemical laboratory. The principles are exemplified by experimentation in the laboratory.

CHA270 Physical Chemistry 11

A study of physical chemistry which is basic to inorganic and organic analysis; acids and bases; thermal analysis, distillation and distribution; surface chemistry, chromatography.

CHB270 Physical Chemistry II

This subject continues the introduction to physical chemistry started in CHB 170. The topics dealt with include: Equilibria in solutions of electrolytes - pH, buffers, solubility product, conductance, transport numbers; the properties of dilute solutions - Raoult's law and the phase rule; Galvanic cells - the standard hydrogen electrode, reversible electrodes, the Nernst equation.

CHC270 Physical Chemistry II

This is the second stage of a continuing course in the principles of chemistry. Among the topics covered are the following: laws of dilute solutions, heterogeneous equilibria, colligative properties; solution chemistry; properties of liquids; conductance of solutions; oxidation and reduction. The topics are covered to a depth suitable for a technician in training for a position in a chemical laboratory. The principles and techniques involved are well illustrated by laboratory experimentation.


This subject introduces more advanced physical chemistry than CHB170 or CHB270 and covers the properties of matter; expands the treatment of reaction kinetics and deals with molecular spectroscopy and surface chemistry.

265


This course expands the treatment of the properties of matter and of reaction kinetics given in CHB141 and CHB241 and introduces the subjects of molecular spectroscopy and surface chemistry. A 24 hour laboratory program complements the theory course.


The introduction to thermodynamics given in CH 8270 is enlarged on and expanded in this course and the three laws are covered in detail. The phase rule is derived and discussed at length and illustrated with many practical applications.


In this course the subject of thermodynamics is treated in some detail. A detailed derivation and discussion of the phase rule is illustrated by numerous practical applications. The theory course is complemented by a 24 hour laboratory program.


In this subject, more detailed thermodynamics are discussed with particular reference to partial molar quantities and the concept of statistical mechanics. Phase equilibria in application to such practical examples as petroleum reservoir fluids and the cement and ceramic industries are studied in detail. Electro-chemistry and corrosion, with particular reference to practical applications are also studied in this subject.

CHA670 Physical Chemistry VI

The electrical properties of aqueous electrolytes; conductance, electrochemical cells, electrodeposition, polarography.


This final undergraduate course in physical chemistry deals with reaction kinetics including chain and branched chain reactions, and experimental methods of determining fast reaction rates. Surface and colloid chemistry also taught deals with the stability of suspensions, foams and emulsions. Heterogeneous catalysis is discussed in regard to the catalytic activitY of metals, metal oxides and semi-conductors and to the kinetics and mechanism of typical reaction.


This course deals with reaction kinetics including solution kinetics, chain reactions and experimental methods of determining fast reaction rates. The treatment of surface and colloid chemistry is extended to deal with the stability of suspensions, foams, emulsions. The subject of heterogeneous catalysis is introduced and covers the catalytic activitY of metals, metal oxides and semi-conductors. The kinetics and mechanisms of typical heterogeneous reactions are also discussed.

266

PHB612 Physical Methods of Analysis

A course of lectures and associated practical work on a range of physical techniques of analysis, including X-ray fluorescence, X-ray diffraction, electron microscopy, electron microprobe analysis, neutron activation analysis, infrared spectroscopy, and mass spectroscopy. Emphasis is on the physical principle, instrumentation and nature of information available from each technique.

PHA151 Physics I (now divided into PHA 151, 152, 153).

Properties of matter, rotational mechanics, waves and vibrations, gravitation, electrostatics, current electricity, magnetic fields.

PHB101 Physics IS

A course of lectures on linear and rotational mechanics, properties of matter, DC electricity, fields, thermometry, thermodynamics and geometrical optics.

PHB120 Physics IT

A course of lectures, demonstrations and laboratory work in basic physical measurements, mechanics, properties of matter, heat, sound, AC and DC circuit theory, fields, waves and optics.

PHA251 Physics II

AC theory, thermoelectricity, heat and thermodynamics, electromagnetic waves, optics, discharge phenomena.

PHB201 Physics llS

A course of lectures on electricity and magnetism, SHM, waves, polarization, physical optics, crystals and X-ray diffraction, microscopic physics and semiconductor theory.

PHB121 Physics llT

A course of lectures, demonstrations and laboratory work in elementary quantum principles, atomic structure of matter, nuclear physics, radioactivity, fluids, heat, particle motion in fields, instrumentation.

PHA351 Physics Ill

Colour and photometry, radioactivity and nuclear theory, introductory modern physics, practical fluid flows.

PHB304 Physics Ill

A study of the AC and solid state theory, and of vibrations, waves and optics.

PHB401 Physics IVA

A study of statistical mechanics, thermodynamics and vacuum physics.

PHB402 Physics IVB

A study of relativity and particle physics.

PHB403 Physics IVC

A study of statistical mechanics, thermodynamics and vacuum physics. Also includes laboratory work.

PHB501 Physics VA

A course of lectures on quantum mechanics and theory of spectra.

PHB502 Physics VB

267

A course of lectures on electromagnetic wave theory. Includes wave equation, plane and spherical wave solutions, properties of plane waves, reflection, refraction, wave guides, cavity resonators and radiation theory.

PHB503 Physics VC

A course of lectures on physical techniques and instrumentation.

PHB601 Physics VIA

A course of lectures on the physics of materials, including mechanical, thermal and electrical properties.

PHB602 Physics VIB

A course of lectures on applied nuclear physics, neutron physics and reactor technology.

PHB603 Physics VIC

A course of lectures on acoustics, ultrasonics and geophysics.

PHB614 Physics Education

A course of lectures and practical exercises relating to aspects of physics education. Consideration of teaching techniques (individualized instruction, etc.), laboratory work (objectives and assessment), use of computing, course assessment.

268

PHA102 Physics for Radiographers I

An introductory unit largely reviewing material presented in secondary school. Electricity, magnetism, the physics of radiation and mathematics are discussed with an emphasis on the relevance to radiography.

PHA202 Physics for Radiographers II

An introductory unit dealing with X-rays; their interaction with matter and their measurement with an emphasis on relevance to radiography.

PSA433 Physiological Techniques Ill

The objectives of the course are to give the student theoretical and practical training in the application of instrumentation to the management of the intensive care and renal unit patient, and to provide a foundation for the utilization of modern techniques in the evaluation of pulmonary function and electroencephalography.

PSC430 Physiology Ill

An introductory theoretical and practical course in human physiology including the structure and function of the cell, excitable tissues and the transport system of the body.

PSC431 Physiology IV

An extension of the systematic physiology of PSC430 continuing the study of systematic physiology to include the respiratory, digestive, urinary, endocrine and nervous systems. Elementary nutrition.

ARS106 Plan & Site Appreciation

To develop a thorough understanding of Technical Drawings and information usually provided by Architects and Building Service Consultants. To identify the local and public authorities such as Health Departments and Building Departments, from which Building Bylaws and Health Regulations derive, and to understand the form in which information is made available on maps and in relevant documents.

To develop an understanding of the characteristics of sites and the way in which a building is planned to accommodate these factors and in addition to house processes in relation to the chemical industries. The study of factory layout and flow diagrams in relation to production in the chemical industries.

The design of facilities for the safe storage of chemicals both flamable and toxic. Information on surface finishes and details in factories and processing plants.

269

BEA023 Plant Anatomy

Development, distribution and structure of basic plant tissues - phloem xylem, cambial regions, parenchyma. Seed anatomy and germination. Anatomy of monocotyledons, confiers: root, stem, leaf structure, specialized tissues, secondary thickening, xeromorphs and hydromorphs. Floral structure and modification, fruit structure, organs of perennation. Morphology and anatomy of 'lower' plant groups: algae, bryophytes, fungi.

BEA024 Plant Diversity

An introduction to the morphology, anatomy and reproduction of major plant divisions and classes.

BEA020 Plant Histology

Fixation, ideals and objectives, properties of common plant fixatives, practical examination of the response of plant tissues to fixation. Temporary preparations of fresh tissue using specific and non specific stains on hand cut sections: nile blue for total lipid, I Kl zinc-chloride H

2so

4 zinc chloride for cellulose, schiffs reaction

for lignin. Staining of fixed tissues: aniline blue/HC l, safranin/fast green, PAS, correlation of results with fixative quantitative histo-chemistry: total hexose and pentose (orcinol method with spectrophotometer). Specialist techniques: meristem squashes for mitosis, meiosis; plasmodesmata preparations, maceration; epidermal strips and replicas. Epoxy embedding and sectioning techniques as used in histochemistry.

BEA021 Plant Physiology I

Basic cell structure and activity, cell physiology and the physiology of cells and their components as extracted by relevant methods of fractionation coupled with relevant methods of investigation; photosynthesis, respiration, microbial nitrogen fixation.

BEA022 Plant Physiology II

Plant tissues and organ systems, structure and physiological function. Plant nutrition, water uptake and transport, mineral economy, nutrient translocation. Growth and development, flowering plant reproduction, seed viability, post harvest physiology.

BEC321 Plant Physiology 111

The physiology of unicellular plants, and of cells and cell components from plant tissues. Microbial nitrogen fixation and the physiology and behaviour of photosynthetic lamellar systems, chloroplasts, and other cell components will be studied and relevant methods of fractionation of plant tissues and techniques of investigation will be emphasised.

270

BEC421 Plant Physiology IV

A course of study of the structure and function of plant organs, the germination and vi ab ii ity of seeds, and postharvest physiology.

PSD423 PSD424

Podology 111 Podology IV

The foot in health and disease. The development of the foot, detailed anatomy, functional anatomy - standing, locomotion, conditions necessary for normal function, footwear, foot care. Potiatric materials.

BEA305 Population Biology

A general course in population biology including the following: organization and dynamics of populations, preservation of variation, evolution in populations. Differentiation in populations, biogeography, speciation, gene flow. Organization of communities, structure and changes.

BEB553 Population Dynamics

Appreciation of population processes, influence of environment and self-regulation on population growth. History of consequences of the growth of human populations. Pest control and harvesting. Population sampling methods, predictive value of computer simulation.

BEB535 Population Genetics

The objective is to illustrate through a quantitative approach the part played by such processes as mutation, genetic drift, inbreeding and outbreeding, etc., in evolutionary development.

PHA105 Preliminary Radiotherapeutic Practice

An introductory unit dealing with beam directing devices and mathematics pertinent to the use of such devices.

PSP132 Practice in Large Scale Feeding

Practical experience and seminar presentations relevant to PSP131. The course will be conducted in institutions off campus.

PSP122 Practice in Therapeutic Dietetics

Practical experience and seminar presentations relevant to PSP121. The course will be conducted in institutions off campus.

271

PSP135 Principles of Catering

This unit emphasises the importance of design, equipment, budgeting in institutional kitchens and is complementary to Large Scale Feeding: standardized recipes, menu planning, convenience foods.

BEA061 Principles of Ecology I

Ecosystems, niches, adaptation; biogeochemical cycles, water, nitrogen, oxygen/ carbon, phosphorus, energy, trophic levels and structure, productivity, limiting and ecological factors; populations at the species and community levels.

BEB350 , Principles of Ecology I

This and its companion unit form a broad introductory course for non-biology majors who wish to acquire insight into the relationship between organisms and their environment. The history of ecology is studied; the concepts of succession, habitat, ecological niche are considered. The autecology of important species and their place in ecosystems is discussed. Field practice is included.

BEA062 Principles of Ecology II

World biomass; classes of ecosystem, terrestrial, marine and freshwater environments; applied ecology, natural resources, habitat manipulation, pollution.

BEB450 Principles of Ecology 11

Global energy, the biosphere, food webs, productivity, impact of man kind and conservation are among topics covered. The relationship between resource utilisation and long term stability of ecosystems is discussed. Australian examples are employed where possible.

PSP171 Principles of Education

Learning theories; the teaching process; readiness for learning; organization of instruction group and individual methods; teaching techniques; audio and visual aids; and place of evaluation in educational process. Practice of principles of education will be incorporated in the practice of diet therapy when students will practice instructing patients with their therapeutic diets.

PHA204 Principles of Pathology

An introductory unit dealing with elementary pathology, the biological effects and clinical aspects of radiation.

272

CHA520 Principles of Process Control

General control systems - applications in tYpical processes. Time delays. Process dynamics. Response of systems. Factors affecting controllability. Functions of an automatic controller. Modes of control. Automatic controllers - pneumatic, hydraulic, electric and electronic controllers. Final control elements. Computer process control.

ARS104 Principles of Town Planning

The principles governing town planning, especially at regional and local levels, factors affecting town growth; interaction of industrial, residential and service requirements; zoning and residential neighbourhood development.

PHA305 Principles of Treatment I

After consideration of biological and physical principles, the treatment of cancer at various sites in the body are discussed in detail.

PHA405 Principles of Treatment II

A continuation of the detailed discussion started in PHD305.

PHA457 Process Control

Feedback control, selection of feedback, controller, multiloop systems, applications.

CHA320 Process Measurements

Principles of measurement. Terminology of measurement. Process variables. Required precision and accuracy. Measurement of temperature: electrical, mechanical and radiation methods. Measurement of flow: mechanical and electrical methods. Liquid-level measurement: mechanical and electrical methods. Measurement of pressure: mechanical and electrical methods. Measurement of chemical composition, pH electrical variables, linear and rotational speed, humidity, moisture content, density, viscosity, consistency, weight, colour.

BEB659 Productivity and Trophic Levels

A field based intensive course in quantitative and qualitative analysis of feeding and energy conversion by organisms.

CMB104 Professional Communication

Students will participate in single and group activities relating to English expression, public speaking, debating and discussion groups. The course covers business procedures, office aids and written expression. Students will receive oral and written assignments.

273

CMB101 Professional Communication A

A course aimed at providing vocationally useful material and experience in the fields of oral and written communication. Special forms of communication. Effective communication. Logic and evidence. Tone in writing. Use of a library.

CMB102 Professional Communication B

Introduction to practical vocational speech situations. Theory and practice of the conduct of meetings, seminars and other conferences. Evaluation of effectiveness of communication.

PHA506 'Programming & Data Handling I

An introductory discussion on the principles of computing and computers.

PHA606 Programming & Data Handling II

An introductory discussion on data acquisition, evaluation, retrieval and storage.

MAB654 Programming Languages

This course surveys the significant features of existing programming languages with particular emphasis on the concepts abstracted from these languages. Structure of simple statements, structure of algorithmic languages, list processing and string manipulation languages, topics in programming languages.

PHA456 Project

Laboratory based project on some aspect of industrial application of techniques and processes covered in lecture courses.

ESB563 Project V

Students are required to produce an original detailed geological map of an area, collect and collate samples and information including a geochemical survey. Some preparation of samples for further analysis is required.

ESB663 Project VI

The detailed analysis of samples and information resulting from work done in ESA563 Project V. Interpretation of these results. The preparation and presentation of a thesis representing original work by the student.

274

BEB590 Projects in Terrestrial and Aquatic Ecology

This unit in which students pursue in depth one or more projects selected in consultation with a staff member, has the following aims -

1. To develop skills in laboratory and field practice; 2. To utilize biological research, literature and library resources; 3. To develop skills in written communication.

MAB960 Project Work

Project work involves the completion of all or some particular aspect of a practically oriented project. Each student normally works on an individual basis under the direction of a supervisor. Awards are based on progress made and on a dissertation presented at the conclusion of the project.

ESB683 Property Evaluation for Geologists

Valuation acts in Australia. Methods of valuation on industrial and mineral properties, sampling, testing. Methods of acquisition and compensation. Valuation reports.

PHB609 Radiation Physics A

A course of 15 lectures and associated laboratory work dealing with the basic principles of ionizing radiations and their use.

PHA404 Radiobiology & Protection

An introductory discussion on radiobiology and protection relevant to diagnostic radiography.

PHA302 Radiographic Equipment I

Detailed discussion of the design, rating and circuitry of X-ray generator components.

PHA402 Radiographic Equipment 11

Completion of topics discussed in PHA302; discussion of complete X-ray generator. Discussion of equipment used for beam collimation, reduction of scatter and fluoroscopy.

PHA502 Radiographic Equipment 111

Discussion on technology of radiographic equipment and techniques of correct use in advanced radiographic procedures, including recent developments in specialized equipment.

275

PHA602 Radiographic Equipment IV

Discussion on technology of radiographic equipment and techniques of correct use in advanced radiographic procedures, including recent developments in specialized equipment.

PHA103 Radiographic Technique I

An introductory subject in which the photographic process, processing, materials, techniques and equipment relevant to radiography are discussed.

PHA301 Radiographic Technique 11

Detailed discussion of elementary positioning for radiographic techniques and procedures including care and management of the patient.

PHA401 Radiographic Technique Ill

Detailed discussion of elementary positioning for radiographic techniques and procedures including care and management of the patient.

PHA501 Radiographic Technique IV

An amplification of materials in PHA301 and PHA401 in relation to more extensive procedures necessary for specialised radiographic examinations.

PHA601 Radiographic Technique V

An amplification of materials in PHA310 and PHA401 in relation to more extensive procedures necessary for specialised radiographic examinations.

PHA505 Radioisotopes, Principles and Practice I

Principles of radioisotope physics and instrumentation. Brief discussion of principles of thermography and ultrasonics.

PHA605 Radioisotopes, Principles and Practice II

Discussion on clinical and practical applications of radioisotopes plus discussion on biological effects and protection relevant to handling of unsealed sources.

PHA406 Radiotherapeutic Physics 11

Measurement and dosimetry of external beam x- and -y- radiation relevant to radiotherapy. Technical aspects of sealed radio-active materials used in radiotherapy. Protection relevant to therapeutic radiography.

276


Detailed discussion of therapeutic X-ray generator components, the equipment and principles of megavoltage and telecuric therapy and rotation therapy.

PHA307 Radiotherapeutic Practice I

Detailed consideration of planning procedures and principles, including mathematical and technical applications.


Detailed consideration of planning procedures and principles, including mathematical and technical applications.


This unit covers full details of techniques and procedures used in treatment with emphasis on practical consideration.

PHA604 Radiotherapeutic Practice IV

This unit covers full details of techniques and procedures used in treatment with emphasis on practical considerations.

CHB600 Research Project

A laboratory orientated investigation under the supervision of a member of staff. The project will require a literature search, further study, continuing discussion with the project supervisor and a laboratory research program. The literature search, study and discussion component of CHB600 is aimed to develop student competence in search techniques and experience in experimental design. The laboratory program is aimed to develop student competence in the use of experimental techniques as a basis for problem solving. Completion of the project requires the submission of a written technical report.

PHA353 Safety Procedures

Fire, electrical, radiation and radioactivity, mechanical, chemical and non ionizing radiation, hazards and procedures.

PHA463 Science, Technology and Society

This course examines the innovative role of technology as a link between science and human society, including historical aspects, environmental and energy considerations, innovation rate and human trauma, and behavioural modifications linked to technology.

277

ESB593 Sedimentary Petrology

Sandstones: principles of classification and the concept of maturity, petrology, diagenesis. Carbonate rocks: composition, classification and environment of deposition of recent and ancient carbonates. Diagenesis of carbonate sediments. Dolomites and other carbonate rocks. Characteristics and origin of other biogenic and chemical sedimentary rocks such as chert, phosphorite and ironstone. Pyroclastic rocks.

PHA454 Seminars

Industrial scien1ists discuss their particular expertise in the industrial context. Some industrial visits will also be undertaken.

PHA462 Signal Processing Techniques

A practice-oriented course on the use of modern digital and analogue techniques in signal processing, including modern instruments, correlation techniques, FFT analysis, signal recovery and conditioning.

CMA211 Social Community II

An introduction to human relationships and recognition of factors operating in the social environment of the health surveyor. The recognition of groupings that exist in the community and methods of identifying their problems. Study of factors affecting the social environment.

CMA311 Social Community 111

An extended study of the characteristics of various groups within the community and identification of their needs e.g. consideration of groups by age or by special characteristics such as migrant groups or the physically disabled. A study of government and voluntary agencies engaged in social services in the community and their integration in a total community health program.

CMD411 Sociology

Definition, field and scope. Social organisation and structure of a changing society. Social survey. Sociological concepts.

CMP111 Sociology and Communication

This course introduces the student to the study of sociological and rhetorical theories of human communication. Phenomena of interpersonal, group and mass communication will then be studied in terms of these theories.

278

CMP112 Sociology and Psychology

A discussion of the social determinants of behaviour. The course deals with different types of leadership which the cultures provide and methods of overcoming these problems.

ESB421 Soil Science

An introductory course in soils oriented towards the field. Topics discussed include profile features and their significance in pedogenesis; the influence of parent material, climate, relief and biological agents; solonisation within the Australian continent; clays, and soil minerals; soil classification; description of the major soils of Australia. Seven selected profiles in the Moreton District are examined and discussed.

MAA167 Statistics

Mean and standard deviation, simple probability theory, Poisson and normal distributions, large and small samples, chi-square distribution.

MAA169 Statistics

A course in statistical methods including a selection from the following topics. Collection and tabulation of data. Graphical representation. Measures of central tendency; mean, mode, median. Measures of dispersion; range, standard deviation. Elementary probability theory (revision of permutations, combinations and binomial theorem). Laws of addition and multiplication. Conditional probability. Binomial, Poisson and Normal Probability Distributions. Confidence intervals. Variance of a linear combination of Variates. Large sample theory. Small sample theory, unbiased estimate of population variance, t-distribution. Paired and unpaired samples. Methods of least squares. Linear, multi-linear and curvi-linear regression. Experimental Design and quality control.

MAP255 Statistics

A selection will be made from the following topics:

Errors in Quantitative Analysis; The Normal Distribution; Confidence Intervals; Regression Analysis; Experimental Design; Analysis of Variance; Sampling Techniques.

The course will feature the application of statistical methods generally in the field of Chemical Analysis. The laboratory sessions will be concerned with problem solving and include the use of calculating machines and computers.

MAB252 Statistics

A course in basic statistical methods including elementary probability; discrete and continuous probabilitY distributions; sampling, t-distribution; statistical inference and estimation theory; regression and correlation.

279

MAB257 Statistics

A course in statistical methods involving elementary probability; discrete and continuous probability distributions; sampling theory; t, x2 and F distributions; statistical inference; regression and correlation and experimental design.

MAP251 Statistics

A non-theoretical course on statistical problem solving related to data collected from surveys.

MAB157 S~atistics A

A course in statistical methods involving elementary probability, discrete and continuous probability distributions; sampling theory; t-distribution and estimation theory.

MAB158 Statistics B

A course in statistical techniques involving statistical inference; x2 and F distributions; regression and correlation and experimental design.

MAA251 Statistics & Data Processing

A basic course in statistics, including statistical terminology and organization of data, elementary probability, binomial and normal distribution, sampling theory, regression and correlation.

MAA253 Statistics & Data Processing

A basic course in statistics, including statistical terminology and organization of data, elementary probability, binomial and normal distribution, sampling theory, regression and correlation.

MAD253 Statistics and Data Processing

A basic course in statistics including statistical terminology and organization of data; elementary probability; binomial and normal distribution; sampling theory; t-tests; chi-square tests; regression and correlation.

ESB493 Stratigraphy and Sedimentation

Processes of formation of sedimentary rocks: weathering and erosion, sediment transport, environment of deposition, provenence, lithification and diagenesis; tectonics and sedimentation. Sedimentary structures and textures. Marine geology: topography, structure and sedimentation of the continental margins and the ocean basins. Stratigraphic subdivision and nomenclature, the facies concept, transgression and regression, the principles of correlation and the use of fossils in stratigraphy. Stratigraphy of Australia based on the tectonic evolution of the continent from the Precambrian onwards.

280

ESB353 Structural Geology Ill

Stress-strain relationships, rock deformation by brittle fracture, petrofabrics; geometric, kinematic and dynamic analysis of folded rocks.

ESB643 Structural Geology VI

Geotectonics. Structure of the earth's crust. World structural patterns. Salt tectonics. Deformation of lineations in folded rocks. Folding of inclined surfaces, unconformities, superimposed folding. Structural methods for exploration.

ESB343 Surveying

Theories of surface and sub-surface surveying techniques; their application and practice. The principles of photogrammetry and photointerpretation and methods of photogeological mapping.

MAB651 Switching Theory

This course is concerned with the theoretical foundations and mathematical techniques associated with the design of logical circuits. Development of switching algebra. Simplification of combinational networks. Modes of sequential circuit operation. Synthesis of sequential circuits. Delays.

MAB951 Systems Programming A

A course consisting of batch processing systems programs, multi-programming and multiprocessor systems, addressing techniques, process and data modules and job scheduling.

MAB952 Systems Programming B

An extension of MAB951 containing file system organisation and management, explicit input-output references, real time systems and virtual memory.

BEA014 Taxonomy

Systematics, classification, taxonomy and nomenclature. Naming of taxa and the taxonomic hierarchy, typification and the type method. Priority, legitimacy, homonyms, conservation and rejection of names, name changes and synonomy, nomenclatural changes, taxonomic changes. Authorities and their citation, parentheses and double citations, use of 'sensu'. Special situations - fossil taxa, cultivated plants, domestic animals. International codes of nomenclature (bacteriology, zoology, botany).

281

CMA133 Communication Techniques

An introduction to the techniques of technical writing appropriate to applied science vocations. Technical report writing, writing for non technical audiences, media liaison, business communications. Application of communication principles in technical writing. Application of communication principles to nonwritten communications. Individual and group speaking. Speech writing. Oral delivery of technical papers. Formal meeting procedure. Conferences, forums, panels, interviews, symposia, debates. Use of film in scientific communication.

CMB139 Technical literature

Technical report writing, editing and compilation of technical information and data. Preparation 6f technical catalogues and operation manuals. Introduction to technical library searching and abstracting.

CMC125 Technical Speaking I

An introduction to the techniques of effective spoken communication. Basic principles of communication theory. Causes of breakdown. Individual speech training. Meeting procedure. Group communication. Debating. Interviewing.

CMC124 Technical Writing I

An introduction to the techniques of effective written communication. Reasons for written communication breakdown. Essay writing. Roles of grammar and language. Comprehension. Newspaper articles. Business Reports. Letters. Short stories and essays as vehicles of communication.

BEA199 Techniques A

A course in basic techniques including those in the following fields: Microscopy and allied techniques; use and roles of stereomicroscope, compound microscope, dark field, phase contrast; micromanipulation. Microscope techniques; fixation, embedding, staining, simple histochemistry, wet mounts, dry mounts, counting methods. Photography; basic darkroom techniques, cameras, use at macro and micro levels.

BEA299 Techniques B

A course in biological techniques including those in the following fields: Data techniques: data collection; instruments, monitoring, signal processing and display, literature search. Presentation; draughtsmanship and techniques -stencils, lettraset, tracing tables, transparency devices, tracing table use, blueprints, etc. Visual aids: care and use of projectors, film repair, preparation of transparencies, tape recorder use and maintenance of audio visuals generally.

282

BEA399 Techniques C

A course in basic techniques including those in the following fields: Manual techniques; glassworking, simple metalwork, use and care of tools. Instrumentation: care and calibration and maintenance of basic laboratory instruments, fault finding. Sterile techniques: isolation and culture of micro-organisms, storage and maintenance of collections. Plant and animal care, glasshouse gardening, terraria, aquaria, animal welfare. Maintenance: museum collections and materials. Laboratory management: provision will be made during this course for optional electives to be taken in particular techniques so that students can become proficient in particular techniques relevant to their field of employment, e.g. plant propagation, insect culturing, etc.

BEA499 Techniques D

A course in basic techniques including those in the following fields: Field techniques: types and use of maps, map reading, simple map making, chain and compass survey, plane table mapping. Aerial photograph interpretation. Field collection: small and large animals, terrestrial and aquatic plants, field processing for field study and for subsequent laboratory study. Field excursions: field hygiene, organization and provisioning.

BEP767 Technology Assessment and Forecasting

Brief history of some major technological developments and their effects on social patterns and standard of living. Methods for predicting the direction and the longrange impact of technological developments on the environment and society. Illustrations by case studies of specific technological developments. Emphasis will be placed on the methodologies of assessment and forecasting; techniques to include systems analysis, simulation, modelling, Delphi, extrapolation, normative methods, morphological analysis, and modern decision theory, and the use of the computer where appropriate. Effect of government and corporate policy on technological developments.

MAB933 Theoretical Electromagnetism

Maxwell's equations; the electrostatic field, magnetostatistics; electromagnetic waves; radiation.

PSD723 PSD724

Therapeutics V Therpaeutics VI

An introduction to the study of various methods and techniques of treatment used by the Chiropodist to relieve pain and to preserve or restore function. Elementary pharmacy includes a brief survey of pharmaceutical methods and prescription writing; materia medica includes a detailed study of drugs used for external medication.

283

PSP121 Therapeutic Dietetics

An extensive study of therapeutic dietetic regimes including those for obesity, cardiovascular disease, hyperlipidaemias, renal disease, diabetes mellitus and metabolic disorders; liquid feedings; infant formulae. The practical component incorporates nutrition education.

MAB626 Topics in Mathematics I

Economic statics; comparative statics; dynamic analysis; linear programming; graph theory and structural models in society; stochastic processes; theory of games.

MAB615 Topics in Mathematics llA

Chronological development of mathematics to the middle ages; review of developments within major areas of elementary mathematics to the middle ages, number, computation, geometry; famous mathematicians from the middle ages.

MAB616 Topics in Mathematics 118

Plane geometry; geometrics of dimension greater than 2; transformation; invariants; Euclidean geometry; non-Euclidean geometry.

PHA308 Tumour Pathology

An introduction to aetiology, incidence, classification and metastasis of tumours of man.

PHA253 Vacuum Techniques

Use of vacuum, pumping speeds, pumps and components, vacuum gauges. Their use, precautions, limitations, design, leak detection.

PHA459 Vacuum Technology

Pertinent equations of kinetic theory and the flow of gases at low pressures through orifices and tubes, surface effects. Pumps, mechanical, diffusion, sorption, sputter and cryogenic types. Equipment components, materials, joining. Vacuum measurements and gauges. Leak detection. Industrial applications.

PHA607 Ultrasonics

An introduction to the basic physical principles and scanning techniques involved in modem ultrasonography. Emphasis will be placed on ultrasonographic physics, instrumentation and basic operational techniques. Depth of treatment will allow a radiographer to become an effective sonographer if supported by concurrent or follow-up in-service experience and training.

284

BEA025 Vegetation Mapping

Pattern and process in plant succession, climax vegetation, Braun-Blanquet and Raunkier systems. Correlation of vegetation with environmental factors. History of vegetation mapping in Australia, use of vegatation maps. Types and purpose of maps, pattern, colours, symbols; boundaries and transitions. Use and interpretation of aerial photographs. Physiognomic analysis: woody and herbaceous vegetation; structural categories, special life form categories. Mapping of dynamic features. Practical examples: Braun-Blanquet table method, Gaussens ecological method, Kuchlers comprehensive method. This unit will have associated field mapping exercises.

BEB529 Vegetation Mapping

An intensive field-based course in vegetation mapping having recourse to techniques acquired in BEB390 and BEB490 Field Methodology.

BEA014 Vertebrate Morphology

A course treating in some detail the complexities of the vertebrate body. Typical development patterns and differentiation of tissues traced to the adult body, a comparison of selected forms to illustrate adaptive modifications.

PSA457 Virological and Mycological Techniques

Virological techniques used in the isolation of viral pathogens of man and animals; cell culture procedures; use of small animals in viral isolation; the application of serological procedures and preparation of viral antigens. Techniques for the isolation and identification of fungi causing systemic and superficial infections in man and animals.

BEA189, BEA289, BEA389, BEA489. Visits and Excursions

A series of organized visits to various industrial, educational and research institutions throughout the semester. Students may be expected to attend these excursions in the evening.

MEA270 Workshop Practice and Engineering Drawing

Bench work, the lathe, screw cutting and thread forms, milling, grinding, joining, miscellaneous operations (e.g. shaping, pressing, stamping etc.). Workshop drawing, measuring and marking out materials.

MEB371 Workshop Technology

A course of lectures and practical work on introductory engineering drawing, design, engineering materials, workshop tools and practices.

285

PHA151 Physics IA

A lecture and practical work course where geometrical and physical optics are studied from first principles, with practical applications to optical devices. The remaining 20% of this course comprises thermometry and transfer of heat.

PHA152 Physics IB

A lecture and practical work course where electrostatics, current electricity and magnetism are developed with application to electrical circuits and instruments.

PHA153 Physics IC

A lecture and practical work course in mechanics, waves and vibrations and properties of matter. Basic theory is applied by demonstrations and practical work to physical devices.

287

Synopses Master of Applied Science -

Medical Physics

288

Administration and Budgeting

Concepts of planning, organizing, staffing, directing, and controlling.

Anatomy and Physiology I

The aim of this course is to give an understanding of the biological organization of body functions and is an integrated course directed towards clarifying the relationship between structure and function. Suitable laboratory demonstrations and experimentation complement the lecture program.

Anatomy and Physiology II

This course extends the systematic approach of Anatomy and Physiology I, strong emphasis being placed on integration and adaptation to the environment. The inclusion of information on cellular reproduction embryology and comparative anatomy broadens the course to give greater understanding of the nature of man.

Biomechanics

Study of kinematics and dynamics of the musculo-skeletal components of human body leading to examination of design, development and application of prosthetic devices. Discussion of principles, construction and operation of artificial organs.

Clinical Applications of Ionizing Radiation

Considers the principles and techniques of clinical application of ionizing radiation for diagnostic and therapeutic purposes.

Computing Technology & Data Processing

Application of analogue and digital systems, both dedicated and otherwise, to clinical problems. Emphasis on evaluation for acquisition, processing, storage and retrieval of data.

Concepts in Biochemistry

A course in modern biochemistry dealing with those concepts essential to an understanding of human biological functions. This course is designed to supplement that in Anatomy and Physiology I.

Electronics

Applications of electronics in medical field; component performance, systems design, biological applications.

289

Genetics

Population genetics. Methods of study of genetics. Radiation genetics and man -ionizing and non-ionizing radiation effects, effect of fractionation. ICRP recommendations.

Instrumentation

Control theory. Transfer function, open-loop and closed-loop systems. Transient response, time constant. Frequency response. System stability. Application of concepts of measurement of biological systems. Nonlinear elements. Control systems. System dynamics and matching.

Ionizing Radiation Dosimetry

Study of principles and techniques of dosimetry of ionizing radiation with emphasis on aspects pertinent to actual or potential use in medicine.

Medical Applications of Wave Physics

Discussion of principles and techniques of using non-ionizing electromagnetic and other radiation for medical purposes. Dosimetry and hazards to be included.

Physical Measurement of Biological Parameters

Introduction to the principles and techniques of the direct and indirect measurement of physiological variables.

Principles of Biochemical Measurement

This course considers the principles of biochemical analysis used in clinical laboratories. Included are consideration of electrochemical electrodes, electrophoresis, dialysis, chromatography as well as the application of colorimetry, spectrophotometry, flame photometry, atomic absorption and fluorescence to clinical biochemistry.

Project

The project may take the form of research development, a design, a feasibility study of the collation of scattered information on a given topic. The project could be undertaken externally under Queensland Institute of Technology supervision. Time spent on projects will be variable and spread over more than one semester.

Project Perspectives and Case Studies

A series of in depth topics pertinent to projects, and an analysis of typical case problems. The latter will involve problem definition, examination of basic principles involved, solution and trials of solution.

290

Radiation Physics

Deals with phenomena related to interaction of ionizing radiation with matter. Emphasis on aspects of actual or potential importance in a clinical environment.

Radiobiology

A comprehensive study of the interaction of ionizing radiation with biological material with particular emphasis on mammalian cells and systems. The latter part of the course will cover the philosophy and techniques associated with radiation protection.

Radio-isotope Techniques

Introduction to the principles and techniques of the handling, preparation and clinical use of unsealed radioisotopes.

Safety: Ionizing and Non-Ionizing Radiation

Deals with philosophy, protocol and practices necessary to minimise hazards associated with electrical, mechanical and biological techniques used in hospitals.

~ I l ..

D

car

pari<

W. ~

===---~--

------..

, ~-··-

____

_ -......

......

._

&n•

-

[k\®

W

L A

cco

un

tan

cy

U

Ad

min

istr

ati

on

(in

-clu

din

g E

nro

lme

nts

) B

A

pp

lie

d S

cie

nce

D

B

uilt

En

vir

on

me

nt

W

Bio

log

y &

En

vir

on

-m

en

tal

Sci

en

ce

L B

usi

ne

ss S

tud

ies

C

Ch

em

istr

y

H

Ch

em

istr

y

L C

ivil E

ng

ine

eri

ng

U

C

om

mu

nic

ati

on

&

Ge

ne

ral

Stu

die

s

Y

Co

mm

un

ity B

uild

ing

M

C

om

pu

ter

Ce

ntr

e

A

Ele

ctr

ica

l E

ng

ine

eri

ng

K

E

lectr

ica

l E

ng

ine

eri

ng

0

En

gin

ee

rin

g

J G

eo

log

y

Z

He

alt

h S

erv

ice

A

L

ibra

ria

nsh

ip

G

Lib

rary

L

Ma

na

ge

me

nt

Z

Ma

the

ma

tics &

C

om

-p

ute

r S

cie

nce

0

Me

ch

an

ica

l E

ng

ine

eri

ng

E

P

ara

me

dic

al

Stu

die

s

Q

Ph

ysic

s B

S

ecu

rity

Off

ice

r A

S

tud

en

t C

ou

nse

llin

g

Ce

ntr

e

Y

OIT

Un

ion

Off

ice

M

S

urv

eyin

g

N

Kin

dle

r T

he

atr

e

~©[fi)@(q)~...master of applied science - medical physics bachelor of applied science - associate...

Documents